]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Merge branch 'master' of git.sv.gnu.org:/srv/git/emacs
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21799 41767 31221 635000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21980 16567
69 ;;;;;; 981544 893000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21670 32331
89 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21980 16567
100 ;;;;;; 981544 893000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21985 34484 266705
112 ;;;;;; 925000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were \"ChangeLog\"
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21976 19509
242 ;;;;;; 764430 241000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
330
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
356
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
359
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
368
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374
375 ;;;***
376 \f
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21980 16567 345544 893000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
387
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
391
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
396
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
411
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
428
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21981 37426 507399 97000))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
499
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
501
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
508
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
512
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
518
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557
558 \(fn)" nil t)
559
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
574
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
625
626
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
679
680 Topic Encryption
681
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
685
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
698 signal.
699
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
703
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
705
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
708
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
728
729 Extending Allout
730
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744
745 Terminology
746
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771
772 Topic text constituents:
773
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
787
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837
838 ;;;***
839 \f
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21980
841 ;;;;;; 16567 353544 893000))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
847
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
849
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
851
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
854
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
857
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
860
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
864
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
866
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
868
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
876
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
880
881 The graphics include:
882
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
884
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
887
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
890
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
894
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896
897 ;;;***
898 \f
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21980 16567 805544
900 ;;;;;; 893000))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
915
916
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21670 32331 385639
922 ;;;;;; 720000))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
932
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
934
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
941
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
943
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
949
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
951
952 ;;;***
953 \f
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21952 37178 110214
955 ;;;;;; 961000))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
958
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961
962 \(fn)" t nil)
963
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978
979 ;;;***
980 \f
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21980
982 ;;;;;; 16567 993544 893000))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
992
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
997
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015
1016 ;;;***
1017 \f
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21976 19509 728430
1019 ;;;;;; 241000))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1021
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1028
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1037
1038 ;;;***
1039 \f
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21985 34484 142705
1041 ;;;;;; 925000))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1051
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1063
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1070
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1072
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1074
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1081
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1084
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1090
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1092
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1095
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1097
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1112
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1114
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1120
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1122
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1129
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1133
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1135
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1137
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1149
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1151
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1153
1154 ;;;***
1155 \f
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21878 48426 204093
1157 ;;;;;; 508000))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1159
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1170
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1172
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1174
1175 ;;;***
1176 \f
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1179
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1182
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1186
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1188
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1192
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1198
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1206
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1210
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1213
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1218
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1223
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1228
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1231
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1234
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1239
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1241
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1243
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1245
1246 ;;;***
1247 \f
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21906 58826
1249 ;;;;;; 78640 200000))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1252
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1260
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1262
1263
1264 How to submit a bug report
1265
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1267
1268
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1270
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1275
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1279
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1313
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1319
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1323
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1332
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1336
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1339
1340
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1343
1344
1345 Settings
1346
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1359
1360
1361 Drawing with keys
1362
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1369
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1371
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1373
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1380
1381
1382 Arrows
1383
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1386
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1389
1390
1391 Selecting operation
1392
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1394
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1415
1416
1417 Variables
1418
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1421
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1441
1442 Hooks
1443
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1445
1446
1447 Keymap summary
1448
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1450
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1452
1453 ;;;***
1454 \f
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21670 32331
1456 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1458
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1462
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1467
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1470
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1475
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1478
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1480
1481 ;;;***
1482 \f
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21981
1484 ;;;;;; 37426 543399 97000))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1486
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1491
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1493
1494 ;;;***
1495 \f
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21670 32330 885624
1497 ;;;;;; 725000))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1499
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1503
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1505
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1511
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1527
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1529
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1538
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1540
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1546
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1550
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1552
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554
1555 ;;;***
1556 \f
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21670 32331
1558 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1560
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1563
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1565
1566 ;;;***
1567 \f
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21980 16567 365544
1569 ;;;;;; 893000))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1571
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1575
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1577
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1582
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1584
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1591
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1593
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1602
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1604
1605 ;;;***
1606 \f
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21935
1608 ;;;;;; 28080 450075 956000))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1610
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614
1615 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1616
1617 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1618 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1619 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1620
1621 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1622 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1623 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1624 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1625 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1626
1627 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1628
1629 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1630
1631 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1632 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1633 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1634 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1635 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1636
1637 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1638 directory or directories specified.
1639
1640 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1641 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1642 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1643 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1644 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1645 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1646
1647 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1648
1649 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1650 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1651 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1652 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1653 should be non-nil).
1654
1655 \(fn)" nil nil)
1656
1657 ;;;***
1658 \f
1659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21980 16567 365544
1660 ;;;;;; 893000))
1661 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1662
1663 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1664 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1665 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1666 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1667 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1668
1669 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1670 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1671 disk changes.
1672
1673 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1674 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1675 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1676
1677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1678
1679 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1680 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1681
1682 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1683 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1684
1685 \(fn)" nil nil)
1686
1687 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1688 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1689 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1690 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1691 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1692
1693 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1694 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1695 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1696 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1697 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1698
1699 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1700 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1701 writing before you save the file!
1702
1703 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1704
1705 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1706
1707 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1708 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1709
1710 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1711 (add-hook \\='my-logfile-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1712
1713 \(fn)" nil nil)
1714
1715 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1716 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1717 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1718 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1719 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1720 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1721
1722 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1723
1724 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1725 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1726 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1727 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1728 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1729
1730 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1731 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1732 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1733
1734 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1735 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1736 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1737 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1738 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1739
1740 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1741 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1742 specifies in the mode line.
1743
1744 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1745
1746 ;;;***
1747 \f
1748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21955 13362 292569 401000))
1749 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1750
1751 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1752 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1753 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1755 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1756
1757 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1758
1759 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1760 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1761 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1762 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1763
1764 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1765 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1766 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1767
1768 Effects of the different modes:
1769 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1770 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1771 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1772 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1773 a random distance & direction.
1774 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1775 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1776 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1777
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1781
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1783
1784 ;;;***
1785 \f
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21670 32331
1787 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1789
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1791
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1794
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1798
1799 \\{bat-mode-map}
1800
1801 \(fn)" t nil)
1802
1803 ;;;***
1804 \f
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21754 56896 744606
1806 ;;;;;; 568000))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1808 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1809
1810 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1811 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1812 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1813 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1814
1815 \(fn)" t nil)
1816
1817 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1818 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1819 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1822 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1823
1824 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1825
1826 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1827 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1829 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1830 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1831
1832 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1833 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1834 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1835 seconds.
1836
1837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1838
1839 ;;;***
1840 \f
1841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21670
1842 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1844
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of FORMS.
1847 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1848 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1849 FORMS once.
1850 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1851 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1852 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1853
1854 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1855
1856 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1857
1858 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1859 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1860 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1861 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1862 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1863
1864 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1865
1866 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1867
1868 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1869 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1870 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1871 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1872 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1873
1874 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1875
1876 ;;;***
1877 \f
1878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21988 10682
1879 ;;;;;; 61624 461000))
1880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1881
1882 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1883 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1884 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1885 of corresponding buffers.
1886 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1887 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1888 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1889 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1890 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1891
1892 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1893 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1894 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1895
1896 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1897
1898 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1899 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1900
1901 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1902
1903 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1904 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1905 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1906 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1907
1908 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1909 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1910 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1911 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1912 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1913
1914 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1915 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1916
1917
1918 Special information:
1919
1920 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1921
1922 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1923 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1924 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1925 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1926 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1927 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1928 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1930 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1931 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1932 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1933
1934 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1935 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1936 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1937 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1938 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1939 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1940 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1941 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1942
1943 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1944
1945 ----------------------------------------------------------
1946 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1947 if that value is non-nil.
1948
1949 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1950
1951 \(fn)" t nil)
1952
1953 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1954 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1955 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1956 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1957 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1958 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1959 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1960 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1961 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1962 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1963 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1964 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1965
1966 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1967
1968 ;;;***
1969 \f
1970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1971 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 885635 586000))
1972 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1973
1974 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1975 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1976
1977 \(fn)" t nil)
1978
1979 ;;;***
1980 \f
1981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21670 32331 385639
1982 ;;;;;; 720000))
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1984
1985 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1986 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1987
1988 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1989 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1990 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1991
1992 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1993
1994 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1995 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1996
1997 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1998
1999 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2000 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2001
2002 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2003
2004 ;;;***
2005 \f
2006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21670 32331
2007 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
2008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2009
2010 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2011 Play blackbox.
2012 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2013
2014 What is blackbox?
2015
2016 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2017 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2018 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2019 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2020 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2021 your score.
2022
2023 Overview of play:
2024
2025 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2026 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2027 four.
2028
2029 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2030 movement keys.
2031
2032 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2033 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2034
2035 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2036 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2037
2038 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2039 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2040 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2041 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2042 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2043 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2044
2045 Details:
2046
2047 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2048
2049 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2050 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2051 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2052 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2053
2054 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2055 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2056 denoted by the letter `R'.
2057
2058 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2059 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2060 denoted by the letter `H'.
2061
2062 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2063 example.
2064
2065 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2066 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2067 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2068 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2069 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2070 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2071 ray.
2072
2073 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2074 degree deflection it causes.
2075
2076 1
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2080 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2085 2 3
2086
2087 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2088 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2089
2090
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2099
2100 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2101 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2102 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2103 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2104 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2105 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2106 emerging from the box.
2107
2108 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2109
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2115 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2118
2119 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2120 a reflection.
2121
2122 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2123
2124 ;;;***
2125 \f
2126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21980 16567 369544
2127 ;;;;;; 893000))
2128 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2131 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2132
2133 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2134 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2135 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2136 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2137 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2138 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2139 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2140
2141 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2142 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2143 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2144
2145 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2146 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2147 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2148 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2149 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2150 recent one.
2151
2152 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2153 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2154 yank successive words.
2155
2156 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2157 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2158 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2159 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2160 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2161
2162 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2163 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2164 the list of bookmarks.)
2165
2166 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2167
2168 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2169 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2170 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2171 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2172 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2173 this.
2174
2175 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2176 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2177 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2178 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2179
2180 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2181 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2182
2183 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2184 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2185 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2186
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2188
2189 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2190 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2191
2192 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2193
2194 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2195 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2196
2197 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2198 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2199 after a bookmark was set in it.
2200
2201 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2202
2203 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2204 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2205
2206 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2207 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2208
2209 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2210
2211 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2212
2213 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2214 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2215 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2216 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2217
2218 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2219 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2220 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2221
2222 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2223 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2224 name.
2225
2226 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2227
2228 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2229 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2230 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2231
2232 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2233 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2234 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2235 this.
2236
2237 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2238
2239 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2240 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2241
2242 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2243 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2244 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2245 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2246 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2247 probably because we were called from there.
2248
2249 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2250
2251 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2252 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2253
2254 \(fn)" t nil)
2255
2256 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2257
2258 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2259 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2260 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2261 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2262 \(second argument).
2263
2264 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2265 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2266 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2267 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2268 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2269
2270 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2271 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2272 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2273 `bookmark-default-file'.
2274
2275 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2276
2277 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2278 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2279 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2280 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2281 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2282 while loading.
2283
2284 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2285 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2286 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2287 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2288 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2289 explicitly.
2290
2291 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2292 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2293 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2294
2295 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2296
2297 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2298 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2299 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2300 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2301 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2302
2303 \(fn)" t nil)
2304
2305 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2306
2307 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2308
2309 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2310 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2311
2312 \(fn)" t nil)
2313
2314 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2315
2316 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2317
2318 ;;;***
2319 \f
2320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21811 32939
2321 ;;;;;; 190503 320000))
2322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2323
2324 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2325 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2326 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2327 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2328
2329 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2330 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2331 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2332 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2333 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2334
2335 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2336
2337 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2338 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2339 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2340 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2341 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2342 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2343
2344 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2345
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2348 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2349 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2350 narrowed.
2351
2352 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2353
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2355 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2356
2357 \(fn)" t nil)
2358
2359 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2361
2362 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2363
2364 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2365 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2366 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2367 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2368 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2369 first, if that exists.
2370
2371 Passes any ARGS to the browser function.
2372 The default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2373
2374 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2375
2376 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2377 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2378 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2379 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2380 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2381
2382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2383
2384 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2385 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2386 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2387 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2388 says which browser to use.
2389
2390 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2391
2392 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2393 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2394 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2395 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2396
2397 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2398
2399 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2400 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2401 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2402 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2403
2404 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2405 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2406 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2407 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408
2409 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2410 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2411 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2412
2413 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2414 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2415
2416 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2417
2418 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2419
2420 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2422 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2423 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2424
2425 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2426 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2427 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2428 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2429
2430 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2431 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2432 new tab in an existing window instead.
2433
2434 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2435 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2436
2437 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2438
2439 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2440 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2441 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2442 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2443
2444 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2445 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2446 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2447
2448 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2449 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2450 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2451
2452 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2453 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2454
2455 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2456
2457 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2458 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2459 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2460 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2461 Chromium.
2462
2463 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2464
2465 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2466 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2467 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2468 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2469
2470 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2471 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2472 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2473 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2474
2475 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2476 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2477 new tab in an existing window instead.
2478
2479 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2480 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2481
2482 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2483
2484 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2485
2486 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2487 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2488
2489 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2490
2491 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2492 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2493 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2494 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2495
2496 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2497 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2498 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2499 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2500
2501 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2502 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2503
2504 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2505
2506 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2507
2508 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2509 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2510
2511 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2512 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2513 program is invoked according to the variable
2514 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2515
2516 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2517 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2518 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2519 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520
2521 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2522 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2523
2524 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2525
2526 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2527
2528 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2529 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2530 Default to the URL around or before point.
2531
2532 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2533 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2534 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2535
2536 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2537 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2538 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2539 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2540
2541 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2542 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2543
2544 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2545
2546 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2547
2548 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2549 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2550 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2551 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2552
2553 When called interactively, if variable
2554 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2555 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2556 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2557 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2558
2559 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2560 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2561 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2562
2563 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2564 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2565
2566 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2567
2568 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2569 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2570 Default to the URL around or before point.
2571
2572 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2573 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2574 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2575
2576 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2577 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2578
2579 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2580
2581 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2582 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2583 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2584 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2585
2586 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2587
2588 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2589
2590 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2591 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2592 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2593 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2594 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2595 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2596
2597 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2598
2599 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2600 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2601 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2602 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2603 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2604
2605 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2606 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2607 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2608 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2609
2610 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2611 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2612
2613 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2614
2615 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2616 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2617 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2618 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2619 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2620 current one.
2621
2622 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2623 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2624 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2625 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2626
2627 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2628 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2629
2630 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2631
2632 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2633 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2634 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2635 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2636 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2637 don't offer a form of remote control.
2638
2639 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2640
2641 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2642 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2643 Default to the URL around or before point.
2644
2645 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2646
2647 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2648 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2649 Default to the URL around the point.
2650
2651 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2652 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2653
2654 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2655 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2656
2657 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2658
2659 ;;;***
2660 \f
2661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21980 16567 373544 893000))
2662 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2663 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2664
2665 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2666 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2667 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2668 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2669
2670 \(fn)" t nil)
2671
2672 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2673 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2674 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2675 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2676
2677 \(fn)" t nil)
2678
2679 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2680 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2681
2682 \(fn)" t nil)
2683
2684 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2685 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2686 \\<bs-mode-map>
2687 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2688 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2689 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2690 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2691
2692 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2693 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2694 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2695 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2696 name of buffer configuration.
2697
2698 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2699
2700 ;;;***
2701 \f
2702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21980 16567 957544
2703 ;;;;;; 893000))
2704 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2705
2706 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2707 Play Bubbles game.
2708 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2709 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2710 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2711 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2712 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2713 columns on its right towards the left.
2714
2715 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2716 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2717 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2718 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2719
2720 \(fn)" t nil)
2721
2722 ;;;***
2723 \f
2724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2725 ;;;;;; (21980 16567 993544 893000))
2726 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2727
2728 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2729
2730 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2731 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2732 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2733 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2734 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2735
2736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2737
2738 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2739 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2740
2741 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2742
2743 ;;;***
2744 \f
2745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21988
2746 ;;;;;; 10681 977624 461000))
2747 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2748 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2749 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2750 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2751
2752 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2753
2754 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2755 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2756 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2757 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2758 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2759 else the global value will be modified.
2760
2761 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2762
2763 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2764 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2765 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2766 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2767 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2768 else the global value will be modified.
2769
2770 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2771
2772 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2773 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2774 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2775
2776 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2777
2778 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2779 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2780 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2781 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2782
2783 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2784 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2785 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2786 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2787 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2788 before scanning it.
2789
2790 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2791 that already has a `.elc' file.
2792
2793 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2794 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2795
2796 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2797 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2798 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2799 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2800 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2801 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2802
2803 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2804
2805 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2806 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2807 Print the result in the echo area.
2808 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2809
2810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2811
2812 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2813 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2814 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2815
2816 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2817
2818 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2819 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2820 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2821 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2822 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2823 all functions called by those functions.
2824
2825 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2826 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2827 cons, etc.).
2828
2829 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2830 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2831 invoked interactively.
2832
2833 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2834
2835 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2836 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2837 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2838 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2839
2840 \(fn)" nil nil)
2841
2842 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2843 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2844 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2845 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2846 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2847 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2848 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2849 already up-to-date.
2850
2851 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2852
2853 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2854 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2855 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2856 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2857
2858 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2859 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2860 and corresponding effects.
2861
2862 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2863
2864 ;;;***
2865 \f
2866 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21670
2867 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
2868 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2869
2870 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2871
2872 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2873
2874 ;;;***
2875 \f
2876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21670 32330
2877 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
2878 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2879
2880 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2881
2882 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2883
2884 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2885
2886 ;;;***
2887 \f
2888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21670
2889 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
2890 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2891
2892 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2893 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2894 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2895 from the cursor position.
2896
2897 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2898
2899 ;;;***
2900 \f
2901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21985 34484 202705 925000))
2902 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2903 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2904
2905 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2906 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2907
2908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2909
2910 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2911 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2912
2913 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2914
2915 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2916 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2917
2918 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2919
2920 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2921 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2922 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2923 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2924
2925 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2926
2927 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2928 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2929 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2930 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2931
2932 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2933
2934 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2935 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2936 This is most useful in the X window system.
2937 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2938 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2939
2940 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2941
2942 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2943 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2944 See calc-keypad for details.
2945
2946 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2947
2948 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2949 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2950
2951 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2952
2953 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2954 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2955
2956 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2957
2958 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2959 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2960
2961 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2962
2963 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2964 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2965 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2966
2967 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2968
2969 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2970 Define Calc function.
2971
2972 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2973 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2974 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2975
2976 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2977 actual Lisp function name.
2978
2979 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2980
2981 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2982
2983 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2984
2985 ;;;***
2986 \f
2987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21670 32330
2988 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
2989 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2990
2991 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2992
2993
2994 \(fn N)" t nil)
2995
2996 ;;;***
2997 \f
2998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21974 64192 548009
2999 ;;;;;; 993000))
3000 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3001
3002 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3003 Run the Emacs calculator.
3004 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3005
3006 \(fn)" t nil)
3007
3008 ;;;***
3009 \f
3010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21980 16567
3011 ;;;;;; 413544 893000))
3012 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3013
3014 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3015 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3016 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3017 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3018 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3019 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3020
3021 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3022 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3023 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3024 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3025 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3026 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3027 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3028 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3029 window.
3030
3031 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3032 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3033
3034 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3035 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3036 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3037 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3038 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3039 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3040
3041 Runs the following hooks:
3042
3043 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3044 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3045 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3046 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3047
3048 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3049
3050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3051
3052 ;;;***
3053 \f
3054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21852 24381 567240
3055 ;;;;;; 49000))
3056 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3057
3058 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3059 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3060
3061 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3062
3063 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3064 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3065 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3066 it fails.
3067
3068 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3069
3070 ;;;***
3071 \f
3072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21988
3073 ;;;;;; 10682 33624 461000))
3074 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3075
3076 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3077 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3078
3079 \(fn)" nil nil)
3080
3081 ;;;***
3082 \f
3083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21976 19510
3084 ;;;;;; 84430 241000))
3085 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3086
3087 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3088 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3089
3090 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3091 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3092
3093 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3094 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3095
3096 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3097
3098 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3099 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3100 made from scratch.
3101
3102 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3103
3104 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3105 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3106
3107 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3108 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3109 made from scratch.
3110
3111 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3112
3113 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3114 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3115
3116 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3117
3118 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3119 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3120 made from scratch.
3121
3122 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3123
3124 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3125 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3126
3127 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3128 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3129 made from scratch.
3130
3131 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3132
3133 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3134 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3135
3136 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3137
3138 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3139 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3140 made from scratch.
3141
3142 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3143
3144 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3145 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3146
3147 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3148 variables are guessed:
3149
3150 * `c-basic-offset', and
3151 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3152 `c-offsets-alist'.
3153
3154 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3155 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3156
3157 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3158 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3159
3160 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3161 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3162 guess is made from scratch.
3163
3164 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3165 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3166
3167 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3168
3169 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3170 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3171 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3172 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3173
3174 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3175 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3176 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3177
3178 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3179
3180 ;;;***
3181 \f
3182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21976 19510
3183 ;;;;;; 104430 241000))
3184 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3185
3186 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3187 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3188 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3189 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3190 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3191 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3192 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3193
3194 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3195 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3196 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3197 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3198 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3199 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3200 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3201 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3202 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3203
3204 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3205 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3206 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3207 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3208 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3209 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3210
3211 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3212
3213 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3214 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3215
3216 Key bindings:
3217 \\{c-mode-map}
3218
3219 \(fn)" t nil)
3220
3221 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3222 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3223 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3224 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3225 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3226 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3227 message.
3228
3229 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3230
3231 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3232 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3233
3234 Key bindings:
3235 \\{c++-mode-map}
3236
3237 \(fn)" t nil)
3238 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3239
3240 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3241 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3242 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3243 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3244 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3245 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3246 message.
3247
3248 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3249
3250 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3251 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3252
3253 Key bindings:
3254 \\{objc-mode-map}
3255
3256 \(fn)" t nil)
3257 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3258
3259 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3260 Major mode for editing Java code.
3261 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3262 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3263 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3264 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3265 message.
3266
3267 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3268
3269 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3270 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3271
3272 Key bindings:
3273 \\{java-mode-map}
3274
3275 \(fn)" t nil)
3276 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3277
3278 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3279 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3280 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3281 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3282 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3283 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3284 message.
3285
3286 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3287
3288 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3289 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3290
3291 Key bindings:
3292 \\{idl-mode-map}
3293
3294 \(fn)" t nil)
3295 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3296 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3297
3298 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3299 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3300 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3301 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3302 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3303 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3304 message.
3305
3306 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3307
3308 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3309 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3310
3311 Key bindings:
3312 \\{pike-mode-map}
3313
3314 \(fn)" t nil)
3315 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3316 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3317 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3318 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3319 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3320
3321 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3322 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3323 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3324 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3325 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3326 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3327
3328 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3329
3330 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3331 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3332
3333 Key bindings:
3334 \\{awk-mode-map}
3335
3336 \(fn)" t nil)
3337
3338 ;;;***
3339 \f
3340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21976
3341 ;;;;;; 19510 104430 241000))
3342 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3343
3344 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3345 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3346 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3347 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3348
3349 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3350
3351 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3352 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3353 might get set too.
3354
3355 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3356 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3357 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3358 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3359 in this way.
3360
3361 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3362 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3363 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3364 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3365 a null operation.
3366
3367 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3368
3369 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3370 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3371 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3372 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3373
3374 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3375
3376 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3377 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3378 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3379
3380 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3381
3382 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3383 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3384 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3385 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3386 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3387
3388 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3389
3390 ;;;***
3391 \f
3392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21976 19510
3393 ;;;;;; 104430 241000))
3394 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3395 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3396 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3397 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3398
3399 ;;;***
3400 \f
3401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21988 10681 977624
3402 ;;;;;; 461000))
3403 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3404
3405 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3406 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3407
3408 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3409
3410 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3411 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3412
3413 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3414
3415 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3416 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3417
3418 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3419 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3420 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3421 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3422 execution.
3423
3424 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3425
3426 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3427
3428 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3429 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3430
3431 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3432 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3433 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3434 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3435
3436 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3437 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3438 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3439 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3440 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3441 `write' commands.
3442
3443 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3444 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3445 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3446 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3447
3448 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3449 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3450 semantics.
3451
3452 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3453
3454 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3455
3456 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3457
3458 STATEMENT :=
3459 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3460 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3461
3462 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3463 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3464 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3465 | integer
3466
3467 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3468
3469 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3470 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3471 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3472
3473 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3474 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3475 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3476
3477 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3478
3479 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3480 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3481 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3482 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3483 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3484 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3485 ;; last STATEMENT.
3486 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3487
3488 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3489 BREAK := (break)
3490
3491 REPEAT :=
3492 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3493 (repeat)
3494 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3495 ;; (repeat))
3496 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3497 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3498 ;; (read REG)
3499 ;; (repeat))
3500 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3501 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3502 ;; (read REG)
3503 ;; (repeat))
3504 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3505
3506 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3507 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3508 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3509 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3510 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3511 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3512 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3513 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3514 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3515 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3516 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3517 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3518 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3519 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3520 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3521 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3522
3523 WRITE :=
3524 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3525 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3526 ;; representation.
3527 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3528 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3529 ;; (write r7))
3530 | (write EXPRESSION)
3531 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3532 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3533 ;; representation.
3534 | (write integer)
3535 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3536 ;; buffer.
3537 | (write string)
3538 ;; Same as: (write string)
3539 | string
3540 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3541 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3542 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3543 ;; representation.
3544 | (write REG ARRAY)
3545 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3546 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3547 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3548 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3549 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3550 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3551
3552 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3553 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3554
3555 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3556 END := (end)
3557
3558 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3559 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3560 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3561
3562 ARG := REG | integer
3563
3564 OPERATOR :=
3565 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3566 + | - | * | / | %
3567
3568 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3569 | & | `|' | ^
3570
3571 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3572 | << | >>
3573
3574 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3575 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3576 | <8
3577
3578 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3579 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3580 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3581 | >8
3582
3583 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3584 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3585 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3586 | //
3587
3588 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3589 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3590
3591 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3592 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3593 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3594 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3595 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3596 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3597 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3598 | de-sjis
3599
3600 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3601 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3602 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3603 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3604 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3605 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3606 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3607 ;; byte of SJIS.
3608 | en-sjis
3609
3610 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3611 ;; Same meaning as C code
3612 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3613
3614 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3615 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3616 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3617 | <8=
3618
3619 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3620 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3621 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3622
3623 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3624 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3625 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3626 | //=
3627
3628 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3629
3630
3631 TRANSLATE :=
3632 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3633 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3634 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3635 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3636 ;; respectively.
3637 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3638 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3639 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3640 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3641
3642 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3643 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3644 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3645
3646 LOOKUP :=
3647 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3648 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3649 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3650 ;; respectively.
3651 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3652 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3653 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3654
3655 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3656 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3657 ;; REG.
3658 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3659 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3660 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3661
3662 MAP :=
3663 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3664 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3665 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3666 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3667
3668 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3669 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3670 MAP-ID := integer
3671
3672 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3673
3674 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3675
3676 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3677 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3678 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3679 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3680 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3681 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3682
3683 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3684
3685 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3686 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3687 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3688
3689 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3690
3691 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3692
3693 ;;;***
3694 \f
3695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21978 61237
3696 ;;;;;; 422488 269000))
3697 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3698
3699 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3700 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3701 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3702 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3703
3704 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3705
3706 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3707
3708 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3709 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3710
3711 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3712
3713 ;;;***
3714 \f
3715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21670 32330 885624
3716 ;;;;;; 725000))
3717 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3718 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3719
3720 ;;;***
3721 \f
3722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21980 16568
3723 ;;;;;; 17544 893000))
3724 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3725 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
3726
3727 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3728 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3729 There are no special keybindings by default.
3730
3731 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3732 to the action header.
3733
3734 \(fn)" t nil)
3735
3736 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3737 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3738 There are no special keybindings by default.
3739
3740 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3741 to the action header.
3742
3743 \(fn)" t nil)
3744
3745 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3746 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3747
3748 \(fn)" t nil)
3749
3750 ;;;***
3751 \f
3752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "character-fold" "character-fold.el" (21973
3753 ;;;;;; 43315 242113 285000))
3754 ;;; Generated autoloads from character-fold.el
3755
3756 (defvar character-fold-search nil "\
3757 Non-nil if searches should fold similar characters.
3758 This means some characters will match entire groups of characters.
3759 For instance, \" will match all variants of double quotes, and
3760 the letter a will match all of its accented versions (and then
3761 some).")
3762
3763 (autoload 'character-fold-to-regexp "character-fold" "\
3764 Return a regexp matching anything that character-folds into STRING.
3765 If `character-fold-search' is nil, `regexp-quote' string.
3766 Otherwise, any character in STRING that has an entry in
3767 `character-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
3768 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
3769 If LAX is non-nil, any single whitespace character is allowed to
3770 match any number of times.
3771
3772 \(fn STRING &optional LAX)" nil nil)
3773
3774 ;;;***
3775 \f
3776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21976 19509
3777 ;;;;;; 812430 241000))
3778 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3779 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3780
3781 ;;;***
3782 \f
3783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3784 ;;;;;; (21978 61237 422488 269000))
3785 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3786
3787 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3788 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3789 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3790
3791 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3792
3793 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3794 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3795 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3796
3797 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3798
3799 ;;;***
3800 \f
3801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21986
3802 ;;;;;; 55346 260512 613000))
3803 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3804 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3805 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3806 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3807 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3808 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3809 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3810 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3811 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3812 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3813
3814 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3815 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
3816
3817 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3818 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3819 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3820
3821 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3822 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3823 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3824 the users will view as each check is completed.
3825
3826 \(fn)" t nil)
3827
3828 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3829 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3830 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3831 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3832 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3833 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3834 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3835 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3836
3837 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3838
3839 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3840 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3841 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3842 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3843 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3844 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3845 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3846 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3847
3848 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3849
3850 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3851 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3852 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3853 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3854 spacing are all verified.
3855
3856 \(fn)" t nil)
3857
3858 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3859 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3860 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3861 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3862 otherwise stop after the first error.
3863
3864 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3865
3866 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
3867 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3868
3869 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
3870
3871 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3872 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3873 Only documentation strings are checked.
3874 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3875 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3876 a separate buffer.
3877
3878 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3879
3880 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3881 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3882 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3883 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3884 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3885
3886 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3887
3888 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3889 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3890 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3891 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3892 if there is one.
3893
3894 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3895
3896 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3897 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3898 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3899 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3900 if there is one.
3901 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3902
3903 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3904
3905 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3906 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3907 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3908
3909 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3910
3911 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3912 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3913 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3914 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3915 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3916
3917 \(fn)" t nil)
3918
3919 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3920 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3921 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3922 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3923 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3924 space at the end of each line.
3925
3926 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3927
3928 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3929 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3930 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3931 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3932
3933 \(fn)" t nil)
3934
3935 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3936 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3937 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3938 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3939
3940 \(fn)" t nil)
3941
3942 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3943 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3944 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3945 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3946
3947 \(fn)" t nil)
3948
3949 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3950 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3951 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3952 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3953
3954 \(fn)" t nil)
3955
3956 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3957 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3958 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3959 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3960
3961 \(fn)" t nil)
3962
3963 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3964 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3965 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3966 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3967
3968 \(fn)" t nil)
3969
3970 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3971 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3972 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3973 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3974
3975 \(fn)" t nil)
3976
3977 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3978 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3979 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3980 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3981
3982 \(fn)" t nil)
3983
3984 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3985 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3986 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3987 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3988
3989 \(fn)" t nil)
3990
3991 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3992 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3993 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3994 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3995 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3996
3997 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3998 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3999 checking of documentation strings.
4000
4001 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4002
4003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4004
4005 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4006 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4007
4008 \(fn)" t nil)
4009
4010 ;;;***
4011 \f
4012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21670
4013 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
4014 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4015
4016 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4017 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4018 Return the length of resulting text.
4019
4020 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4021
4022 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4023 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4024
4025 \(fn)" t nil)
4026
4027 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4028 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4029 Return the length of resulting text.
4030
4031 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4032
4033 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4034 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4035
4036 \(fn)" t nil)
4037
4038 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4039
4040
4041 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4042
4043 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4044
4045
4046 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4047
4048 ;;;***
4049 \f
4050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21670 32330 885624
4051 ;;;;;; 725000))
4052 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4053
4054 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4055 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4056 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4057 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4058 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4059 editing and the result is evaluated.
4060
4061 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4062
4063 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4064 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4065 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4066 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4067 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4068
4069 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4070
4071 \(fn)" t nil)
4072
4073 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4074 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4075 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4076 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4077 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4078
4079 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4080 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4081 \\{command-history-map}
4082
4083 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4084 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4085
4086 \(fn)" t nil)
4087
4088 ;;;***
4089 \f
4090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21901
4091 ;;;;;; 9907 369083 895000))
4092 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4093
4094 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4095 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4096 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4097 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4098 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4099 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4100 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4101 of this function.
4102
4103 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4104 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4105 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4106 property are:
4107
4108 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4109 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4110
4111 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4112 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4113 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4114 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4115 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4116 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4117 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4118 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4119 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4120 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4121 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4122 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4123
4124 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4125 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4126 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4127
4128 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4129 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4130 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4131 list elements are:
4132
4133 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4134
4135 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4136
4137 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4138
4139 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4140 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4141
4142 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4143 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4144
4145 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4146 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4147 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4148 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4149 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4150 value specified by their associated list element.
4151
4152 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4153
4154 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4155 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4156 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4157
4158 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4159 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4160 * indent the first argument by 4.
4161 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4162 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4163 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4164
4165 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4166 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4167 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4168 instead.
4169
4170 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4171
4172 ;;;***
4173 \f
4174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21903 51634
4175 ;;;;;; 278370 580000))
4176 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4177 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4178
4179 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4180
4181 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4182 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4183 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4184 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4185 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4186 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4187
4188 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4189 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4190
4191 ;;;***
4192 \f
4193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21988 10682
4194 ;;;;;; 33624 461000))
4195 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4196
4197 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4198 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4199 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4200 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4201
4202 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4203 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4204 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4205 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4206
4207 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4208 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4209
4210 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4211
4212 ;;;***
4213 \f
4214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21887 31417 144735
4215 ;;;;;; 656000))
4216 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4217
4218 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4219 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4220 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4221 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4222 of `scheme-program-name').
4223 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4224 it is given as initial input.
4225 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4226 discards input when it starts up.
4227 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4228 is run).
4229 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4230
4231 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4232
4233 ;;;***
4234 \f
4235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
4236 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4237
4238 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4239 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4240 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4241 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4242
4243 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4244 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4245
4246 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4247 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4248 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4249
4250 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4251
4252 ;;;***
4253 \f
4254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21980 16567 473544 893000))
4255 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4256
4257 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4258 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4259 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4260 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4261 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4262 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4263 functions have already modified the buffer.
4264
4265 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4266
4267 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4268 either globally or locally.")
4269
4270 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4271 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4272 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4273 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4274
4275 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4276 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4277 `start-file-process'
4278 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4279 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4280 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4281
4282 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4283 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4284
4285 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4286
4287 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4288
4289 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4290
4291 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4292 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4293 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4294 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4295 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4296 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4297 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4298 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4299 process as its initial input.
4300
4301 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4302
4303 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4304
4305 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4306
4307 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4308 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4309 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4310 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4311 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4312 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4313
4314 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4315
4316 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4317
4318 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4319 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4320 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4321 directory tracking functions.")
4322
4323 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4324 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4325 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4326
4327 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4328
4329 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4330
4331 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4332 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4333 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4334
4335 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4336
4337 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4338
4339 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4340 Send COMMAND to current process.
4341 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4342 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4343
4344 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4345
4346 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4347 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4348 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4349 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4350
4351 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4352
4353 ;;;***
4354 \f
4355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21872 61770
4356 ;;;;;; 310089 300000))
4357 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4358
4359 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4360 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4361 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4362 to get another window.
4363
4364 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4365 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4366
4367 This command pushes the mark in each window
4368 at the prior location of point in that window.
4369 If both windows display the same buffer,
4370 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4371 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4372
4373 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4374 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4375 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4376 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4377 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4378 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4379 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4380 ignored.
4381
4382 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4383 this command work in interlaced mode:
4384 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4385 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4386 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4387
4388 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4389
4390 ;;;***
4391 \f
4392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21980 16568
4393 ;;;;;; 17544 893000))
4394 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4395
4396 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4397 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4398
4399 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4400
4401 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4402 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4403 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4404
4405 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4406
4407 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4408 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4409 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4410
4411 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4412
4413 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4414 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4415 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4416 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4417 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4418
4419 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4420 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4421 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4422 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4423 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4424
4425 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4426 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4427 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4428 describing how the process finished.")
4429
4430 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4431 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4432 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4433 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4434 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4435
4436 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4437 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4438 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4439
4440 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4441
4442 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4443 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4444 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4445 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4446
4447 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4448
4449 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4450 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4451
4452 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4453 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4454
4455 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook
4456 (lambda ()
4457 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4458 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4459 (set (make-local-variable \\='compile-command)
4460 (concat \"make -k \"
4461 (if buffer-file-name
4462 (shell-quote-argument
4463 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4464
4465 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4466 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4467
4468 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4469 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4470 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4471 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4472
4473 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4474
4475 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4476 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4477 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4478 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4479
4480 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4481 and move to the source code that caused it.
4482
4483 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4484 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4485
4486 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4487 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4488 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4489 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4490 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4491
4492 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4493 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4494 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4495 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4496
4497 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4498 kills its subprocesses.
4499
4500 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4501 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4502 to a function that generates a unique name.
4503
4504 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4505
4506 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4507 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4508 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4509 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4510
4511 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4512 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4513
4514 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4515 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4516 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4517 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4518
4519 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4520 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4521 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4522
4523 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4524
4525 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4526
4527 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4528 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4529 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4530 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4531 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4532
4533 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4534
4535 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4536
4537 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4538
4539 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4540
4541 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4542 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4544 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4545 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4546
4547 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4548 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4549 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4550 See `compilation-mode'.
4551
4552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4553
4554 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4555 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4556 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4557 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4558 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4559
4560 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4561 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4562 `compilation-mode'.
4563
4564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4565
4566 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4567 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4568 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4569
4570 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4571
4572 ;;;***
4573 \f
4574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21804 59688 154807
4575 ;;;;;; 989000))
4576 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4577
4578 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4579 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4580 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4581 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4582 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4583 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4584
4585 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4586
4587 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4588 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4589 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4590 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4591 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4592
4593 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4594
4595 ;;;***
4596 \f
4597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21988
4598 ;;;;;; 10682 61624 461000))
4599 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4600
4601 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4602 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4603 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4604 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4605 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4606 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4607 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4608
4609 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4610 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4611 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4612
4613 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4614 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4615 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4616
4617 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4618 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4619 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4620 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4621
4622 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4623 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4624 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4625 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4626 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4627 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4628 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4629
4630 \\{conf-mode-map}
4631
4632 \(fn)" t nil)
4633
4634 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4635 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4636 Comments start with `#'.
4637 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4638
4639 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4640
4641 \[Desktop Entry]
4642 Encoding=UTF-8
4643 Name=The GIMP
4644 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4645 Name[cs]=GIMP
4646
4647 \(fn)" t nil)
4648
4649 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4650 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4651 Comments start with `;'.
4652 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4653
4654 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4655
4656 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4657 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4658 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4659
4660 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4661 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4662
4663 \(fn)" t nil)
4664
4665 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4666 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4667 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4668 between `/*' and `*/'.
4669 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4670
4671 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4672 // another kind of comment
4673 /* yet another */
4674
4675 name:value
4676 name=value
4677 name value
4678 x.1 =
4679 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4680 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4681
4682 \(fn)" t nil)
4683
4684 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4685 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4686 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4687 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4688 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4689 `conf-space-keywords'.
4690 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4691 in an interactive fashion instead.
4692
4693 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4694
4695 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4696
4697 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4698 image/png png
4699 image/tiff tiff tif
4700
4701 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4702 class desktop
4703 # Standard multimedia devices
4704 add /dev/audio desktop
4705 add /dev/mixer desktop
4706
4707 \(fn)" t nil)
4708
4709 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4710 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4711 See `conf-space-mode'.
4712
4713 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4714
4715 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4716 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4717 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4718 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4719
4720 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4721
4722 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4723 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4724
4725 \(fn)" t nil)
4726
4727 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4728 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4729 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4730 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4731
4732 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4733
4734 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4735 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4736
4737 \(fn)" t nil)
4738
4739 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4740 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4741 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4742 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4743
4744 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4745
4746 *background: gray99
4747 *foreground: black
4748
4749 \(fn)" t nil)
4750
4751 ;;;***
4752 \f
4753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21670 32331 385639
4754 ;;;;;; 720000))
4755 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4756
4757 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4758 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4759 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4760 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4761 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4762 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4763
4764 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4765
4766 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4767 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4768 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4769 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4770
4771 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4772
4773 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4774 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4775 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4776 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4777
4778 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4779
4780 ;;;***
4781 \f
4782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21976
4783 ;;;;;; 19509 832430 241000))
4784 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4785 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4786 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4787 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4788
4789 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4790 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4791 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4792 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4793 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4794 following the copyright are updated as well.
4795 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4796 interactively.
4797
4798 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4799
4800 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4801 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4802 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4803 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4804 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4805
4806 \(fn)" t nil)
4807
4808 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4809 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4810
4811 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4812
4813 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4814 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4815 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4816
4817 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4818
4819 ;;;***
4820 \f
4821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21980
4822 ;;;;;; 16568 21544 893000))
4823 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4824 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4825 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4826 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4827 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4828 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4829 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4830 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4831
4832 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4833 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4834 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4835 Tab indents for Perl code.
4836 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4837 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4838
4839 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4840 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4841 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4842 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4843 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4844 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4845 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4846 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4847 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4848 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4849 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4850 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4851
4852 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4853
4854 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4855 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4856
4857 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4858
4859 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4860 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4861 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4862 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4863 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4864 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4865 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4866 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4867 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4868
4869 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4870
4871 bite if angry;
4872
4873 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4874 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4875 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4876 to nil.)
4877
4878 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4879 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4880 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4881
4882 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4883
4884 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4885 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4886 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4887 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4888 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4889
4890 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4891
4892 if (A) { B }
4893
4894 into
4895
4896 B if A;
4897
4898 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4899
4900 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4901 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4902 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4903 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4904 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4905 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4906 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4907 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4908 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4909 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4910 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4911 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4912 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4913
4914 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4915 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4916 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4917 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4918 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4919 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4920
4921 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4922 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4923 man via menu.
4924
4925 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4926 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4927 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4928 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4929 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4930
4931 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4932 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4933 span the needed amount of lines.
4934
4935 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4936 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4937 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4938 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4939
4940 Variables controlling indentation style:
4941 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4942 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4943 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4944 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4945 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4946 `cperl-auto-newline'
4947 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4948 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4949 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4950 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4951 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4952 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4953 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4954 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4955 `cperl-indent-level'
4956 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4957 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4958 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4959 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4960 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4961 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4962 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4963 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4964 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4965 `cperl-brace-offset'
4966 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4967 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4968 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4969 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4970 `cperl-label-offset'
4971 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4972 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4973 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4974
4975 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4976 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4977 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4978 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4979 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4980 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4981
4982 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4983 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4984 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4985 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4986
4987 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4988 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4989 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4990 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4991 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4992 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4993 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4994
4995 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4996 column 0 is indented on
4997 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4998
4999 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5000 with no args.
5001
5002 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5003 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5004 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5005
5006 \(fn)" t nil)
5007
5008 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5009 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5010
5011 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5012
5013 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5014 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5015
5016 \(fn)" t nil)
5017
5018 ;;;***
5019 \f
5020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21988 10682 33624
5021 ;;;;;; 461000))
5022 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5023
5024 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5025 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5026 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5027 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5028 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5029
5030 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5031
5032 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5033 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5034
5035 \(fn)" t nil)
5036
5037 ;;;***
5038 \f
5039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21980 16567 501544
5040 ;;;;;; 893000))
5041 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5042
5043 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5044 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5045 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5046 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5047 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5048 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5049 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5050 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5051
5052 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5053 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5054
5055 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5056 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5057 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5058
5059 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5060 with empty strings removed.
5061
5062 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5063
5064 ;;;***
5065 \f
5066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21985 34484
5067 ;;;;;; 258705 925000))
5068 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5069
5070 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5071 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5072
5073 \(fn)" t nil)
5074 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5075
5076 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5077 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5078
5079 \(fn)" t nil)
5080
5081 ;;;***
5082 \f
5083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21826 50080
5084 ;;;;;; 561727 536000))
5085 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5086
5087 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5088 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5089 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5090 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5091 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5092 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5093
5094 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5095
5096 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5097 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5098 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5099 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5100 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5101
5102 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5103 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5104 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5105 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5106 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5107 normal function of these prefix keys.
5108
5109 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5110 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5111 options:
5112 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5113 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5114 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5115
5116 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5117 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5118 the prefix fallback behavior.
5119
5120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5121
5122 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5123 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5124
5125 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5126
5127 ;;;***
5128 \f
5129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21670 32330
5130 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
5131 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5132
5133 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5134 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5135 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5136
5137 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5138
5139 ;;;***
5140 \f
5141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5142 ;;;;;; (21804 59688 154807 989000))
5143 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5144
5145 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5146 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5147
5148 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5149
5150 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5151 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5152 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5153 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5154 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5155 the cursor and DIR can be `left' or `entered' depending on whether the cursor is
5156 entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5157
5158 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5159
5160 ;;;***
5161 \f
5162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21981 37426 511399
5163 ;;;;;; 97000))
5164 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5165
5166 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5167 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5168
5169 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5170
5171 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5172 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5173
5174 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5175
5176 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5177 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5178
5179 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5180
5181 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5182 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5183
5184 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5185 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5186
5187 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5188 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5189
5190 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5191
5192 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5193
5194 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5195 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5196 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5197
5198 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5199 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5200
5201 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5202 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5203
5204 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5205 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5206
5207 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5208
5209 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5210
5211 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5212 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5213 Return VALUE.
5214
5215 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5216 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5217
5218 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5219 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5220
5221 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5222 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5223
5224 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5225
5226 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5227
5228 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5229 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5230 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5231 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5232
5233 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5234 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5235 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5236
5237 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5238
5239 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5240 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5241 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5242 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5243 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5244
5245 \(fn)" t nil)
5246
5247 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5248 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5249 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5250 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5251
5252 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5253
5254 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5255 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5256 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5257
5258 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5259
5260 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5261 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5262
5263 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5264
5265 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5266
5267 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5268 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5269
5270 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5271
5272 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5273
5274 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5275 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5276 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5277
5278 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5279
5280 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5281 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5282 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5283 as part of Emacs itself.
5284
5285 Each elements looks like this:
5286
5287 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5288
5289 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5290 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5291 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5292 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5293 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5294 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5295 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5296 and `defface'.
5297
5298 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5299
5300 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5301 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5302 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5303 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5304 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5305
5306 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5307 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5308 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5309 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5310
5311 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5312
5313 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5314 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5315 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5316 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5317 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5318 release.
5319
5320 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5321 that were added or redefined since that version.
5322
5323 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5324
5325 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5326 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5327 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5328 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5329
5330 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5331
5332 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5333 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5334
5335 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5336
5337 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5338 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5339 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5340
5341 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5342 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5343
5344 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5345
5346 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5347 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5348
5349 \(fn)" t nil)
5350
5351 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5352 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5353
5354 \(fn)" t nil)
5355
5356 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5357 Customize all saved options and faces.
5358
5359 \(fn)" t nil)
5360
5361 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5362 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5363 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5364 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5365 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5366 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5367
5368 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5369 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5370 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5371
5372 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5373
5374 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5375 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5376
5377 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5378
5379 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5380 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5381
5382 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5383
5384 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5385 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5386
5387 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5388
5389 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5390 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5391 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5392 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5393
5394 \(fn)" nil nil)
5395
5396 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5397 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5398 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5399 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5400 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5401 that option.
5402 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5403
5404 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5405
5406 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5407 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5408 The result includes selecting that window.
5409 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5410 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5411 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5412 that option.
5413
5414 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5415
5416 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5417 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5418
5419 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5420
5421 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5422 File used for storing customization information.
5423 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5424 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5425 it should be an absolute file name.
5426
5427 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5428 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5429 something like the following in your init file:
5430
5431 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5432 \(load custom-file)
5433
5434 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5435 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5436
5437 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5438 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5439 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5440 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5441 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5442
5443 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5444 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5445 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5446 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5447 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5448 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5449 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5450 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5451 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5452 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5453
5454 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5455
5456 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5457 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5458
5459 \(fn)" nil nil)
5460
5461 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5462 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5463
5464 \(fn)" t nil)
5465
5466 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5467 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5468 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5469
5470 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5471
5472 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5473 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5474 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5475 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5476 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5477
5478 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5479
5480 ;;;***
5481 \f
5482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21985 34484 218705
5483 ;;;;;; 925000))
5484 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5485
5486 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5487 Create or edit a custom theme.
5488 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5489 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5490 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5491 from the Custom save file.
5492 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5493 named *Custom Theme*.
5494
5495 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5496
5497 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5498 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5499
5500 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5501
5502 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5503 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5504
5505 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5506
5507 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5508 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5509 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5510 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5511
5512 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5513
5514 ;;;***
5515 \f
5516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21670 32331
5517 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
5518 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5519
5520 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5521 Mode used for cvs status output.
5522
5523 \(fn)" t nil)
5524
5525 ;;;***
5526 \f
5527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21670 32331 385639
5528 ;;;;;; 720000))
5529 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5530 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5531
5532 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5533 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5534
5535 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5536
5537 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5538 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5539 C++ modes are included.
5540
5541 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5542 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5543 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5544
5545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5546
5547 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5548
5549 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5550 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5551 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5552 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5553 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5554 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5555
5556 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5557
5558 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5559 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5560 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5561 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5562 ARG is omitted or nil.
5563
5564 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5565 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5566 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5567
5568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5569
5570 ;;;***
5571 \f
5572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21670
5573 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
5574 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5575
5576 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5577 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5578
5579 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5580
5581 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5582 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5583
5584 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5585
5586 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5587 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5588 For readability, the table is slightly
5589 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5590
5591 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5592 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5593 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5594 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5595 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5596
5597 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5598
5599 ;;;***
5600 \f
5601 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21980 16567 473544
5602 ;;;;;; 893000))
5603 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5604 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5605 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5606 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5607 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5608
5609 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5610 Completion on current word.
5611 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5612 and presents suggestions for completion.
5613
5614 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5615 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5616 completions.
5617
5618 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5619 then it searches *all* buffers.
5620
5621 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5622
5623 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5624 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5625
5626 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5627 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5628 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5629 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5630 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5631
5632 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5633 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5634
5635 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5636 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5637 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5638
5639 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5640 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5641
5642 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5643
5644 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5645
5646 ;;;***
5647 \f
5648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21974 64192
5649 ;;;;;; 556009 993000))
5650 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5651
5652 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5653 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5654
5655 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5656
5657 ;;;***
5658 \f
5659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21855 577 147947 107000))
5660 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5661
5662 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5663 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5664 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5665 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5666 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5667
5668 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5669
5670 ;;;***
5671 \f
5672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21980 16568
5673 ;;;;;; 21544 893000))
5674 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5675
5676 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5677 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5678
5679 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5680 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5681 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5682
5683 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5684 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5685 Data lines are not indented.
5686
5687 Key bindings:
5688
5689 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5690 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5691
5692 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5693 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5694 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5695 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5696
5697 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5698
5699 dcl-basic-offset
5700 Extra indentation within blocks.
5701
5702 dcl-continuation-offset
5703 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5704
5705 dcl-margin-offset
5706 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5707
5708 dcl-margin-label-offset
5709 Indentation for a label.
5710
5711 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5712 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5713
5714 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5715 dcl-block-end-regexp
5716 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5717 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5718 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5719 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5720 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5721
5722 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5723 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5724 Two such functions are included in the package:
5725 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5726 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5727
5728 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5729 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5730 One such function is included in the package:
5731 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5732
5733 dcl-tab-always-indent
5734 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5735 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5736 margin.
5737
5738 dcl-electric-characters
5739 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5740 typed.
5741
5742 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5743 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5744 which words trigger electric indentation.
5745
5746 dcl-tempo-comma
5747 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5748 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5749 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5750
5751 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5752 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5753 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5754 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5755
5756 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5757 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5758 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5759 dcl-imenu-label-call
5760 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5761
5762 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5763 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5764 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5765 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5766
5767
5768 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5769
5770 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5771 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5772 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5773 $ i = 1
5774 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5775 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5776 $ label:
5777 $ if i.eq.1
5778 $ then
5779 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5780 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5781 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5782 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5783 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5784 \"lined up with the command line\"
5785 $ type sys$input
5786 Data lines are not indented at all.
5787 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5788 $ endif
5789 $
5790
5791
5792 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5793 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5794
5795 \(fn)" t nil)
5796
5797 ;;;***
5798 \f
5799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21918 44225
5800 ;;;;;; 955204 84000))
5801 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5802
5803 (setq debugger 'debug)
5804
5805 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5806 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5807 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5808 of the evaluator.
5809
5810 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5811 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5812 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5813
5814 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5815
5816 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5817 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5818
5819 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5820
5821 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5822 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5823 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5824 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5825 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5826 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5827
5828 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5829 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5830
5831 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5832
5833 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5834 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5835 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5836 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5837 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5838
5839 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5840
5841 ;;;***
5842 \f
5843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21948 40114
5844 ;;;;;; 398686 453000))
5845 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5846
5847 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5848 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5849
5850 \(fn)" t nil)
5851
5852 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5853 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5854 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5855 Upper-case letters are commands.
5856
5857 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5858 modify it.
5859
5860 The most useful commands are:
5861 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5862 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5863 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5864 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5865 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5866 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5867
5868 \(fn)" t nil)
5869
5870 ;;;***
5871 \f
5872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21980 16567 477544
5873 ;;;;;; 893000))
5874 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5875 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5876
5877 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5878 Customization of `columns' group.
5879
5880 \(fn)" t nil)
5881
5882 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5883 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5884
5885 START and END delimits the text region.
5886
5887 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5888
5889 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5890 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5891
5892 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5893
5894 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5895
5896 ;;;***
5897 \f
5898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21973 43315 242113 285000))
5899 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5900
5901 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5902
5903 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5904 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5905 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5906 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5907 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5908 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5909
5910 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5911
5912 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5913 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5914 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5915 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5916 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5917
5918 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5919 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5920 point regardless of any selection.
5921
5922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5923
5924 ;;;***
5925 \f
5926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21978 61237
5927 ;;;;;; 450488 269000))
5928 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5929
5930 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5931 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5932
5933 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5934
5935 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5936 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5937 or nil if there is no parent.
5938 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5939 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5940 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5941 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5942 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5943
5944 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5945 arguments are currently understood:
5946 :group GROUP
5947 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5948 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5949 :syntax-table TABLE
5950 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5951 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5952 :abbrev-table TABLE
5953 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5954 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5955
5956 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5957
5958 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5959
5960 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5961 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5962 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5963
5964 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5965 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5966
5967 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5968 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5969 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5970
5971 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5972 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5973
5974 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5975 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5976
5977 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5978
5979 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5980
5981 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5982
5983 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'lisp-indent-function '3)
5984
5985 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5986 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5987 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5988 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5989 the first time the mode is used.
5990
5991 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5992
5993 ;;;***
5994 \f
5995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21981 37426 511399
5996 ;;;;;; 97000))
5997 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5998
5999 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6000 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6001 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6002 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6003 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6004 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6005 otherwise.
6006
6007 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6008
6009 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6010 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6011 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6012 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6013
6014 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6015 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6016 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6017
6018 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6019 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6020 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6021 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6022 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6023 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6024 relevant to POS.
6025
6026 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6027
6028 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6029 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6030
6031 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6032 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6033 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6034 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6035 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6036 minibuffer window for width limit.
6037
6038 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6039 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6040
6041 \(fn)" nil nil)
6042
6043 ;;;***
6044 \f
6045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21976 19509 748430
6046 ;;;;;; 241000))
6047 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6048
6049 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6050 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6051 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6052 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6053 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6054 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6055
6056 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6057
6058 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6059 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6060 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6061 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6062 is omitted or nil.
6063
6064 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6065 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6066 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6067 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6068
6069 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `\\[desktop-save]'.
6070 To load it, use `\\[desktop-read]'.
6071
6072 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6073 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6074
6075 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6076
6077 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6078
6079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6080
6081 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6082 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6083 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6084 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6085
6086 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6087
6088 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6089 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6090
6091 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6092 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6093 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6094
6095 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6096 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6097
6098 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6099 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6100 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6101
6102 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6103 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6104 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6105 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6106
6107 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6108
6109 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6110 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6111
6112 Handlers are called with argument list
6113
6114 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6115
6116 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6117
6118 `desktop-file-version'
6119 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6120 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6121 `desktop-buffer-point'
6122 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6123 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6124 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6125
6126 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6127 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6128
6129 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6130 code like
6131
6132 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6133 ...
6134 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6135 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6136
6137 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6138 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6139 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6140
6141 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6142
6143 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6144 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6145 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6146 List elements must have the form
6147
6148 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6149
6150 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6151 function.
6152
6153 Handlers are called with argument list
6154
6155 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6156
6157 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6158
6159 `desktop-file-version'
6160 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6161 `desktop-buffer-name'
6162 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6163 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6164 `desktop-buffer-point'
6165 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6166 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6167 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6168
6169 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6170 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6171 created and set.
6172
6173 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6174 code like
6175
6176 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6177 ...
6178 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6179 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6180
6181 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6182 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6183 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6184
6185 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6186
6187 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6188
6189 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6190 Empty the Desktop.
6191 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6192 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6193 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6194 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6195 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6196 if different).
6197
6198 \(fn)" t nil)
6199
6200 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6201 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6202 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6203 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6204 If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current desktop information
6205 to that in the desktop file, and if the desktop information has not
6206 changed since it was last saved then do not rewrite the file.
6207
6208 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED)" t nil)
6209
6210 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6211 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6212 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6213
6214 \(fn)" t nil)
6215
6216 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6217 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6218 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6219 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6220 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6221 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6222 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6223 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6224
6225 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6226
6227 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6228 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6229 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6230
6231 \(fn)" nil nil)
6232
6233 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6234
6235 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6236 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6237 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6238 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6239 directory DIRNAME.
6240
6241 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6242
6243 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6244 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6245
6246 \(fn)" t nil)
6247
6248 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6249 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6250
6251 \(fn)" t nil)
6252
6253 ;;;***
6254 \f
6255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21855 576 877944
6256 ;;;;;; 285000))
6257 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6258
6259 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6260 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6261 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6262 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6263 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6264 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6265
6266 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6267
6268 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6269 Repair a broken attribution line.
6270 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6271
6272 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6273
6274 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6275 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6276 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6277 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6278
6279 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6280
6281 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6282 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6283
6284 \(fn)" t nil)
6285
6286 ;;;***
6287 \f
6288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21985
6289 ;;;;;; 34484 206705 925000))
6290 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6291
6292 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6293 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6294 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6295 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6296 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6297
6298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6299
6300 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6301 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6302 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6303 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6304
6305 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6306 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6307 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6308 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6309
6310 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6311 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6312
6313 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6314 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6315 calendar-date-style 'european
6316 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6317
6318 \(diary-mail-entries)
6319
6320 # diary-rem.el ends here
6321
6322 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6323
6324 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6325 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6326
6327 \(fn)" t nil)
6328
6329 ;;;***
6330 \f
6331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21804 59688 284811 0))
6332 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6333
6334 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6335 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6336
6337 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6338
6339 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6340 The command to use to run diff.")
6341
6342 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6343
6344 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6345 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6346 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6347 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6348 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6349 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6350
6351 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6352 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6353 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6354
6355 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6356
6357 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6358 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6359 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6360 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6361 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6362 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6363
6364 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6365
6366 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6367 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6368
6369 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6370
6371 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6372 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6373 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6374
6375 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6376
6377 ;;;***
6378 \f
6379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21985 34484
6380 ;;;;;; 282705 925000))
6381 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6382
6383 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6384 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6385 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6386 normal diffs.
6387
6388 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6389 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6390 headers for you on-the-fly.
6391
6392 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6393 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6394 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6395
6396 \\{diff-mode-map}
6397
6398 \(fn)" t nil)
6399
6400 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6401 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6402 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6403 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6404 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6405
6406 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6407
6408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6409
6410 ;;;***
6411 \f
6412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
6413 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6414
6415 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6416 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6417 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6418
6419 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6420
6421 ;;;***
6422 \f
6423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21985 34484 222705 925000))
6424 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6425
6426 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6427 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6428 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6429 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6430 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6431 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6432 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6433 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6434
6435 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6436
6437 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6438 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6439 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6440 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6441 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6442 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6443
6444 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6445 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6446 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6447 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6448
6449 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
6450 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
6451
6452 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
6453 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
6454 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
6455 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
6456 listing have no effect.
6457
6458 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6459 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6460 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6461
6462 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6463
6464 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6465 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6466
6467 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6468 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6469
6470 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6471 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6472
6473 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6474 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6475
6476 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6477
6478 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6479 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6480
6481 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6482
6483 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6484 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6485 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6486 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6487 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6488 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6489 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6490 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6491 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6492 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6493 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6494 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6495 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6496 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6497 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6498 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6499 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6500 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6501 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6502 to see why something went wrong.
6503 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6504 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6505 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6506 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6507 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6508 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6509 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6510 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6511 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6512 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6513 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6514 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6515 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6516
6517 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6518 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6519 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6520 again for the directory tree.
6521
6522 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6523 for more info):
6524
6525 `dired-listing-switches'
6526 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6527 `dired-marker-char'
6528 `dired-del-marker'
6529 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6530 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6531 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6532 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6533
6534 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6535
6536 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6537 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6538 `dired-mode-hook'
6539 `dired-load-hook'
6540
6541 Keybindings:
6542 \\{dired-mode-map}
6543
6544 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6545 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6546
6547 ;;;***
6548 \f
6549 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21981 37426 531399
6550 ;;;;;; 97000))
6551 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6552
6553 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6554 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6555 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6556 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6557 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6558
6559 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6560 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6561 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6562
6563 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6564 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6565 directory.
6566
6567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6568
6569 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6570 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6571 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6572 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6573 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6574 from `default-directory'.
6575
6576 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6577
6578 ;;;***
6579 \f
6580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21670 32330
6581 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
6582 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6583
6584 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6585 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6586 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6587 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6588 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6589 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6590
6591 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6592
6593 ;;;***
6594 \f
6595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21981 37426 535399
6596 ;;;;;; 97000))
6597 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6598
6599 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6600 Return a new, empty display table.
6601
6602 \(fn)" nil nil)
6603
6604 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6605 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6606 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6607 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6608 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6609
6610 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6611
6612 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6613 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6614 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6615 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6616 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6617
6618 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6619
6620 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6621 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6622
6623 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6624
6625 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6626 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6627
6628 \(fn)" t nil)
6629
6630 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6631 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6632
6633 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6634 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6635
6636 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6637 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6638 byte.
6639
6640 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6641 in the default way after this call.
6642
6643 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6644
6645 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6646 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6647
6648 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6649
6650 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6651 Display character C using printable string S.
6652
6653 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6654
6655 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6656 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6657 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6658 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6659
6660 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6661
6662 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6663 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6664 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6665 X frame.
6666
6667 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6668
6669 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6670 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6671
6672 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6673
6674 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6675 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6676
6677 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6678
6679 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6680 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6681
6682 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6683
6684 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6685 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6686
6687 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6688
6689 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6690 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6691
6692 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6693
6694 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6695 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6696
6697 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6698 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6699
6700 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6701 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6702
6703 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6704 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6705 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6706 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6707
6708 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6709 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6710 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6711 in `.emacs'.
6712
6713 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6714
6715 ;;;***
6716 \f
6717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21670 32331
6718 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
6719 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6720
6721 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6722 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6723 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6724 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6725 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6726 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6727 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6728 Default is 2.
6729
6730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6731
6732 ;;;***
6733 \f
6734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
6735 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6736
6737 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6738 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6739 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6740 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6741 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6742 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6743 private or ask).
6744 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6745 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6746 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6747 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6748 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6749
6750 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6751
6752 ;;;***
6753 \f
6754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21670 32331
6755 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
6756 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6757
6758 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6759 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6760 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6761 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6762 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6763 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6764 table and its own syntax table.
6765
6766 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6767
6768 \(fn)" t nil)
6769 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6770
6771 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6772 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6773
6774 \(fn)" t nil)
6775
6776 ;;;***
6777 \f
6778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21716 41663 456033
6779 ;;;;;; 27000))
6780 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6781
6782 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6783 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6784 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6785 OpenDocument format).
6786
6787 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6788
6789 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6790 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6791
6792 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6793 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6794
6795 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6796 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6797 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6798
6799 \(fn)" t nil)
6800
6801 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6802 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6803 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6804 to the next best mode.
6805
6806 \(fn)" nil nil)
6807
6808 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6809 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6810 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6811 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6812 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6813
6814 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6815
6816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6817
6818 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6819
6820
6821 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6822
6823 ;;;***
6824 \f
6825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21670 32331 385639
6826 ;;;;;; 720000))
6827 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6828
6829 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6830 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6831
6832 \(fn)" t nil)
6833
6834 ;;;***
6835 \f
6836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21953 58033 239058 929000))
6837 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6838
6839 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6840 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6841 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6842 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6843 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6844
6845 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6846 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6847
6848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6849
6850 ;;;***
6851 \f
6852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21980 16567 965544
6853 ;;;;;; 893000))
6854 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6855 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
6856
6857 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6858 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6859
6860 \(fn)" t nil)
6861
6862 ;;;***
6863 \f
6864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21907
6865 ;;;;;; 48688 657360 195000))
6866 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6867
6868 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6869
6870 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6871 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6872 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6873 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6874 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6875
6876 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6877 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6878 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6879 and disables it otherwise.
6880
6881 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6882 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6883 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6884 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6885
6886 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6887 documenting what its argument does.
6888
6889 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6890 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6891 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6892 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6893 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6894 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6895 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6896 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6897
6898 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6899 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6900 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6901 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6902 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6903 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6904 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6905 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6906 the minor mode is global):
6907
6908 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6909 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6910 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6911 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6912 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6913 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6914 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6915 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6916 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6917 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6918 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6919 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6920 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6921 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6922 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6923 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6924 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6925 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6926 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6927 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6928 in :variable).
6929
6930 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6931 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6932
6933 For example, you could write
6934 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6935 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6936 ...BODY CODE...)
6937
6938 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6939
6940 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6941
6942 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
6943
6944 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6945
6946 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6947
6948 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6949 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6950 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6951 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6952 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6953 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6954 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6955 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6956 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6957 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6958 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6959 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6960
6961 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6962 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6963 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6964 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6965 call another major mode in their body.
6966
6967 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6968 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6969 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6970
6971 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6972
6973 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6974
6975 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6976 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6977 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6978 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6979 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6980 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6981 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6982
6983 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6984
6985 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6986 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6987 :inherit Parent keymap.
6988 :group Ignored.
6989 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6990 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6991
6992 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6993
6994 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6995 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6996 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6997 the constant's documentation.
6998
6999 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7000
7001 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7002 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7003 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7004
7005 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7006
7007 ;;;***
7008 \f
7009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21670
7010 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
7011 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7012
7013 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7014 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7015 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7016 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7017
7018 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7019 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7020 as a top-level menu bar item.
7021
7022 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7023 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7024 pairs:
7025
7026 :filter FUNCTION
7027 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7028 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7029 items to actually display.
7030
7031 :visible INCLUDE
7032 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7033 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7034 alias for `:visible'.
7035
7036 :active ENABLE
7037 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7038 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7039 an alias for `:active'.
7040
7041 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7042 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7043
7044 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7045
7046 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7047
7048 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7049 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7050
7051 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7052 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7053
7054 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7055
7056 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7057
7058 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7059 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7060
7061 :keys KEYS
7062 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7063 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7064 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7065 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7066
7067 :key-sequence KEYS
7068 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7069 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7070 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7071 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7072
7073 :active ENABLE
7074 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7075 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7076 alias for `:active'.
7077
7078 :visible INCLUDE
7079 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7080 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7081 `:visible'.
7082
7083 :label FORM
7084 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7085 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7086
7087 :suffix FORM
7088 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7089 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7090
7091 :style STYLE
7092 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7093 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7094 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7095
7096 :selected SELECTED
7097 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7098 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7099
7100 :help HELP
7101 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7102
7103 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7104 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7105 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7106
7107 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7108 MENU. This is a submenu.
7109
7110 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7111
7112 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7113
7114 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7115
7116
7117 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7118
7119 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7120 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7121 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7122 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7123
7124 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7125
7126 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7127 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7128 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7129 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7130 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7131 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7132
7133 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7134 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7135 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7136
7137 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7138 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7139 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7140
7141 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7142 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7143
7144 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7145
7146 ;;;***
7147 \f
7148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21978 61237
7149 ;;;;;; 706488 269000))
7150 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7151 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7152
7153 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7154 Customization for ebnf group.
7155
7156 \(fn)" t nil)
7157
7158 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7159 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7160
7161 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7162
7163 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7164 processed.
7165
7166 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7167
7168 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7169
7170 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7171 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7172
7173 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7174 killed after process termination.
7175
7176 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7177
7178 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7179
7180 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7181 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7182
7183 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7184 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7185 it to the printer.
7186
7187 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7188 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7189 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7190 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7191
7192 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7193
7194 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7195 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7196 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7197
7198 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7199
7200 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7201 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7202
7203 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7204
7205 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7206 processed.
7207
7208 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7209
7210 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7211
7212 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7213 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7214
7215 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7216 killed after process termination.
7217
7218 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7219
7220 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7221
7222 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7223 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7224 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7225 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7226
7227 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7228
7229 \(fn)" t nil)
7230
7231 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7232 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7233 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7234
7235 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7236
7237 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7238
7239 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7240 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7241
7242 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7243
7244 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7245 processed.
7246
7247 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7248
7249 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7250
7251 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7252 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7253
7254 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7255 killed after EPS generation.
7256
7257 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7258
7259 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7260
7261 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7262 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7263
7264 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7265 The EPS file name has the following form:
7266
7267 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7268
7269 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7270 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7271
7272 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7273 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7274 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7275 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7276 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7277
7278 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7279 files.
7280
7281 \(fn)" t nil)
7282
7283 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7284 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7285
7286 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7287 The EPS file name has the following form:
7288
7289 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7290
7291 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7292 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7293
7294 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7295 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7296 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7297 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7298 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7299
7300 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7301 files.
7302
7303 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7304
7305 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7306
7307 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7308 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7309
7310 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7311
7312 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7313 are processed.
7314
7315 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7316
7317 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7318
7319 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7320 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7321
7322 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7323 killed after syntax checking.
7324
7325 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7326
7327 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7328
7329 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7330 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7331
7332 \(fn)" t nil)
7333
7334 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7335 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7336
7337 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7338
7339 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7340 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7341
7342 \(fn)" nil nil)
7343
7344 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7345 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7346
7347 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7348
7349 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7350
7351 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7352 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7353
7354 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7355
7356 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7357
7358 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7359 Delete style NAME.
7360
7361 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7362
7363 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7364
7365 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7366 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7367
7368 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7369
7370 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7371
7372 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7373 Set STYLE as the current style.
7374
7375 Returns the old style symbol.
7376
7377 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7378
7379 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7380
7381 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7382 Reset current style.
7383
7384 Returns the old style symbol.
7385
7386 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7387
7388 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7389
7390 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7391 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7392
7393 Returns the old style symbol.
7394
7395 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7396
7397 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7398
7399 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7400
7401 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7402 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7403
7404 Returns the old style symbol.
7405
7406 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7407
7408 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7409
7410 \(fn)" t nil)
7411
7412 ;;;***
7413 \f
7414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21988 10682
7415 ;;;;;; 37624 461000))
7416 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7417
7418 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7419 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7420 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7421 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7422 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7423 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7424
7425 Tree mode key bindings:
7426 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7427
7428 \(fn)" t nil)
7429
7430 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7431 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7432
7433 \(fn)" t nil)
7434
7435 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7436 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7437
7438 \(fn)" t nil)
7439
7440 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7441 View declaration of member at point.
7442
7443 \(fn)" t nil)
7444
7445 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7446 Find declaration of member at point.
7447
7448 \(fn)" t nil)
7449
7450 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7451 View definition of member at point.
7452
7453 \(fn)" t nil)
7454
7455 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7456 Find definition of member at point.
7457
7458 \(fn)" t nil)
7459
7460 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7461 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7462
7463 \(fn)" t nil)
7464
7465 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7466 View definition of member at point in other window.
7467
7468 \(fn)" t nil)
7469
7470 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7471 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7472
7473 \(fn)" t nil)
7474
7475 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7476 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7477
7478 \(fn)" t nil)
7479
7480 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7481 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7482
7483 \(fn)" t nil)
7484
7485 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7486 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7487
7488 \(fn)" t nil)
7489
7490 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7491 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7492 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7493 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7494 completion.
7495
7496 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7497
7498 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7499 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7500 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7501 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7502
7503 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7504
7505 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7506 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7507 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7508 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7509
7510 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7511
7512 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7513 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7514 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7515
7516 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7517
7518 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7519 Search for call sites of a member.
7520 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7521 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7522 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7523 looks like a function call to the member.
7524
7525 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7526
7527 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7528 Move backward in the position stack.
7529 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7530
7531 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7532
7533 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7534 Move forward in the position stack.
7535 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7536
7537 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7538
7539 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7540 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7541
7542 \(fn)" t nil)
7543
7544 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7545 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7546
7547 \(fn)" t nil)
7548
7549 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7550 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7551 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7552 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7553
7554 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7555
7556 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7557 Display statistics for a class tree.
7558
7559 \(fn)" t nil)
7560
7561 ;;;***
7562 \f
7563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21953 58033 239058
7564 ;;;;;; 929000))
7565 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7566
7567 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7568 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7569 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7570 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7571 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7572 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7573 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7574
7575 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7576
7577 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7578 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7579 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7580 also has this effect.
7581 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7582 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7583 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7584 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7585 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7586 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7587 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7588 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7589 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7590 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7591
7592 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7593
7594 ;;;***
7595 \f
7596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21670 32330 885624
7597 ;;;;;; 725000))
7598 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7599
7600 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7601 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7602 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7603
7604 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7605
7606 ;;;***
7607 \f
7608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21670 32330
7609 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
7610 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7611
7612 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7613
7614
7615 \(fn)" nil nil)
7616
7617 ;;;***
7618 \f
7619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21986 55346 252512 613000))
7620 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7621 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7622
7623 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7624 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7625 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7626 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7627 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7628 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7629
7630 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7631
7632 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7633 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7634 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7635 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7636 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7637
7638 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7639 an EDE controlled project.
7640
7641 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7642
7643 ;;;***
7644 \f
7645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21980 16567
7646 ;;;;;; 505544 893000))
7647 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7648
7649 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7650 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7651 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7652 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7653 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7654
7655 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7656 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7657 \(make-local-variable \\='edebug-all-defs) in your
7658 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7659
7660 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7661
7662 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7663 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7664 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7665 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7666
7667 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7668
7669 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7670 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7671 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7672 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7673
7674 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7675
7676 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7677
7678 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7679 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7680 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7681 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7682 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7683
7684 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7685 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7686 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7687 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7688 instrumented for Edebug.
7689
7690 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7691 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7692 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7693 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7694 already is one.)
7695
7696 \(fn)" t nil)
7697
7698 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7699 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7700
7701 \(fn)" t nil)
7702
7703 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7704 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7705
7706 \(fn)" t nil)
7707
7708 ;;;***
7709 \f
7710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21985 34484 298705 925000))
7711 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7712 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7713
7714 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7715 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7716
7717 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7718
7719 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7720 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7721
7722 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7723
7724 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7725
7726 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7727
7728 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7729 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7730 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7731 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7732
7733 \(fn)" t nil)
7734
7735 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7736 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7737 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7738 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7739
7740 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7741
7742 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7743 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7744
7745 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7746
7747 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7748
7749 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7750 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7751
7752 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7753
7754 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7755
7756 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7757 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7758 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7759 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7760
7761 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7762
7763 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7764
7765 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7766 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7767 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7768 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7769
7770 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7771
7772 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7773
7774 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7775 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7776 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7777 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7778
7779 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7780
7781 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7782
7783 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7784 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7785 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7786 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7787
7788 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7789
7790 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7791
7792 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7793 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7794 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7795 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7796 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7797 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7798
7799 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7800
7801 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7802 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7803 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7804 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7805
7806 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7807
7808 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7809
7810 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7811 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7812 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7813 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7814
7815 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7816
7817 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7818
7819 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7820
7821 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7822 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7823 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7824 follows:
7825 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7826 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7827
7828 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7829
7830 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7831 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7832 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7833 follows:
7834 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7835 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7836
7837 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7838
7839 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7840 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7841 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7842 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7843 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7844
7845 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7846
7847 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7848 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7849 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7850 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7851 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7852 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7853
7854 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7855
7856 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7857
7858 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7859 Merge two files without ancestor.
7860
7861 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7862
7863 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7864 Merge two files with ancestor.
7865
7866 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7867
7868 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7869
7870 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7871 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7872
7873 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7874
7875 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7876 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7877
7878 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7879
7880 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7881 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7882 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7883 buffer.
7884
7885 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7886
7887 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7888 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7889 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7890 buffer.
7891
7892 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7893
7894 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7895 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7896 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7897 and don't ask the user.
7898 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7899 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7900
7901 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7902
7903 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7904 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7905 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7906 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7907 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7908 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7909 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7910 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7911
7912 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7913
7914 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7915
7916 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7917
7918 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7919 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7920 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7921 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7922 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7923
7924 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7925
7926 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7927
7928 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7929 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7930 When called interactively, displays the version.
7931
7932 \(fn)" t nil)
7933
7934 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7935 Display Ediff's manual.
7936 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7937
7938 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7939
7940 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7941
7942
7943 \(fn)" nil nil)
7944
7945 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7946
7947
7948 \(fn)" nil nil)
7949
7950 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7951
7952
7953 \(fn)" nil nil)
7954
7955 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7956
7957
7958 \(fn)" nil nil)
7959
7960 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7961
7962
7963 \(fn)" nil nil)
7964
7965 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7966
7967
7968 \(fn)" nil nil)
7969
7970 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7971
7972
7973 \(fn)" nil nil)
7974
7975 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7976
7977
7978 \(fn)" nil nil)
7979
7980 ;;;***
7981 \f
7982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21870 54319
7983 ;;;;;; 247944 919000))
7984 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7985
7986 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7987
7988
7989 \(fn)" t nil)
7990
7991 ;;;***
7992 \f
7993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21670 32331
7994 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
7995 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7996
7997 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7998 Display Ediff's registry.
7999
8000 \(fn)" t nil)
8001
8002 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8003
8004 ;;;***
8005 \f
8006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21985 34484
8007 ;;;;;; 298705 925000))
8008 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
8009
8010 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8011 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8012 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8013 which see.
8014
8015 \(fn)" t nil)
8016
8017 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8018 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8019 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8020 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8021
8022 \(fn)" t nil)
8023
8024 ;;;***
8025 \f
8026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21976 19509 748430
8027 ;;;;;; 241000))
8028 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8029 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8030
8031 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8032 Edit a keyboard macro.
8033 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8034 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8035 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
8036 its command name.
8037 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8038
8039 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8040
8041 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8042 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8043
8044 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8045
8046 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8047 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8048
8049 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8050
8051 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8052 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8053 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8054 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8055 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8056 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8057
8058 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8059 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8060 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8061 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8062
8063 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8064
8065 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8066 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8067 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8068 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8069 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8070 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8071
8072 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8073
8074 ;;;***
8075 \f
8076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21986 55346 264512
8077 ;;;;;; 613000))
8078 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8079
8080 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8081 Set scroll margins.
8082 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8083 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8084
8085 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8086
8087 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8088 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8089
8090 \(fn)" t nil)
8091
8092 ;;;***
8093 \f
8094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21953 58033 247058 929000))
8095 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8096
8097 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8098 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8099 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8100 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8101 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8102 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8103 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8104
8105 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8106 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8107
8108 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8109 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8110 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8111 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8112
8113 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8114 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8115 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8116
8117 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8118 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8119 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8120
8121 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8122
8123 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8124
8125
8126 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8127
8128 ;;;***
8129 \f
8130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21978 61583
8131 ;;;;;; 178488 269000))
8132 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8133 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8134
8135 ;;;***
8136 \f
8137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21978
8138 ;;;;;; 61237 458488 269000))
8139 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8140 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8141
8142 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8143 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8144 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8145 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8146 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8147 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8148 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8149
8150 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8151
8152 ;;;***
8153 \f
8154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21888 48869 288181
8155 ;;;;;; 796000))
8156 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8157
8158 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8159 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8160
8161 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8162 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8163 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8164
8165 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8166
8167 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8168 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8169 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8170 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8171 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8172 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8173
8174 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8175
8176 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8177 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8178 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8179 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8180 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8181
8182 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8183 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8184 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8185 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8186
8187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8188
8189 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8190 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8191
8192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8193
8194 ;;;***
8195 \f
8196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21670 32330 885624
8197 ;;;;;; 725000))
8198 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8199
8200 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8201 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8202
8203 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8204 an elided material again.
8205
8206 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8207
8208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8209
8210 ;;;***
8211 \f
8212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21980 16567
8213 ;;;;;; 505544 893000))
8214 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8215
8216 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8217 Lint the file FILE.
8218
8219 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8220
8221 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8222 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8223 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8224
8225 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8226
8227 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8228 Lint the current buffer.
8229 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8230
8231 \(fn)" t nil)
8232
8233 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8234 Lint the function at point.
8235 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8236
8237 \(fn)" t nil)
8238
8239 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8240 Initialize elint.
8241 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8242 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8243
8244 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8245
8246 ;;;***
8247 \f
8248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21670 32330 885624
8249 ;;;;;; 725000))
8250 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8251
8252 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8253 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8254 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8255
8256 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8257
8258 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8259 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8260 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8261 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8262
8263 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8264
8265 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8266 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8267 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8268
8269 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8270
8271 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8272
8273 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8274 Display current profiling results.
8275 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8276 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8277 displayed.
8278
8279 \(fn)" t nil)
8280
8281 ;;;***
8282 \f
8283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21670 32330 885624
8284 ;;;;;; 725000))
8285 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8286
8287 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8288 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8289 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8290 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8291 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8292 ARG is omitted or nil.
8293
8294 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8295 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8296 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8297 used instead.
8298
8299 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8300
8301 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8302 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8303 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8304
8305 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8306
8307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8308
8309 ;;;***
8310 \f
8311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21989 31537
8312 ;;;;;; 887825 721000))
8313 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8314
8315 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8316 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8317 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8318
8319 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8320
8321 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8322
8323 ;;;***
8324 \f
8325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21953 58033 507058
8326 ;;;;;; 929000))
8327 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8328
8329 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8330 Run Emerge on two files.
8331
8332 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8333
8334 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8335 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8336
8337 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8338
8339 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8340 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8341
8342 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8343
8344 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8345 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8346
8347 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8348
8349 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8350
8351
8352 \(fn)" nil nil)
8353
8354 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8355
8356
8357 \(fn)" nil nil)
8358
8359 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8360
8361
8362 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8363
8364 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8365
8366
8367 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8368
8369 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8370 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8371
8372 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8373
8374 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8375 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8376
8377 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8378
8379 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8380
8381
8382 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8383
8384 ;;;***
8385 \f
8386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21691 38459
8387 ;;;;;; 74604 918000))
8388 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8389
8390 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8391 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8392 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8393 text/enriched format.
8394
8395 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8396 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8397 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8398
8399 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8400
8401 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8402 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8403
8404 Commands:
8405
8406 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8407
8408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8409
8410 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8411
8412
8413 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8414
8415 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8416
8417
8418 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8419
8420 ;;;***
8421 \f
8422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21980 16567 517544 893000))
8423 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8424
8425 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8426 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8427
8428 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8429
8430 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8431 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8432
8433 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8434
8435 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8436 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8437 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8438 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8439 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8440 the keys are listed.
8441 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8442
8443 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8444
8445 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8446 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8447 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8448
8449 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8450
8451 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8452 Verify FILE.
8453
8454 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8455
8456 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8457 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8458
8459 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8460
8461 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8462 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8463
8464 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8465
8466 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8467 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8468
8469 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8470 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8471 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8472 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8473
8474 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8475 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8476 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8477 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8478 should consider using the string based counterpart
8479 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8480 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8481
8482 For example:
8483
8484 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8485 (decode-coding-string
8486 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8487 \\='utf-8))
8488
8489 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8490
8491 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8492 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8493
8494 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8495 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8496
8497 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8498
8499 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8500
8501 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8502 Verify the current region between START and END.
8503
8504 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8505 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8506 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8507 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8508 should consider using the string based counterpart
8509 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8510 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8511
8512 For example:
8513
8514 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8515 (decode-coding-string
8516 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8517 \\='utf-8))
8518
8519 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8520
8521 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8522
8523 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8524 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8525 between START and END.
8526
8527 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8528 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8529
8530 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8531
8532 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8533
8534 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8535 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8536
8537 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8538 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8539 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8540 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8541 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8542 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8543
8544 For example:
8545
8546 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8547 (epg-sign-string
8548 context
8549 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)))
8550
8551 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8552
8553 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8554
8555 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8556 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8557
8558 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8559 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8560 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8561 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8562 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8563 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8564
8565 For example:
8566
8567 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8568 (epg-encrypt-string
8569 context
8570 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)
8571 nil))
8572
8573 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8574
8575 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8576
8577 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8578 Delete selected KEYS.
8579
8580 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8581
8582 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8583 Import keys from FILE.
8584
8585 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8586
8587 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8588 Import keys from the region.
8589
8590 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8591
8592 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8593 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8594 between START and END.
8595
8596 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8597
8598 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8599 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8600
8601 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8602
8603 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8604 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8605
8606 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8607
8608 ;;;***
8609 \f
8610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21670 32330 885624
8611 ;;;;;; 725000))
8612 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8613
8614 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8615 Decrypt marked files.
8616
8617 \(fn)" t nil)
8618
8619 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8620 Verify marked files.
8621
8622 \(fn)" t nil)
8623
8624 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8625 Sign marked files.
8626
8627 \(fn)" t nil)
8628
8629 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8630 Encrypt marked files.
8631
8632 \(fn)" t nil)
8633
8634 ;;;***
8635 \f
8636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21964 28338 113695
8637 ;;;;;; 749000))
8638 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8639
8640 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8641
8642
8643 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8644
8645 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8646
8647
8648 \(fn)" t nil)
8649
8650 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8651
8652
8653 \(fn)" t nil)
8654
8655 ;;;***
8656 \f
8657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21670 32330 885624
8658 ;;;;;; 725000))
8659 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8660
8661 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8662 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8663 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8664 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8665 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8666
8667 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8668
8669 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8670 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8671 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8672
8673 \(fn)" t nil)
8674
8675 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8676
8677 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8678 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8679 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8680
8681 \(fn)" t nil)
8682
8683 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8684
8685 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8686 Sign the current buffer.
8687 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8688
8689 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8690
8691 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8692
8693 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8694 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8695 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8696 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8697 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8698 and also whether and how to sign.
8699
8700 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8701 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8702 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8703
8704 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8705
8706 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8707
8708 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8709 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8710 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8711
8712 \(fn)" t nil)
8713
8714 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8715
8716 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8717 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8718 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8719 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8720 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8721 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8722
8723 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8724
8725 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8726 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8727 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8728 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8729 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8730
8731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8732
8733 ;;;***
8734 \f
8735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21980 16567 517544 893000))
8736 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8737 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8738
8739 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8740 Return a context object.
8741
8742 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8743
8744 ;;;***
8745 \f
8746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21927 33969 780642
8747 ;;;;;; 720000))
8748 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8749
8750 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8751 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8752
8753 \(fn)" nil nil)
8754
8755 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8756 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8757
8758 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8759
8760 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8761 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8762
8763 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8764
8765 ;;;***
8766 \f
8767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21980 16567 529544 893000))
8768 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8769 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8770
8771 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8772 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8773
8774 \(fn)" nil nil)
8775
8776 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8777 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8778 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8779
8780 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8781
8782 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8783 (server (erc-compute-server))
8784 (port (erc-compute-port))
8785 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8786 password
8787 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8788
8789 That is, if called with
8790
8791 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8792
8793 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8794 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8795 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8796
8797 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8798
8799 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8800
8801 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8802 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8803 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8804
8805 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8806
8807 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8808 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8809 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8810 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8811
8812 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8813
8814 ;;;***
8815 \f
8816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21989
8817 ;;;;;; 31537 763825 721000))
8818 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8819 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8820
8821 ;;;***
8822 \f
8823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21980 16567
8824 ;;;;;; 517544 893000))
8825 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8826 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8827
8828 ;;;***
8829 \f
8830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21670 32330
8831 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8832 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8833 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8834
8835 ;;;***
8836 \f
8837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21670 32330
8838 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8839 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8840 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8841
8842 ;;;***
8843 \f
8844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21980 16567 517544
8845 ;;;;;; 893000))
8846 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8847 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8848
8849 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8850 Parser for /dcc command.
8851 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8852 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8853 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8854
8855 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8856
8857 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8858 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8859
8860 \(fn)" nil nil)
8861
8862 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8863 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8864
8865 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8866 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8867 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8868 that subcommand.
8869
8870 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8871
8872 ;;;***
8873 \f
8874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8875 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
8876 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8877 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8878
8879 ;;;***
8880 \f
8881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21855
8882 ;;;;;; 576 787951 155000))
8883 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8884
8885 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8886 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8887
8888 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8889
8890 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8891 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8892 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8893 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8894
8895 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8896
8897 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8898
8899
8900 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8901
8902 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8903 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8904
8905 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8906
8907 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8908 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8909
8910 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8911
8912 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8913 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8914
8915 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8916
8917 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8918 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8919
8920 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8921
8922 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8923 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8924
8925 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8926
8927 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8928 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8929
8930 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8931
8932 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8933 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8934
8935 \(fn)" nil nil)
8936
8937 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8938 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8939
8940 \(fn)" nil nil)
8941
8942 ;;;***
8943 \f
8944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21989 31537 771825
8945 ;;;;;; 721000))
8946 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8947 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8948
8949 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8950 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8951 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8952
8953 \(fn)" nil nil)
8954
8955 ;;;***
8956 \f
8957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21670 32330
8958 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8959 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8960 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8961
8962 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8963 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8964 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8965 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8966 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8967 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8968 system.
8969
8970 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8971
8972 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8973
8974
8975 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8976
8977 ;;;***
8978 \f
8979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21670 32330
8980 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
8981 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8982
8983 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8984
8985
8986 \(fn)" nil nil)
8987
8988 ;;;***
8989 \f
8990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21670 32330 885624
8991 ;;;;;; 725000))
8992 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8993 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8994
8995 ;;;***
8996 \f
8997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21670 32330 885624
8998 ;;;;;; 725000))
8999 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9000 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9001
9002 ;;;***
9003 \f
9004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21670 32330 885624
9005 ;;;;;; 725000))
9006 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9007 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9008
9009 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9010 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9011 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9012 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9013 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9014 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9015
9016 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9017
9018 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9019 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9020 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9021 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9022
9023 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9024 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9025 automatically.
9026
9027 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9028 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9029
9030 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9031
9032 ;;;***
9033 \f
9034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21980 16567
9035 ;;;;;; 517544 893000))
9036 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9037 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9038
9039 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9040 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9041
9042 \(fn)" t nil)
9043
9044 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9045 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9046
9047 \(fn)" t nil)
9048
9049 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9050 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9051
9052 \(fn)" t nil)
9053
9054 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9055 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9056
9057 \(fn)" t nil)
9058
9059 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9060 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9061
9062 \(fn)" t nil)
9063
9064 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9065 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9066
9067 \(fn)" t nil)
9068
9069 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9070 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9071
9072 \(fn)" t nil)
9073
9074 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9075 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9076
9077 \(fn)" t nil)
9078
9079 ;;;***
9080 \f
9081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21670 32330 885624
9082 ;;;;;; 725000))
9083 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9084 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9085
9086 ;;;***
9087 \f
9088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21670
9089 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9090 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9091 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9092
9093 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9094 Show who's gone.
9095
9096 \(fn)" nil nil)
9097
9098 ;;;***
9099 \f
9100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21670
9101 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9102 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9103
9104 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9105 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9106 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9107 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9108
9109 \(fn)" nil nil)
9110
9111 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9112 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9113
9114 \(fn)" t nil)
9115
9116 ;;;***
9117 \f
9118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21670 32330
9119 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9120 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9121 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9122
9123 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9124 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9125 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9126 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9127
9128 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9129
9130 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9131
9132
9133 \(fn)" nil nil)
9134
9135 ;;;***
9136 \f
9137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21670 32330 885624
9138 ;;;;;; 725000))
9139 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9140 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9141
9142 ;;;***
9143 \f
9144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21855
9145 ;;;;;; 576 787951 155000))
9146 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9147 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9148
9149 ;;;***
9150 \f
9151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21670 32330
9152 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9153 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9154 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9155
9156 ;;;***
9157 \f
9158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21670 32330 885624
9159 ;;;;;; 725000))
9160 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9161 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9162
9163 ;;;***
9164 \f
9165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21980
9166 ;;;;;; 16567 517544 893000))
9167 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9168 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9169
9170 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9171 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9172
9173 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9174
9175 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9176 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9177 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9178
9179 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9180
9181 ;;;***
9182 \f
9183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21670 32330
9184 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
9185 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9186 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9187
9188 ;;;***
9189 \f
9190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21980
9191 ;;;;;; 16567 521544 893000))
9192 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9193
9194 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9195 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9196 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9197
9198 \(fn)" t nil)
9199
9200 ;;;***
9201 \f
9202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21727
9203 ;;;;;; 11963 635339 992000))
9204 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9205 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9206
9207 ;;;***
9208 \f
9209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21860 18496
9210 ;;;;;; 27951 644000))
9211 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9212 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9213
9214 ;;;***
9215 \f
9216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21980 16567
9217 ;;;;;; 521544 893000))
9218 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9219
9220 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9221 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9222 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9223
9224 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9225
9226 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9227 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9228 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9229 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9230 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9231
9232 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9233 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9234 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9235 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9236
9237 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9238 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9239
9240 ;;;***
9241 \f
9242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21670
9243 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
9244 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9245 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9246
9247 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9248 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9249 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9250 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9251
9252 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9253
9254 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9255 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9256 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9257
9258 \(fn)" t nil)
9259
9260 ;;;***
9261 \f
9262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21670 32330 885624
9263 ;;;;;; 725000))
9264 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9265 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9266
9267 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9268 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9269
9270 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9271
9272 ;;;***
9273 \f
9274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21976 19509 868430
9275 ;;;;;; 241000))
9276 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9277
9278 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9279 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9280
9281 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9282 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9283
9284 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9285 useful for assertions in BODY.
9286
9287 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9288
9289 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9290 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9291 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9292
9293 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9294
9295 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9296
9297 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9298
9299 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9300
9301 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9302
9303 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9304 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9305
9306 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9307 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9308 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9309 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9310
9311 Returns the stats object.
9312
9313 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9314
9315 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9316 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9317
9318 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9319 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9320 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9321 the tests).
9322
9323 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9324
9325 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9326 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9327
9328 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9329 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9330 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9331 and how to display message.
9332
9333 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9334
9335 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9336
9337 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9338 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9339
9340 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9341
9342 ;;;***
9343 \f
9344 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21980 16567
9345 ;;;;;; 505544 893000))
9346 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9347
9348 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9349
9350 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9351 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9352
9353 \(fn)" t nil)
9354
9355 ;;;***
9356 \f
9357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21861 39358
9358 ;;;;;; 497944 643000))
9359 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9360
9361 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9362 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9363
9364 \(fn)" t nil)
9365
9366 ;;;***
9367 \f
9368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21670 32330 885624
9369 ;;;;;; 725000))
9370 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9371 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9372
9373 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9374 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9375 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9376 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9377 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9378 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9379 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9380 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9381 buffer selected (or created).
9382
9383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9384
9385 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9386 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9387 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9388
9389 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9390
9391 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9392 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9393 The result might be any Lisp object.
9394 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9395 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9396 corresponding to a successful execution.
9397
9398 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9399
9400 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9401
9402 ;;;***
9403 \f
9404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21988 10682 37624
9405 ;;;;;; 461000))
9406 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9407
9408 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9409 File name of tags table.
9410 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9411 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9412 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9413 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9414 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9415
9416 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9417 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9418 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9419 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9420
9421 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9422
9423 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9424 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9425 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9426 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9427 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9428 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9429
9430 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9431
9432 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9433 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9434 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9435
9436 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9437
9438 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9439 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9440 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9441 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9442 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9443
9444 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9445
9446 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9447 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9448 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9449 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9450
9451 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9452
9453 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9454 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9455 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9456 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9457 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9458
9459 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9460
9461 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9462 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9463
9464 \(fn)" t nil)
9465
9466 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9467 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9468 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9469 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9470
9471 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9472 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9473 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9474 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9475 file the tag was in.
9476
9477 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9478
9479 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9480 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9481 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9482 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9483 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9484 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9485 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9486 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9487 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9488
9489 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9490
9491 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9492 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9493 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9494 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9495 without directory names.
9496
9497 \(fn)" nil nil)
9498
9499 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9500
9501
9502 \(fn)" nil nil)
9503 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9504 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9505 (progn
9506 (load "etags")
9507 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9508
9509 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9510 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9511 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9512 but does not select the buffer.
9513 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9514
9515 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9516 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9517 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9518 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9519 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9520
9521 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9522
9523 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9524 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9525 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9526
9527 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9528
9529 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9530
9531 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9532 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9533 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9534 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9535
9536 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9537 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9538 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9539 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9540 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9541
9542 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9543
9544 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9545 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9546 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9547
9548 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9549
9550 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9551
9552 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9553
9554 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9555 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9556 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9557 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9558 around or before point.
9559
9560 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9561 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9562 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9563 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9564 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9565
9566 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9567
9568 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9569 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9570 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9571
9572 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9573
9574 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9575
9576 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9577
9578 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9579 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9580 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9581 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9582 around or before point.
9583
9584 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9585 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9586 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9587 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9588 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9589
9590 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9591
9592 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9593 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9594 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9595
9596 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9597
9598 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9599
9600 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9601
9602 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9603 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9604 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9605
9606 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9607 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9608 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9609 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9610 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9611
9612 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9613
9614 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9615 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9616 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9617
9618 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9619
9620 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9621
9622 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9623
9624 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9625
9626 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9627 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9628
9629 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9630 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9631 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9632
9633 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9634 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9635
9636 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9637 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9638
9639 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9640
9641 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9642 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9643 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9644 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9645
9646 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9647 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9648 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9649 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9650 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9651
9652 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9653
9654 (make-obsolete 'tags-loop-continue '"use `xref-find-definitions' interface instead." '"25.1")
9655
9656 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9657 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9658 Stops when a match is found.
9659 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9660
9661 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9662 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9663 restricted to these files.
9664
9665 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9666
9667 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9668
9669 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9670 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9671 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9672 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9673 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9674 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9675 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9676 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9677
9678 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9679 produce the list of files to search.
9680
9681 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9682
9683 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9684
9685 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9686 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9687 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9688 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9689 directory specification.
9690
9691 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9692
9693 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9694 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9695
9696 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9697
9698 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9699
9700 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9701 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9702 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9703 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9704
9705 \(fn)" t nil)
9706
9707 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9708 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9709 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9710 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9711 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9712
9713 \(fn)" t nil)
9714
9715 (autoload 'etags-xref-find "etags" "\
9716
9717
9718 \(fn ACTION ID)" nil nil)
9719
9720 ;;;***
9721 \f
9722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21862
9723 ;;;;;; 60209 768658 443000))
9724 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9725
9726 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9727
9728
9729 \(fn)" nil nil)
9730
9731 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9732 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9733
9734 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9735 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9736
9737 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9738 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9739 primary language.
9740
9741 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9742 even if the buffer is read-only.
9743
9744 See also the descriptions of the variables
9745 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9746
9747 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9748
9749 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9750 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9751
9752 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9753 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9754
9755 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9756 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9757 primary language.
9758
9759 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9760 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9761
9762 See also the descriptions of the variables
9763 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9764
9765 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9766
9767 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9768 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9769 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9770 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9771
9772 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9773
9774 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9775 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9776 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9777 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9778
9779 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9780 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9781 primary language.
9782
9783 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9784 buffer is read-only.
9785
9786 See also the descriptions of the variables
9787 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9788 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9789
9790 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9791
9792 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9793 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9794
9795 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9796 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9797
9798 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9799 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9800 the primary language.
9801
9802 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9803 buffer is read-only.
9804
9805 See also the descriptions of the variables
9806 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9807 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9808
9809 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9810
9811 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9812 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9813 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9814
9815 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9816
9817 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9818 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9819
9820 \(fn)" t nil)
9821
9822 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9823 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9824
9825 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9826 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9827 be 1, 2, or 3.
9828
9829 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9830 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9831 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9832
9833 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9834
9835 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9836
9837 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9838 This function is deprecated.
9839
9840 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9841
9842 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9843 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9844
9845 \(fn)" t nil)
9846
9847 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9848 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9849
9850 \(fn)" t nil)
9851
9852 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9853 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9854
9855 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9856 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9857
9858 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9859 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9860
9861 \(fn)" nil nil)
9862
9863 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9864 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9865
9866 \(fn)" nil nil)
9867
9868 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9869 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9870
9871 \(fn)" nil nil)
9872
9873 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9874 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9875
9876 \(fn)" nil nil)
9877
9878 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9879 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9880 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9881
9882 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9883
9884 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9885
9886
9887 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9888
9889 ;;;***
9890 \f
9891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21799 41767 21224 988000))
9892 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9893
9894 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9895 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9896 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9897 server for future sessions.
9898
9899 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9900
9901 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9902 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9903 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9904
9905 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9906
9907 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9908 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9909 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9910
9911 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9912
9913 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9914 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9915 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9916 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9917 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9918 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9919 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9920 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9921 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9922 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9923 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9924 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9925
9926 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9927
9928 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9929 Display a form to query the directory server.
9930 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9931 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9932
9933 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9934
9935 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9936 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9937 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9938
9939 \(fn)" t nil)
9940
9941 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9942
9943 ;;;***
9944 \f
9945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21704 50495 455324
9946 ;;;;;; 752000))
9947 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9948
9949 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9950 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9951
9952 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9953
9954 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9955 Display URL and make it clickable.
9956
9957 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9958
9959 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9960 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9961
9962 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9963
9964 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9965 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9966
9967 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9968
9969 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9970 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9971
9972 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9973
9974 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9975 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9976
9977 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9978
9979 ;;;***
9980 \f
9981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21794 23865
9982 ;;;;;; 772631 636000))
9983 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9984
9985 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9986 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9987 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9988
9989 \(fn)" t nil)
9990
9991 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9992 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9993
9994 \(fn)" t nil)
9995
9996 ;;;***
9997 \f
9998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21704
9999 ;;;;;; 50495 455324 752000))
10000 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10001
10002 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10003 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10004
10005 \(fn)" t nil)
10006
10007 ;;;***
10008 \f
10009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21670 32330 885624
10010 ;;;;;; 725000))
10011 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10012
10013 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10014 Create an empty ewoc.
10015
10016 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10017
10018 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10019 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10020 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10021 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10022 `insert-before-markers'.
10023
10024 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10025 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10026 respectively, of the ewoc.
10027
10028 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10029 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10030 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10031
10032 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10033
10034 ;;;***
10035 \f
10036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21826 49851 770496 504000))
10037 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10038
10039 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
10040 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
10041 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
10042 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
10043 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
10044
10045 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
10046
10047 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10048 Fetch URL and render the page.
10049 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10050 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10051
10052 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10053 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10054
10055 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10056 Render FILE using EWW.
10057
10058 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10059
10060 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
10061 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10062 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10063
10064 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
10065
10066 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
10067 Mode for browsing the web.
10068
10069 \(fn)" t nil)
10070
10071 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10072
10073
10074 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10075
10076 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
10077 Display the bookmarks.
10078
10079 \(fn)" t nil)
10080
10081 ;;;***
10082 \f
10083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21988
10084 ;;;;;; 10682 37624 461000))
10085 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10086
10087 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10088 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10089 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10090
10091 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10092
10093 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10094 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10095 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10096 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10097 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10098
10099 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10100
10101 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10102 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10103 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10104 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10105 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10106 executable.
10107
10108 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10109
10110 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10111 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10112 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10113 file modes.
10114
10115 \(fn)" nil nil)
10116
10117 ;;;***
10118 \f
10119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21670 32330 885624 725000))
10120 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10121
10122 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10123 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10124 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10125 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10126
10127 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10128
10129 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10130 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10131 to generate such functions.
10132
10133 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10134 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10135 beginning of the expanded text.
10136
10137 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10138 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10139 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10140 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10141
10142 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10143
10144 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10145
10146 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10147 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10148 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10149
10150 \(fn)" nil nil)
10151
10152 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10153 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10154 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10155
10156 \(fn)" t nil)
10157
10158 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10159 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10160 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10161
10162 \(fn)" t nil)
10163 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10164 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10165
10166 ;;;***
10167 \f
10168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21914 21937 459876
10169 ;;;;;; 215000))
10170 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10171
10172 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10173 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10174 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10175
10176 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10177 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10178 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10179
10180 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10181
10182 Key definitions:
10183 \\{f90-mode-map}
10184
10185 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10186
10187 `f90-do-indent'
10188 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10189 `f90-if-indent'
10190 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10191 `f90-type-indent'
10192 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10193 `f90-program-indent'
10194 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10195 (default 2).
10196 `f90-associate-indent'
10197 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10198 `f90-critical-indent'
10199 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10200 `f90-continuation-indent'
10201 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10202 `f90-comment-region'
10203 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10204 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10205 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10206 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10207 (default \"!\").
10208 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10209 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10210 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10211 `f90-break-delimiters'
10212 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10213 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10214 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10215 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10216 (default t).
10217 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10218 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10219 `f90-smart-end'
10220 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10221 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10222 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10223 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10224 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10225 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10226 `f90-leave-line-no'
10227 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10228
10229 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10230 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10231
10232 \(fn)" t nil)
10233
10234 ;;;***
10235 \f
10236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21888 47150 706945
10237 ;;;;;; 440000))
10238 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10239
10240 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10241 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10242 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10243 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10244
10245 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10246 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10247 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10248 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10249 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10250
10251 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10252 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10253 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10254 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10255 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10256 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10257 attributes.
10258
10259 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10260 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10261
10262 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10263
10264 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10265 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10266 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10267 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10268
10269 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10270
10271 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10272 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10273 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10274 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10275
10276 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10277 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10278 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10279
10280 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10281 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10282 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10283 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10284
10285 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10286
10287 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10288 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10289 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10290
10291 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10292 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10293 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10294 the same amount).
10295
10296 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10297
10298 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10299 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10300 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10301
10302 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10303 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10304 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10305 will remove any scaling currently active.
10306
10307 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10308
10309 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10310 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10311 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10312
10313 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10314 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10315 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10316 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10317 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10318
10319 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10320 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10321
10322 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10323
10324 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10325 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10326
10327 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10328 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10329 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10330
10331 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10332 the face height as long as the input event read
10333 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10334
10335 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10336 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10337 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10338 will remove any scaling currently active.
10339
10340 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10341 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10342 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10343 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10344 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10345
10346 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10347
10348 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10349 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10350 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10351 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10352 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10353 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10354
10355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10356
10357 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10358 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10359 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10360 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10361 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10362 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10363 `buffer-face-mode'.
10364
10365 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10366 local, and sets it to FACE.
10367
10368 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10369
10370 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10371 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10372 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10373 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10374 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10375 `face' text property.
10376
10377 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10378 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10379 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10380 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10381
10382 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10383 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10384
10385 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10386
10387 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10388 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10389 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10390 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10391
10392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10393
10394 ;;;***
10395 \f
10396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21989 31537
10397 ;;;;;; 891825 721000))
10398 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10399 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10400
10401 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10402 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10403 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10404 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10405
10406 \(fn)" nil nil)
10407
10408 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10409 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10410
10411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10412
10413 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10414 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10415 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10416 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10417
10418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10419
10420 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10421 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10422 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10423 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10424 backup file names and the like).
10425
10426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10427
10428 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10429 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10430 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10431 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10432 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10433 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10434 internally by feedmail):
10435
10436 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10437 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10438 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10439 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10440
10441 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10442 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10443 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10444 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10445 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10446
10447 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10448
10449 ;;;***
10450 \f
10451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21960 31281 328212 153000))
10452 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10453
10454 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10455 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10456 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10457 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10458 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10459 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10460 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10461
10462 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10463
10464 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10465 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10466 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10467 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10468 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10469 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10470 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10471
10472 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10473
10474 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10475
10476 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10477 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10478 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10479 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10480 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10481 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10482
10483 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10484
10485 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10486 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10487 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10488 Return value:
10489 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10490 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10491 * otherwise, nil
10492
10493 \(fn E)" t nil)
10494
10495 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10496 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10497 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10498
10499 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10500
10501 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10502 Try to get a file name at point.
10503 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10504
10505 \(fn)" nil nil)
10506
10507 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10508 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10509
10510 \(fn)" t nil)
10511
10512 ;;;***
10513 \f
10514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21740 23998 26747
10515 ;;;;;; 125000))
10516 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10517
10518 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10519 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10520 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10521 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10522
10523 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10524
10525 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10526 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10527 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10528 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10529 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10530 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10531
10532 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10533
10534 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10535 Add FILE to the file cache.
10536
10537 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10538
10539 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10540 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10541 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10542
10543 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10544
10545 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10546 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10547 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10548
10549 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10550
10551 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10552 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10553 This function does not use any external programs.
10554 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10555 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10556 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10557
10558 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10559
10560 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10561 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10562 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10563 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10564 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10565 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10566 \(directories) is done.
10567
10568 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10569
10570 ;;;***
10571 \f
10572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21704 50495 455324
10573 ;;;;;; 752000))
10574 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10575
10576 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10577 Handle file system monitoring event.
10578 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10579
10580 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE COOKIE) CALLBACK)
10581
10582 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10583
10584 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10585
10586 ;;;***
10587 \f
10588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21980 16567 557544
10589 ;;;;;; 893000))
10590 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10591
10592 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10593 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10594
10595 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10596 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10597 Local Variables list.
10598
10599 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10600 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10601 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10602
10603 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10604
10605 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10606 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10607
10608 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10609
10610 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10611 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10612
10613 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10614 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10615 the -*- line.
10616
10617 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10618 then this function adds it.
10619
10620 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10621
10622 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10623 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10624
10625 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10626
10627 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10628 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10629
10630 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10631
10632 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10633 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10634
10635 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10636
10637 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10638 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10639
10640 \(fn)" t nil)
10641
10642 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10643 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10644
10645 \(fn)" t nil)
10646
10647 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10648 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10649
10650 \(fn)" t nil)
10651
10652 ;;;***
10653 \f
10654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21980 16567 557544
10655 ;;;;;; 893000))
10656 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10657
10658 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10659 Filesets initialization.
10660 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10661
10662 \(fn)" nil nil)
10663
10664 ;;;***
10665 \f
10666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21980 16567 573544
10667 ;;;;;; 893000))
10668 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10669 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10670
10671 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10672 Initiate the building of a find command.
10673 For example:
10674
10675 \(find-cmd \\='(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10676 \\='(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10677 (mtime \"+1\"))
10678 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10679
10680 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10681 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10682
10683 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10684
10685 ;;;***
10686 \f
10687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21981 37426 535399
10688 ;;;;;; 97000))
10689 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10690
10691 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10692 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10693 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10694
10695 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10696
10697 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10698 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10699
10700 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10701
10702 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10703 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10704 and run Dired on those files.
10705 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10706 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10707
10708 find . -name \\='PATTERN\\=' -ls
10709
10710 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10711
10712 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10713
10714 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10715 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10716 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10717
10718 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10719 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10720
10721 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10722 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10723
10724 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10725
10726 ;;;***
10727 \f
10728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21670 32330 885624
10729 ;;;;;; 725000))
10730 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10731
10732 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10733 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10734 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10735 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10736 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10737 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10738 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10739
10740 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10741
10742 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10743 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10744 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10745
10746 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10747
10748 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10749
10750 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10751
10752 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10753 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10754 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10755
10756 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10757 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10758
10759 Variables of interest include:
10760
10761 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10762 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10763 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10764
10765 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10766 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10767 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10768
10769 - `ff-ignore-include'
10770 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10771
10772 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10773 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10774
10775 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10776 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10777
10778 - `ff-special-constructs'
10779 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10780 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10781 extracting the filename from that construct.
10782
10783 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10784 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10785
10786 - `ff-search-directories'
10787 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10788 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10789
10790 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10791 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10792
10793 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10794 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10795
10796 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10797 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10798
10799 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10800 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10801
10802 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10803 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10804
10805 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10806
10807 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10808 Visit the file you click on.
10809
10810 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10811
10812 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10813 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10814
10815 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10816
10817 ;;;***
10818 \f
10819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21978
10820 ;;;;;; 61237 486488 269000))
10821 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10822
10823 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10824 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10825 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10826
10827 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10828
10829 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10830 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10831 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10832 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10833
10834 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10835 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10836 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10837 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10838
10839 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10840
10841 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10842 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10843
10844 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10845 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10846 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10847 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10848
10849 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10850 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10851 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10852
10853 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10854 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10855 in `load-path'.
10856
10857 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10858
10859 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10860 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10861
10862 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10863 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10864 places point before the definition.
10865 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10866
10867 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10868 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10869 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10870
10871 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10872
10873 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10874 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10875
10876 See `find-function' for more details.
10877
10878 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10879
10880 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10881 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10882
10883 See `find-function' for more details.
10884
10885 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10886
10887 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10888 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10889
10890 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10891 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10892 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10893
10894 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10895 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10896
10897 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10898
10899 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10900 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10901
10902 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10903 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10904 places point before the definition.
10905
10906 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10907
10908 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10909 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10910 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10911
10912 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10913
10914 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10915 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10916
10917 See `find-variable' for more details.
10918
10919 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10920
10921 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10922 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10923
10924 See `find-variable' for more details.
10925
10926 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10927
10928 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10929 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10930 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10931 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10932 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10933 buffer nor display it.
10934
10935 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10936 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10937
10938 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10939
10940 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10941 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10942
10943 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10944 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10945 places point before the definition.
10946
10947 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10948
10949 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10950 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10951 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10952
10953 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10954
10955 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10956 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10957 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10958
10959 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10960
10961 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window "find-func" "\
10962 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
10963 See `find-function-on-key'.
10964
10965 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10966
10967 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame "find-func" "\
10968 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
10969 See `find-function-on-key'.
10970
10971 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10972
10973 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10974 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10975
10976 \(fn)" t nil)
10977
10978 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10979 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10980
10981 \(fn)" t nil)
10982
10983 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10984 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10985
10986 \(fn)" nil nil)
10987
10988 ;;;***
10989 \f
10990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21670 32330 885624
10991 ;;;;;; 725000))
10992 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10993
10994 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10995 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10996
10997 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10998
10999 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11000 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11001
11002 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11003
11004 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11005 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
11006
11007 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11008
11009 ;;;***
11010 \f
11011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21980 16567 573544 893000))
11012 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11013 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
11014
11015 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11016 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11017
11018 \(fn)" t nil)
11019
11020 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11021 Display FILE's commentary section.
11022 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11023
11024 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11025
11026 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11027 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11028
11029 \(fn)" t nil)
11030
11031 ;;;***
11032 \f
11033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21670 32330 885624
11034 ;;;;;; 725000))
11035 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11036
11037 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11038 Toggle flow control handling.
11039 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11040 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11041
11042 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11043
11044 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11045 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11046 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11047 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11048 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11049 to get the effect of a C-q.
11050
11051 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11052
11053 ;;;***
11054 \f
11055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21670 32330
11056 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11057 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11058
11059 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11060
11061
11062 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11063
11064 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11065
11066
11067 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11068
11069 ;;;***
11070 \f
11071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21980 16568
11072 ;;;;;; 25544 893000))
11073 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11074 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11075
11076 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11077 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11078 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11079 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11080 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11081 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11082
11083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11084
11085 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11086 Turn flymake mode on.
11087
11088 \(fn)" nil nil)
11089
11090 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11091 Turn flymake mode off.
11092
11093 \(fn)" nil nil)
11094
11095 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11096
11097
11098 \(fn)" nil nil)
11099
11100 ;;;***
11101 \f
11102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21980 16568
11103 ;;;;;; 77544 893000))
11104 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11105
11106 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11107 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11108
11109 \(fn)" t nil)
11110 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11111
11112 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11113 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11114 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11115 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11116 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11117
11118 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11119 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11120 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11121
11122 Bindings:
11123 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11124 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11125 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11126 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11127
11128 Hooks:
11129 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11130
11131 Remark:
11132 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11133 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11134 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11135
11136 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11137 consider adding:
11138 \(add-hook \\='tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser \\='tex))))
11139 in your init file.
11140
11141 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11142 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11143
11144 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11145
11146 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11147 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11148
11149 \(fn)" nil nil)
11150
11151 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11152 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11153
11154 \(fn)" nil nil)
11155
11156 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11157 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11158
11159 \(fn)" nil nil)
11160
11161 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11162 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11163
11164 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11165
11166 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11167 Flyspell whole buffer.
11168
11169 \(fn)" t nil)
11170
11171 ;;;***
11172 \f
11173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21824 11953 672190
11174 ;;;;;; 35000))
11175 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11176 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11177
11178 ;;;***
11179 \f
11180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21976 19509 932430 241000))
11181 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11182
11183 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11184 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11185
11186 \(fn)" nil nil)
11187
11188 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11189 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11190
11191 \(fn)" nil nil)
11192
11193 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11194 Toggle Follow mode.
11195 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11196 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11197 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11198
11199 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11200 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11201
11202 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11203 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11204 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11205
11206 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11207 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11208 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11209 movement commands.
11210
11211 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11212 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11213 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11214 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11215 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11216 mileage may vary).
11217
11218 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11219 `\\[split-window-right]' or `\\[follow-delete-other-windows-and-split]' can be used.
11220
11221 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11222
11223 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11224
11225 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11226 \\{follow-mode-map}
11227
11228 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11229
11230 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11231 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11232
11233 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11234 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11235 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11236 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11237 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11238 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11239
11240 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11241 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11242 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11243
11244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11245
11246 ;;;***
11247 \f
11248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21814 9129 310503
11249 ;;;;;; 742000))
11250 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11251 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11252
11253 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11254 Toggle Footnote mode.
11255 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11256 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11257 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11258
11259 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11260 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11261 play around with the following keys:
11262 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11263
11264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11265
11266 ;;;***
11267 \f
11268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21981 37426 535399 97000))
11269 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11270
11271 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11272 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11273
11274 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11275 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11276 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11277 C-c < forms-first-record <
11278 C-c > forms-last-record >
11279 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11280 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11281 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11282 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11283 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11284 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11285 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11286 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11287 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11288 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11289
11290 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11291
11292 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11293 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11294
11295 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11296
11297 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11298 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11299
11300 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11301
11302 ;;;***
11303 \f
11304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21953 58033
11305 ;;;;;; 403058 929000))
11306 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11307
11308 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11309 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11310 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11311
11312 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11313 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11314
11315 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11316
11317 Key definitions:
11318 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11319
11320 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11321
11322 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11323 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11324 `fortran-do-indent'
11325 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11326 `fortran-if-indent'
11327 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11328 `fortran-structure-indent'
11329 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11330 (default 3)
11331 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11332 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11333 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11334 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11335 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11336 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11337 nil don't change the indentation
11338 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11339 value of either
11340 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11341 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11342 depending on the continuation format in use.
11343 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11344 indentation for a line of code.
11345 (default 'fixed)
11346 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11347 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11348 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11349 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11350 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11351 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11352 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11353 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11354 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11355 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11356 column 5.
11357 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11358 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11359 statements (default nil).
11360 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11361 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11362 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11363 `fortran-continuation-string'
11364 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11365 line (default \"$\").
11366 `fortran-comment-region'
11367 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11368 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11369 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11370 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11371 as typed (default t).
11372 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11373 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11374
11375 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11376 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11377
11378 \(fn)" t nil)
11379
11380 ;;;***
11381 \f
11382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21670 32331 385639
11383 ;;;;;; 720000))
11384 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11385
11386 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11387 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11388
11389 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11390 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11391
11392 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11393
11394 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11395 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11396
11397 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11398 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11399
11400 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11401
11402 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11403 Compile fortune file.
11404
11405 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11406 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11407
11408 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11409
11410 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11411 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11412
11413 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11414 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11415 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11416 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11417
11418 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11419
11420 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11421 Display a fortune cookie.
11422 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11423 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11424 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11425 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11426
11427 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11428
11429 ;;;***
11430 \f
11431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21799 41766 981374
11432 ;;;;;; 972000))
11433 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11434
11435 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11436 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11437 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11438
11439 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11440 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11441 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11442
11443 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11444 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11445
11446 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11447 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11448
11449 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11450 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11451 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11452 intend to modify existing values, do
11453
11454 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11455
11456 before changing anything.
11457
11458 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11459 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11460
11461 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11462 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11463 to restore the frame.
11464
11465 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11466 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11467 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11468
11469 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11470 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11471 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11472 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11473 FILTER A filter function.
11474
11475 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11476 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11477
11478 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11479
11480 where
11481
11482 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11483 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11484 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11485 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11486 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11487 before restoring it.
11488 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11489
11490 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11491 It must return:
11492 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11493 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11494 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11495
11496 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11497 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11498
11499 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11500 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11501 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11502 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11503 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11504 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11505 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11506
11507 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11508
11509 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11510 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11511
11512 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11513
11514 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11515 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11516 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11517 If nil, check all live frames.
11518
11519 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11520
11521 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11522 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11523 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11524 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11525 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11526 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11527 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11528 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11529 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11530 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11531 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11532
11533 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11534
11535 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11536 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11537
11538 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11539 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11540 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11541 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11542 and window-state is not restored.
11543
11544 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11545 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11546
11547 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11548 t All existing frames can be reused.
11549 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11550 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11551 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11552 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11553
11554 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11555 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11556 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11557 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11558 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11559 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11560 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11561 be created from that parameter alist.
11562
11563 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11564 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11565 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11566 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11567 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11568 - the live frame just restored,
11569 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11570 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11571 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11572
11573 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11574 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11575 nil Keep all frames.
11576 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11577 - FRAME, a live frame.
11578 - ACTION, which can be one of
11579 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11580 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11581 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11582 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11583 Return value is ignored.
11584
11585 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11586 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11587 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11588 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11589 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11590
11591 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11592
11593 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11594
11595 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11596 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11597 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11598
11599 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11600
11601 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11602 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11603 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11604
11605 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11606
11607 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11608 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11609 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11610 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11611
11612 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11613
11614 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11615
11616 ;;;***
11617 \f
11618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21720 38720
11619 ;;;;;; 956749 443000))
11620 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11621 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11622
11623 ;;;***
11624 \f
11625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21980 16568
11626 ;;;;;; 25544 893000))
11627 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11628
11629 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11630 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11631 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11632
11633 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11634
11635 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11636 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11637 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11638 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11639 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11640 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11641 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11642
11643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11644
11645 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11646 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11647 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11648 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11649
11650 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11651 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11652 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11653 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11654 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11655
11656 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11657 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11658 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11659 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11660
11661 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11662 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11663 shown in some of the buffers.
11664
11665 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11666
11667 The following commands help control operation :
11668
11669 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11670 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11671
11672 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11673 detailed description of this mode.
11674
11675
11676 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11677 | GDB Toolbar |
11678 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11679 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11680 | | |
11681 | | |
11682 | | |
11683 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11684 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11685 | | (comint-mode) |
11686 | | |
11687 | | |
11688 | | |
11689 | | |
11690 | | |
11691 | | |
11692 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11693 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11694 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11695 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11696 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11697 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11698
11699 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11700
11701 ;;;***
11702 \f
11703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21670 32330
11704 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11705 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11706
11707 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11708 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11709 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11710 instead (which see).")
11711
11712 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11713 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11714
11715 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11716 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11717 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11718 documentation string instead.
11719
11720 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11721 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11722 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11723 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11724 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11725 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11726 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11727 enders are actually possible.
11728
11729 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11730 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11731
11732 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11733 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11734 `font-lock-keywords'.
11735
11736 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11737 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11738 runs the macro expansion.
11739
11740 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11741 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11742 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11743
11744 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11745
11746 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11747
11748 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11749
11750 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11751
11752 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11753 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11754
11755 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11756
11757 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11758 Enter generic mode MODE.
11759
11760 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11761 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11762 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11763
11764 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11765 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11766
11767 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11768
11769 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11770 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11771 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11772 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11773 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11774 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11775 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11776 `font-lock-keywords'.
11777
11778 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11779
11780 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11781
11782 ;;;***
11783 \f
11784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21670 32331
11785 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
11786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11787
11788 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11789 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11790 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11791 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11792 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11793 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11794
11795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11796
11797 ;;;***
11798 \f
11799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21670 32330
11800 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
11801 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11802
11803 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11804 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11805 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11806
11807 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11808
11809 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11810 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11811
11812 Guideline for numbers:
11813 1 - error messages
11814 3 - non-serious error messages
11815 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11816 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11817 9 - messages inside loops.
11818
11819 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11820
11821 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11822 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11823 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11824
11825 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11826
11827 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11828 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11829
11830 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11831
11832 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11833 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11834
11835 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11836 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11837 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11838 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11839 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11840 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11841
11842 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11843 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11844 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11845 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11846 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11847
11848 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11849
11850 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11851
11852 ;;;***
11853 \f
11854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21980 16567 677544 893000))
11855 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11856 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11857 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11858 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11859
11860 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11861 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11862
11863 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11864
11865 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11866 Read network news.
11867 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11868 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11869 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11870 name of an NNTP server to use.
11871 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11872 server.
11873
11874 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11875
11876 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11877 Read news as a slave.
11878
11879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11880
11881 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11882 Pop up a frame to read news.
11883 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11884 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11885 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11886 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11887 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11888 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11889 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11890 current display is used.
11891
11892 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11893
11894 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11895 Read network news.
11896 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11897 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11898 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11899
11900 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11901
11902 ;;;***
11903 \f
11904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21989 31537
11905 ;;;;;; 791825 721000))
11906 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11907
11908 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11909 Start Gnus unplugged.
11910
11911 \(fn)" t nil)
11912
11913 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11914 Start Gnus plugged.
11915
11916 \(fn)" t nil)
11917
11918 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11919 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11920
11921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11922
11923 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11924 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11925
11926 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11927 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11928 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11929
11930 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11931 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11932 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11933
11934 \(fn)" t nil)
11935
11936 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11937 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11938
11939 \(fn)" nil nil)
11940
11941 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11942 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11943 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11944 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11945 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11946 supported.
11947
11948 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11949
11950 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11951 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11952 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11953 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11954 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11955 supported.
11956
11957 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11958
11959 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11960 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11961
11962 \(fn)" nil nil)
11963
11964 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11965 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11966 downloaded into the agent.
11967
11968 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11969
11970 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11971 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11972 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11973 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11974
11975 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11976
11977 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11978 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11979
11980 \(fn)" t nil)
11981
11982 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11983 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11984
11985 \(fn)" t nil)
11986
11987 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11988 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11989 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11990
11991 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11992
11993 ;;;***
11994 \f
11995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21989 31537
11996 ;;;;;; 811825 721000))
11997 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11998
11999 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
12000 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12001
12002 \(fn)" nil nil)
12003
12004 ;;;***
12005 \f
12006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21670
12007 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
12008 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12009
12010 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12011 Set a bookmark for this article.
12012
12013 \(fn)" t nil)
12014
12015 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12016 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12017
12018 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12019
12020 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12021 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12022 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12023 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12024 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12025
12026 \(fn)" t nil)
12027
12028 ;;;***
12029 \f
12030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21670 32330
12031 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12032 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12033
12034 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12035 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12036
12037 Usage:
12038 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12039
12040 \(fn)" t nil)
12041
12042 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12043 Generate the cache active file.
12044
12045 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12046
12047 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12048 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12049
12050 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12051
12052 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12053 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12054 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12055 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12056 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12057 supported.
12058
12059 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12060
12061 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12062 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12063 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12064 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12065 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12066 supported.
12067
12068 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12069
12070 ;;;***
12071 \f
12072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21670 32330
12073 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12074 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12075
12076 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12077 Delay this article by some time.
12078 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12079
12080 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12081 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12082
12083 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12084 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12085
12086 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12087 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12088
12089 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12090
12091 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12092 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12093
12094 \(fn)" t nil)
12095
12096 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12097 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12098 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12099 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12100
12101 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12102 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12103
12104 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12105
12106 ;;;***
12107 \f
12108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21670 32330
12109 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12110 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12111
12112 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12113
12114
12115 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12116
12117 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12118
12119
12120 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12121
12122 ;;;***
12123 \f
12124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21670 32330
12125 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12127
12128 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12129 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12130
12131 \(fn)" t nil)
12132
12133 ;;;***
12134 \f
12135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21670 32330
12136 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12137 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12138
12139 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12140 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12141
12142 \(fn)" t nil)
12143
12144 ;;;***
12145 \f
12146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21989 31537
12147 ;;;;;; 811825 721000))
12148 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12149
12150 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12151 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12152
12153 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12154
12155 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12156
12157 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12158 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12159
12160 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12161
12162 \(fn)" t nil)
12163
12164 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12165 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12166
12167 \(fn)" t nil)
12168
12169 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12170 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12171
12172 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12173 different input formats.
12174
12175 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12176
12177 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12178 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12179
12180 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12181 different input formats.
12182
12183 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12184
12185 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12186 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12187 The PNG is returned as a string.
12188
12189 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12190
12191 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12192 Convert FILE to a Face.
12193 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12194 726 bytes.
12195
12196 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12197
12198 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12199 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12200
12201 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12202
12203 \(fn)" t nil)
12204
12205 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12206 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12207
12208 \(fn)" nil nil)
12209
12210 ;;;***
12211 \f
12212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21670
12213 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
12214 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12215
12216 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12217 Display gravatar in the From header.
12218 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12219
12220 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12221
12222 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12223 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12224 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12225
12226 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12227
12228 ;;;***
12229 \f
12230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21989 31537
12231 ;;;;;; 823825 721000))
12232 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12233
12234 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12235 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12236 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12237 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12238
12239 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12240
12241 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12242 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12243
12244 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12245
12246 ;;;***
12247 \f
12248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21972 22452
12249 ;;;;;; 190264 357000))
12250 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12251
12252 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12253
12254
12255 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12256
12257 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12258
12259
12260 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12261
12262 ;;;***
12263 \f
12264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21670 32330
12265 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12266 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12267
12268 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12269
12270 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12271 Run batched scoring.
12272 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12273
12274 \(fn)" t nil)
12275
12276 ;;;***
12277 \f
12278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21670 32330 885624
12279 ;;;;;; 725000))
12280 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12281
12282 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12283
12284
12285 \(fn)" nil nil)
12286
12287 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12288 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12289 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12290
12291 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12292
12293 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12294 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12295
12296 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12297
12298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12299
12300 ;;;***
12301 \f
12302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21670 32330
12303 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12304 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12305
12306 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12307 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12308 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12309 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12310 group parameters.
12311
12312 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12313 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12314 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12315 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12316
12317 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12318 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12319 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12320 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12321 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12322 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12323 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12324 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12325 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12326 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12327
12328 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12329
12330 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12331 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12332 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12333 nil CATCH-ALL).
12334
12335 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12336 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12337
12338 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12339
12340 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12341 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12342 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12343
12344 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12345
12346 \(fn)" nil nil)
12347
12348 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12349 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12350 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12351
12352 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12353
12354 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12355 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12356 existing groups are considered.
12357
12358 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12359 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12360 returned.
12361
12362 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12363 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12364 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12365 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12366 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12367 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12368 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12369 clauses will be generated.
12370
12371 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12372 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12373 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12374 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12375 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12376 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12377
12378 For example, given the following group parameters:
12379
12380 nnml:mail.bar:
12381 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12382 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12383 nnml:mail.foo:
12384 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12385 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12386 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12387 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12388 nnml:mail.others:
12389 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12390
12391 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12392
12393 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12394 \"mail.bar\")
12395 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12396 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12397 \"mail.others\")
12398
12399 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12400
12401 ;;;***
12402 \f
12403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21725 56638
12404 ;;;;;; 795320 63000))
12405 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12406
12407 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12408 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12409 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12410 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12411 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12412 instead.
12413
12414 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12415
12416 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12417 Mail to ADDRESS.
12418
12419 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12420
12421 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12422 Like `message-reply'.
12423
12424 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12425
12426 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12427
12428 ;;;***
12429 \f
12430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12431 ;;;;;; (21757 29489 158925 687000))
12432 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12433
12434 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12435 Send a notification on new message.
12436 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12437 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12438 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12439
12440 This is typically a function to add in
12441 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12442
12443 \(fn)" nil nil)
12444
12445 ;;;***
12446 \f
12447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21670 32330
12448 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12449 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12450
12451 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12452 Display picons in the From header.
12453 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12454
12455 \(fn)" t nil)
12456
12457 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12458 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12459 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12460
12461 \(fn)" t nil)
12462
12463 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12464 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12465 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12466
12467 \(fn)" t nil)
12468
12469 ;;;***
12470 \f
12471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21670 32330
12472 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12473 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12474
12475 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12476 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12477 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12478 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12479
12480 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12481
12482 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12483 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12484 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12485 LIST1 is modified.
12486
12487 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12488
12489 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12490 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12491 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12492
12493 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12494
12495 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12496
12497
12498 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12499
12500 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12501 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12502 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12503
12504 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12505
12506 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12507 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12508 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12509
12510 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12511
12512 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12513
12514 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12515 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12516 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12517
12518 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12519
12520 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12521 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12522 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12523
12524 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12525
12526 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12527 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12528 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12529
12530 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12531
12532 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12533 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12534
12535 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12536
12537 ;;;***
12538 \f
12539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21981
12540 ;;;;;; 37426 571399 97000))
12541 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12542
12543 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12544 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12545
12546 \(fn)" t nil)
12547
12548 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12549 Install the registry hooks.
12550
12551 \(fn)" t nil)
12552
12553 ;;;***
12554 \f
12555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21980 16567
12556 ;;;;;; 617544 893000))
12557 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12558
12559 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12560 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12561 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12562 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12563 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12564 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12565
12566 \(fn)" t nil)
12567
12568 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12569 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12570 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12571 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12572 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12573
12574 \(fn)" t nil)
12575
12576 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12577
12578
12579 \(fn)" t nil)
12580
12581 ;;;***
12582 \f
12583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21670 32330
12584 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12585 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12586
12587 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12588 Update the format specification near point.
12589
12590 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12591
12592 ;;;***
12593 \f
12594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21981 37426
12595 ;;;;;; 575399 97000))
12596 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12597
12598 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12599 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12600
12601 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12602
12603 ;;;***
12604 \f
12605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21989 31537
12606 ;;;;;; 843825 721000))
12607 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12608
12609 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12610 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12611 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12612
12613 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12614
12615 ;;;***
12616 \f
12617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21832 3452
12618 ;;;;;; 581913 198000))
12619 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12620
12621 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12622 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12623
12624 \(fn)" t nil)
12625
12626 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12627 Install the sync hooks.
12628
12629 \(fn)" t nil)
12630
12631 ;;;***
12632 \f
12633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21670 32330
12634 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12635 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12636
12637 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12638 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12639
12640 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12641
12642 ;;;***
12643 \f
12644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21978 61237 642488
12645 ;;;;;; 269000))
12646 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12647
12648 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12649 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12650 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12651 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12652 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12653 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12654
12655 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12656
12657 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12658
12659 ;;;***
12660 \f
12661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21980 16567 969544
12662 ;;;;;; 893000))
12663 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12664
12665 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12666 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12667
12668 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12669 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12670 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12671
12672 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12673 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12674 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12675
12676 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12677 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12678
12679 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12680 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12681
12682 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12683
12684 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12685
12686 ;;;***
12687 \f
12688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21670 32331
12689 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
12690 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12691
12692 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12693
12694 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12695 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12696 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12697 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12698 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12699
12700 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12701
12702 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12703 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12704 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12705 or to send e-mail.
12706 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12707 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12708
12709 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12710 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12711
12712 \(fn)" t nil)
12713 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12714
12715 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12716 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12717 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12718 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12719 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12720
12721 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12722
12723 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12724 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12725
12726 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12727
12728 ;;;***
12729 \f
12730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21670 32330
12731 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
12732 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12733
12734 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12735 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12736 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12737
12738 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12739
12740 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12741 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12742
12743 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12744
12745 ;;;***
12746 \f
12747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21903 51634 290370
12748 ;;;;;; 580000))
12749 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12750
12751 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12752 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12753
12754 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12755
12756 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12757 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12758 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12759 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12760 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12761
12762 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12763 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12764 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12765
12766 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12767
12768 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12769 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12770 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12771 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12772 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12773
12774 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12775
12776 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12777 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12778
12779 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12780
12781 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12782 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12783
12784 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12785 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12786 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12787
12788 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12789 The default find program.
12790 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12791 and others.")
12792
12793 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12794 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12795 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12796 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12797
12798 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12799 How to invoke find and grep.
12800 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12801 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12802 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12803 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12804
12805 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12806
12807 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12808 History list for grep.")
12809
12810 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12811 History list for grep-find.")
12812
12813 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12814 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12815 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12816
12817 \(fn)" nil nil)
12818
12819 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12820
12821
12822 \(fn)" nil nil)
12823
12824 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12825 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12826
12827 \(fn)" nil nil)
12828
12829 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12830 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12831 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12832 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12833 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12834
12835 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12836 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12837
12838 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12839 can easily repeat a grep command.
12840
12841 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12842 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12843 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12844 list is empty).
12845
12846 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12847
12848 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12849 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12850 Collect output in a buffer.
12851 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12852 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12853
12854 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12855 easily repeat a find command.
12856
12857 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12858
12859 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12860
12861 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12862 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12863 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12864 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12865 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12866
12867 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12868 before it is executed.
12869 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12870
12871 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12872 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12873 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12874
12875 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12876
12877 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12878
12879 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12880 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12881 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12882 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12883 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12884
12885 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12886 before it is executed.
12887 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12888
12889 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12890 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12891 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12892 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12893
12894 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12895
12896 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12897 to specify a command to run.
12898
12899 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12900
12901 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12902 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12903 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12904 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12905
12906 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12907
12908 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12909
12910 ;;;***
12911 \f
12912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
12913 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12914
12915 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12916 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12917 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12918 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12919 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12920
12921 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12922
12923 ;;;***
12924 \f
12925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21769 20661 366048
12926 ;;;;;; 601000))
12927 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12928
12929 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12930 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12931 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12932 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12933
12934 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12935
12936 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12937 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12938 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12939 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12940
12941 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12942
12943 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12944 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12945 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12946 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12947
12948 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12949
12950 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12951 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12952 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12953 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12954
12955 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12956 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12957
12958 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12959
12960 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12961 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12962 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12963 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12964
12965 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12966
12967 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12968 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12969 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12970 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12971
12972 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12973
12974 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
12975 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12976 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12977 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12978
12979 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12980
12981 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12982 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12983 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12984 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12985 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12986
12987 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12988 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12989 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12990 original source file access method.
12991
12992 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12993 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12994
12995 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12996
12997 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12998 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12999
13000 \(fn)" t nil)
13001
13002 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
13003 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
13004 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13005 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13006 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13007 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
13008
13009 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
13010
13011 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
13012 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
13013 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
13014 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13015 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
13016
13017 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13018
13019 ;;;***
13020 \f
13021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21976 19509 880430
13022 ;;;;;; 241000))
13023 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
13024
13025 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
13026 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
13027 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
13028 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
13029 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
13030 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
13031 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
13032 set it to.
13033 DO must return an Elisp expression.
13034
13035 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
13036
13037 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
13038 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
13039 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
13040 of PLACE.
13041 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
13042 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
13043 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
13044 and SETTER.
13045 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
13046 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
13047
13048 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
13049
13050 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13051
13052 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13053 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13054 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13055 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13056 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13057
13058 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13059
13060 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13061
13062 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13063
13064
13065 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13066
13067 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
13068
13069 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
13070
13071 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13072 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13073 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13074 well for simple place forms.
13075 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13076 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13077 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13078 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13079 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13080 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13081 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13082
13083 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13084
13085 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13086
13087 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13088 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13089 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13090 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13091 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13092
13093 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13094 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13095 (let ((temp VAL))
13096 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13097 temp)
13098 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13099
13100 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13101
13102 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13103 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13104 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13105 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13106 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13107 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13108
13109 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13110
13111 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13112
13113 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13114 Return a reference to PLACE.
13115 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13116 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13117 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
13118 binding mode.
13119
13120 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13121
13122 ;;;***
13123 \f
13124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21852 24381
13125 ;;;;;; 887244 288000))
13126 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13127
13128 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13129 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13130 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13131 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13132
13133 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13134 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13135 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13136 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13137
13138 \(fn)" t nil)
13139
13140 ;;;***
13141 \f
13142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21799 41767 31221
13143 ;;;;;; 635000))
13144 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13145
13146 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13147 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13148
13149 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13150
13151 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13152 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13153 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13154 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13155
13156 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13157
13158 \(fn)" t nil)
13159
13160 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13161 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13162 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13163 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13164 to be updated.
13165
13166 \(fn)" t nil)
13167
13168 ;;;***
13169 \f
13170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21670 32331
13171 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13172 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13173
13174 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13175 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13176
13177 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13178
13179 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13180 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13181 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13182
13183 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13184
13185 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13186 Verify a hashcash payment
13187
13188 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13189
13190 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13191 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13192 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13193 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13194 `mail-add-payment-async').
13195
13196 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13197
13198 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13199 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13200 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13201 Calculation is asynchronous.
13202
13203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13204
13205 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13206 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13207 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13208
13209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13210
13211 ;;;***
13212 \f
13213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21670 32331 385639
13214 ;;;;;; 720000))
13215 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13216
13217 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13218 Return the help-echo string at point.
13219 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13220 property, or nil, is returned.
13221 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13222 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13223 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13224
13225 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13226
13227 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13228 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13229 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13230 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13231 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13232
13233 \(fn)" nil nil)
13234
13235 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13236 Display local help in the echo area.
13237 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13238 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13239 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13240 printed instead.
13241
13242 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13243 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13244 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13245
13246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13247
13248 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13249 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13250 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13251
13252 \(fn)" t nil)
13253
13254 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13255 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13256 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13257
13258 \(fn)" t nil)
13259
13260 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13261 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13262 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13263 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13264 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13265 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13266 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13267 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13268 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13269 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13270 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13271
13272 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13273 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13274 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13275 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13276 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13277
13278 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13279 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13280 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13281 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13282 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13283 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13284 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13285 The default is `never'.")
13286
13287 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13288
13289 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13290 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13291 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13292 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13293 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13294 considered different regions.
13295
13296 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13297 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13298 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13299 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13300 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13301 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13302 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13303 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13304 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13305
13306 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13307
13308 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13309 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13310 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13311 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13312 different regions.
13313
13314 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13315 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13316 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13317 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13318 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13319 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13320 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13321 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13322
13323 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13324 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13325 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13326 rarely happens in practice.
13327
13328 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13329
13330 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13331 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13332 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13333 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13334 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13335 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13336
13337 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13338
13339 ;;;***
13340 \f
13341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21985 34484 226705
13342 ;;;;;; 925000))
13343 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13344
13345 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13346 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13347
13348 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13349
13350 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13351 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13352 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13353
13354 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13355
13356 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13357 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13358 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13359 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13360 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13361 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13362 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13363
13364 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13365 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13366 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13367 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13368 suitable file is found, return nil.
13369
13370 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13371
13372 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13373
13374
13375 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13376
13377 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13378 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13379 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13380 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13381
13382 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13383
13384 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13385 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13386 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13387 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13388 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13389 it is displayed along with the global value.
13390
13391 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13392
13393 (autoload 'describe-symbol "help-fns" "\
13394 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
13395 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
13396
13397 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13398
13399 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13400 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13401 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13402 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13403
13404 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13405
13406 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13407 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13408 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13409 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13410 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13411
13412 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13413
13414 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13415 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13416
13417 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13418
13419 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13420 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13421
13422 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13423
13424 ;;;***
13425 \f
13426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21670 32331 385639
13427 ;;;;;; 720000))
13428 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13429
13430 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13431 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13432 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13433 window listing and describing the options.
13434 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13435 gives the window that lists the options.")
13436
13437 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13438
13439 ;;;***
13440 \f
13441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21972 22452 270264
13442 ;;;;;; 357000))
13443 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13444
13445 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13446 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13447 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13448 Commands:
13449 \\{help-mode-map}
13450
13451 \(fn)" t nil)
13452
13453 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13454 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
13455
13456 \(fn)" nil nil)
13457
13458 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13459 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
13460
13461 \(fn)" nil nil)
13462
13463 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13464 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13465
13466 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13467 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13468 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13469 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13470
13471 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13472 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13473 restore it properly when going back.
13474
13475 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13476
13477 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13478 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13479 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13480 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13481 from `help-mode'.
13482 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13483 it does not already exist.
13484
13485 \(fn)" nil nil)
13486
13487 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13488 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13489
13490 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13491 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13492 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13493 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13494 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13495 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13496 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13497 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13498
13499 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13500 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13501 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13502 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13503
13504 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13505 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13506 that.
13507
13508 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13509
13510 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13511 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13512 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13513 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13514 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13515 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13516
13517 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13518
13519 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13520 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13521 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13522 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13523 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13524
13525 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13526
13527 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13528 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13529
13530 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13531
13532 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'help-xref-interned 'describe-symbol "25.1")
13533
13534 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13535 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13536 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13537 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13538
13539 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13540
13541 ;;;***
13542 \f
13543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21670 32330
13544 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
13545 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13546
13547 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13548 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13549
13550 \(fn)" t nil)
13551
13552 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13553 Provide help for current mode.
13554
13555 \(fn)" t nil)
13556
13557 ;;;***
13558 \f
13559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21985 34484 226705 925000))
13560 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13561
13562 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13563 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13564 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13565 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13566 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13567
13568 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13569 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13570
13571 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13572 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13573 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13574 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13575
13576 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13577 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13578 periods.
13579
13580 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13581 in hexl format.
13582
13583 A sample format:
13584
13585 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13586 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13587 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13588 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13589 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13590 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13591 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13592 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13593 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13594 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13595 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13596 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13597 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13598 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13599 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13600
13601 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13602 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13603 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13604
13605 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13606 also supported.
13607
13608 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13609
13610 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13611 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13612 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13613
13614 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13615 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13616 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13617
13618 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13619 into the buffer at the current point.
13620
13621 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13622 into the buffer at the current point.
13623
13624 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13625 into the buffer at the current point.
13626
13627 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13628
13629 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13630 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13631
13632 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13633
13634 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13635
13636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13637
13638 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13639 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13640 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13641 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13642
13643 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13644
13645 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13646 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13647 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13648
13649 \(fn)" t nil)
13650
13651 ;;;***
13652 \f
13653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21741 1161 438890 423000))
13654 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13655
13656 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13657 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13658 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13659 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13660 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13661
13662 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13663 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13664 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13665 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13666
13667 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13668 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13669 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13670 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13671
13672 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13673 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13674 which can be called interactively, are:
13675
13676 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13677 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13678
13679 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13680 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13681 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13682 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13683
13684 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13685 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13686
13687 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13688 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13689 available face automatically.
13690
13691 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13692 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13693
13694 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13695 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13696 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13697 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13698 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13699 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13700 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13701 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13702 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13703 function returns t.
13704
13705 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13706 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13707
13708 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13709 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13710 form:
13711 Hi-lock: FOO
13712
13713 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13714 position (number of characters into buffer)
13715 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13716 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13717 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13718
13719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13720
13721 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13722 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13723 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13724 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13725 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13726 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13727
13728 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13729
13730 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13731 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13732 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13733 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13734 ARG is omitted or nil.
13735
13736 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13737 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13738 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13739
13740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13741
13742 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13743
13744 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13745 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13746 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13747 Use the global history list for FACE.
13748
13749 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13750 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13751 highlighting will not update as you type.
13752
13753 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13754
13755 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13756
13757 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13758 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13759 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13760 Use the global history list for FACE.
13761
13762 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13763 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13764 highlighting will not update as you type.
13765
13766 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13767
13768 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13769
13770 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13771 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13772 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13773 Use the global history list for FACE.
13774
13775 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13776 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13777 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13778
13779 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13780 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13781 highlighting will not update as you type.
13782
13783 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13784
13785 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13786
13787 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13788 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13789 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13790 unless you use a prefix argument.
13791 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13792
13793 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13794 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13795
13796 \(fn)" t nil)
13797
13798 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13799
13800 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13801 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13802 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13803 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13804 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13805 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13806
13807 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13808
13809 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13810 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13811
13812 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13813 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13814 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13815
13816 \(fn)" t nil)
13817
13818 ;;;***
13819 \f
13820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21989 31537
13821 ;;;;;; 939825 721000))
13822 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13823
13824 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13825 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13826 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13827 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13828 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13829
13830 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13831 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13832 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13833 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13834
13835 `hide-ifdef-env'
13836 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13837 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13838 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13839 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13840 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13841 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13842 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13843
13844 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13845 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13846 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13847 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13848 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13849
13850 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13851 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13852 #endif lines when hiding.
13853
13854 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13855 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13856 is activated.
13857
13858 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13859 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13860 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13861
13862 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13863
13864 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13865
13866 ;;;***
13867 \f
13868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21670 32331
13869 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
13870 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13871
13872 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13873 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13874 Each element has the form
13875 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13876
13877 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13878 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13879
13880 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13881 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13882
13883 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13884 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13885 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13886 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13887 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13888 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13889
13890 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13891 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13892
13893 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13894 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13895
13896 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13897 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13898 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13899
13900 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13901 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13902 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13903 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13904 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13905
13906 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13907 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13908 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13909
13910 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13911 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13912 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13913
13914 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13915 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13916
13917 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13918
13919 Key bindings:
13920 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13921
13922 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13923
13924 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13925 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13926
13927 \(fn)" nil nil)
13928
13929 ;;;***
13930 \f
13931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21980 16567 693544
13932 ;;;;;; 893000))
13933 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13934
13935 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13936 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13937 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13938 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13939 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13940
13941 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13942 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13943 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13944 this on and off.
13945
13946 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13947 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13948 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13949 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13950 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13951 through various faces.
13952 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13953 buffer with the contents of a file
13954 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13955
13956 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13957
13958 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13959 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13960 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13961 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13962 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13963
13964 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13965 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13966 in a distinctive face.
13967
13968 The default value can be customized with variable
13969 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13970
13971 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13972
13973 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13974
13975 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13976 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13977 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13978
13979 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13980
13981 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13982 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13983
13984 \(fn)" t nil)
13985
13986 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13987 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13988
13989 \(fn)" t nil)
13990
13991 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13992 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13993
13994 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13995 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13996 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13997 shown in the last face in the list.
13998
13999 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
14000 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
14001 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
14002
14003 (add-hook \\='write-file-functions \\='highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
14004
14005 \(fn)" t nil)
14006
14007 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
14008 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
14009
14010 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
14011
14012 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
14013 to save the file.
14014
14015 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
14016 written to a temporary file for comparison.
14017
14018 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14019 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14020 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14021
14022 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
14023
14024 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
14025 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
14026
14027 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
14028 this function is called interactively.
14029
14030 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
14031 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
14032 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
14033
14034 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14035 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14036 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14037
14038 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
14039
14040 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
14041 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
14042 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14043 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14044 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14045 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
14046
14047 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
14048
14049 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14050 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
14051 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
14052 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
14053 ARG is omitted or nil.
14054
14055 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
14056 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
14057 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
14058
14059 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14060
14061 ;;;***
14062 \f
14063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21850 34968 457268
14064 ;;;;;; 630000))
14065 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14066 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14067
14068 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14069 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14070 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14071 or insert functions in this list.")
14072
14073 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14074
14075 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14076 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14077 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14078 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14079 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14080 expansions.
14081 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14082 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14083 undoes the expansion.
14084
14085 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14086
14087 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14088 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14089 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14090 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14091
14092 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14093
14094 ;;;***
14095 \f
14096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21670 32331 385639
14097 ;;;;;; 720000))
14098 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14099
14100 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14101 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14102 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14103 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14104 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14105
14106 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14107 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14108 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14109 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14110 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14111 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14112
14113 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14114 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14115 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14116 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14117
14118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14119
14120 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14121 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14122 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14123 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14124 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14125 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14126
14127 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14128
14129 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14130 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14131 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14132 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14133 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14134
14135 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14136 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14137 windows.
14138
14139 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14140 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14141
14142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14143
14144 ;;;***
14145 \f
14146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21980 16567
14147 ;;;;;; 417544 893000))
14148 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14149
14150 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14151 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14152 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14153
14154 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14155
14156 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14157
14158 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14159 Oriental holidays.
14160 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14161
14162 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14163
14164 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14165
14166 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14167 Local holidays.
14168 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14169
14170 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14171
14172 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14173
14174 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14175 User defined holidays.
14176 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14177
14178 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14179
14180 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14181
14182 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14183 Jewish holidays.
14184 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14185
14186 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14187
14188 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14189
14190 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14191 Christian holidays.
14192 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14193
14194 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14195
14196 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14197
14198 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14199 Islamic holidays.
14200 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14201
14202 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14203
14204 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14205
14206 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14207 Bahá'í holidays.
14208 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14209
14210 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14211
14212 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14213
14214 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14215 Sun-related holidays.
14216 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14217
14218 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14219
14220 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14221
14222 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14223
14224 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14225 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14226 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14227 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14228
14229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14230
14231 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14232 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14233 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14234 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14235 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14236
14237 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14238 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14239
14240 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14241 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14242
14243 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14244 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14245 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14246 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14247 of a holiday list.
14248
14249 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14250
14251 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14252
14253 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14254
14255 ;;;***
14256 \f
14257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21670 32330
14258 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
14259 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14260
14261 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14262 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14263
14264 \(fn)" t nil)
14265
14266 ;;;***
14267 \f
14268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21980 16567
14269 ;;;;;; 701544 893000))
14270 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14271 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14272
14273 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14274 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14275 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14276 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14277 as possible.
14278
14279 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14280 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14281 fontified display.
14282
14283 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14284 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14285
14286 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14287 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14288 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14289
14290 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14291
14292 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14293 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14294 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14295
14296 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14297
14298 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14299
14300 ;;;***
14301 \f
14302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21670 32331 385639
14303 ;;;;;; 720000))
14304 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14305
14306 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14307 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14308
14309 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14310 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14311 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14312
14313 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14314 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14315 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14316 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14317 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14318 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14319
14320 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14321 title of the column.
14322
14323 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14324 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14325 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14326 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14327 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14328
14329 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14330
14331 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14332
14333 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14334 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14335 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14336 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14337 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14338
14339 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14340 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14341 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14342
14343 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14344
14345 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14346
14347 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14348
14349 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14350 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14351 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14352 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14353 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14354 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14355
14356 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14357 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14358 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14359 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14360 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14361 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14362 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14363 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14364 values are:
14365 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14366 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14367 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14368 buffer's modification flag.
14369 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14370 prompted before performing this operation.
14371 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14372 operation is complete, in the form:
14373 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14374 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14375 confirmation message, in the form:
14376 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14377 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14378 macro for exactly what it does.
14379
14380 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14381
14382 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14383
14384 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14385
14386 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14387 Define a filter named NAME.
14388 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14389 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14390 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14391
14392 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14393 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14394 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14395 bound to the current value of the filter.
14396
14397 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14398
14399 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14400
14401 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14402
14403 ;;;***
14404 \f
14405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21980 16640 605544
14406 ;;;;;; 893000))
14407 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14408
14409 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14410 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14411 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14412 buffers which are visiting a file.
14413
14414 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14415
14416 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14417 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14418 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14419 buffers which are visiting a file.
14420
14421 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14422
14423 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14424 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14425 Type ‘h’ after entering ibuffer for more information.
14426
14427 All arguments are optional.
14428 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14429 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14430 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14431 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14432 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14433 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14434 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14435 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14436 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14437 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14438 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14439 that value locally in this buffer.
14440
14441 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14442
14443 ;;;***
14444 \f
14445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21980
14446 ;;;;;; 16567 421544 893000))
14447 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14448 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14449
14450 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14451 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14452 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14453 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14454
14455 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14456
14457 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14458 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14459 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14460 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14461 ICAL-FILENAME.
14462 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14463 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14464 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14465
14466 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14467
14468 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14469 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14470 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14471 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14472 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14473 non-marking or not.
14474
14475 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14476
14477 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14478 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14479
14480 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14481 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14482 DIARY-FILE.
14483
14484 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14485 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14486 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14487
14488 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14489 non-marking.
14490
14491 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14492 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14493 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14494
14495 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14496
14497 ;;;***
14498 \f
14499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21980 16567 701544
14500 ;;;;;; 893000))
14501 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14502
14503 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14504 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14505 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14506 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14507 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14508 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14509
14510 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14511
14512 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14513 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14514 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14515 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14516 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14517
14518 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14519 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14520 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14521 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14522
14523 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14524 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14525
14526 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14527 completions:
14528
14529 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14530
14531 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14532 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14533 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14534 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14535 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14536
14537 ;;;***
14538 \f
14539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21670 32331 385639
14540 ;;;;;; 720000))
14541 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14542
14543 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14544 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14545 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14546 Tab indents for Icon code.
14547 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14548 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14549 \\{icon-mode-map}
14550 Variables controlling indentation style:
14551 icon-tab-always-indent
14552 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14553 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14554 icon-auto-newline
14555 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14556 inserted in Icon code.
14557 icon-indent-level
14558 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14559 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14560 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14561 icon-continued-statement-offset
14562 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14563 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14564 icon-continued-brace-offset
14565 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14566 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14567 icon-brace-offset
14568 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14569 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14570 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14571 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14572
14573 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14574 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14575
14576 \(fn)" t nil)
14577
14578 ;;;***
14579 \f
14580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21980
14581 ;;;;;; 16568 33544 893000))
14582 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14583
14584 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14585 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14586 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14587 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14588
14589 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14590 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14591 separate frames.
14592
14593 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14594 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14595
14596 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14597 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14598 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14599
14600 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14601
14602 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14603
14604 ;;;***
14605 \f
14606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21988 10682
14607 ;;;;;; 41624 461000))
14608 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14609 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14610
14611 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14612 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14613
14614 The main features of this mode are
14615
14616 1. Indentation and Formatting
14617 --------------------------
14618 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14619 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14620
14621 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14622 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14623 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14624 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14625
14626 Comments are indented as follows:
14627
14628 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14629 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14630 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14631
14632 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14633
14634 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14635 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14636 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14637 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14638 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14639 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14640
14641 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14642 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14643 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14644 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14645
14646 2. Routine Info
14647 ------------
14648 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14649 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14650 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14651 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14652 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14653 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14654 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14655 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14656 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14657 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14658
14659 3. Online IDL Help
14660 ---------------
14661
14662 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14663 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14664 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14665 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14666
14667 4. Completion
14668 ----------
14669 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14670 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14671 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14672 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14673 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14674 upper case.
14675
14676 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14677 --------------------------------
14678 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14679 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14680
14681 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14682 \\fu FUNCTION template
14683 \\c CASE statement template
14684 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14685 \\f FOR loop template
14686 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14687 \\w WHILE loop template
14688 \\i IF statement template
14689 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14690 \\b BEGIN
14691
14692 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14693 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14694
14695 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14696 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14697 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14698 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14699
14700 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14701 -------------------------
14702 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14703 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14704
14705 7. Automatic END completion
14706 ------------------------
14707 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14708 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14709
14710 8. Hooks
14711 -----
14712 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14713 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14714
14715 9. Documentation and Customization
14716 -------------------------------
14717 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14718 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14719 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14720 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14721 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14722 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14723
14724 10.Keybindings
14725 -----------
14726 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14727 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14728 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14729
14730 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14731
14732 \(fn)" t nil)
14733
14734 ;;;***
14735 \f
14736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21981 37426 619399 97000))
14737 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14738
14739 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14740 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14741 The following values are possible:
14742 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14743 displaying...)
14744 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14745 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14746 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14747
14748 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14749 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14750
14751 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14752
14753 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14754 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14755 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14756 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14757 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14758 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14759 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14760 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14761 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14762
14763 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14764
14765 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14766 Switch to another buffer.
14767 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14768 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14769 in another frame.
14770
14771 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14772 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14773 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14774 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14775 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14776
14777 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14778 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14779
14780 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14781
14782 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14783 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14784 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14785 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14786 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14787 in a separate window.
14788 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14789 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14790 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14791 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14792 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14793 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14794 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14795 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14796 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14797
14798 \(fn)" t nil)
14799
14800 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14801 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14802 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14803 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14804
14805 \(fn)" t nil)
14806
14807 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14808 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14809 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14810 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14811
14812 \(fn)" t nil)
14813
14814 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14815 Kill a buffer.
14816 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14817 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14818
14819 \(fn)" t nil)
14820
14821 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14822 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14823 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14824 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14825
14826 \(fn)" t nil)
14827
14828 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14829 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14830 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14831 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14832
14833 \(fn)" t nil)
14834
14835 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14836 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14837
14838 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14839
14840 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14841 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14842 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14843 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14844 in another frame.
14845
14846 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14847 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14848 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14849 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14850 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14851 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14852
14853 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14854 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14855
14856 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14857
14858 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14859 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14860 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14861 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14862 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14863 in a separate window.
14864 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14865 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14866 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14867 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14868 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14869 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14870 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14871 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14872 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14873 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14874 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14875 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14876 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14877 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14878 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14879 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14880 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14881 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14882
14883 \(fn)" t nil)
14884
14885 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14886 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14887 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14888 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14889
14890 \(fn)" t nil)
14891
14892 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14893 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14894 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14895 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14896
14897 \(fn)" t nil)
14898
14899 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14900 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14901 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14902 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14903
14904 \(fn)" t nil)
14905
14906 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14907 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14908 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14909 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14910
14911 \(fn)" t nil)
14912
14913 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14914 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14915 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14916 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14917
14918 \(fn)" t nil)
14919
14920 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14921 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14922 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14923 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14924
14925 \(fn)" t nil)
14926
14927 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14928 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14929 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14930 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14931
14932 \(fn)" t nil)
14933
14934 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14935 Write current buffer to a file.
14936 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14937 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14938
14939 \(fn)" t nil)
14940
14941 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14942 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14943 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14944 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14945
14946 \(fn)" t nil)
14947
14948 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14949 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14950 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14951 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14952
14953 \(fn)" t nil)
14954
14955 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14956 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14957 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14958 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14959 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14960 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14961
14962 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14963
14964 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14965 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14966 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14967 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14968
14969 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14970
14971 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14972 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14973 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14974 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14975
14976 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14977
14978 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14979 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14980 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14981 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14982 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14983 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14984 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14985 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14986 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14987 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14988 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14989 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14990 with point positioned at the end.
14991 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14992 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14993
14994 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14995
14996 ;;;***
14997 \f
14998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21980 16567 705544 893000))
14999 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15000
15001 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
15002 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15003 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15004 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
15005
15006 \(fn)" t nil)
15007
15008 ;;;***
15009 \f
15010 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
15011 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15012
15013 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
15014
15015 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15016 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
15017 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
15018 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15019 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
15020 \\{iimage-mode-map}
15021
15022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15023
15024 ;;;***
15025 \f
15026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21974 64192 580009 993000))
15027 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15028
15029 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15030 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15031 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15032 be determined.
15033
15034 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15035
15036 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15037 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15038 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15039 be determined.
15040
15041 \(fn)" nil nil)
15042
15043 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15044 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15045 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15046 be determined.
15047
15048 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15049
15050 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15051 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15052 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15053 be determined.
15054
15055 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15056
15057 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15058 Determine and return image type.
15059 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15060 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15061 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15062 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15063 use its file extension as image type.
15064 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15065
15066 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15067
15068 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15069 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15070 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15071
15072 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15073
15074 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15075 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15076 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15077
15078 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15079 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15080 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15081 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15082 must be available.
15083
15084 \(fn)" nil nil)
15085
15086 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15087 Create an image.
15088 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15089 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15090 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15091 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15092 use its file extension as image type.
15093 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15094 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15095 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15096 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15097
15098 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15099
15100 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15101 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15102 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15103
15104 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15105
15106 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15107 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15108 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15109 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15110 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15111 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15112 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15113 POS may be an integer or marker.
15114 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15115 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15116 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15117 means display it in the right marginal area.
15118
15119 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15120
15121 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15122 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15123 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15124 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15125 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15126 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15127 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15128 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15129 means display it in the right marginal area.
15130 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15131 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15132 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15133 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15134 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15135
15136 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15137
15138 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15139 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15140 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15141 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15142 STRING is a single space.
15143 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15144 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15145 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15146 means display it in the right marginal area.
15147 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15148
15149 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15150
15151 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15152 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15153 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15154 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15155
15156 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15157
15158 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15159 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15160
15161 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15162
15163 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15164 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15165 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15166 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15167 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15168 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15169 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15170 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15171 satisfied.
15172
15173 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15174
15175 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15176
15177 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15178
15179 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15180 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15181
15182 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15183 documentation string.
15184
15185 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15186 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15187 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15188 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15189 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15190 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15191 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15192 define SYMBOL.
15193
15194 Example:
15195
15196 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15197 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15198
15199 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15200
15201 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15202
15203 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15204 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15205 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15206 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15207
15208 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15209 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15210 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15211 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15212
15213 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15214
15215 \(fn)" nil nil)
15216
15217 ;;;***
15218 \f
15219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21670 32331
15220 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15221 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15222 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15223
15224 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15225 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15226 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15227 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15228 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15229 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15230
15231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15232
15233 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15234 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15235
15236 Convenience command that:
15237
15238 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15239 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15240 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15241
15242 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15243 image files in dired and type
15244 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15245
15246 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15247
15248 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15249 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15250
15251 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15252
15253 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15254 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15255 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15256 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15257 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15258 another one).
15259
15260 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15261 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15262 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15263
15264 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15265 instead of erasing it first.
15266
15267 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15268 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15269 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15270 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15271 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15272 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15273
15274 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15275
15276 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15277 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15278 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15279 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15280 displayed.
15281
15282 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15283
15284 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15285
15286 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15287
15288 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15289 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15290
15291 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15292
15293 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15294 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15295 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15296
15297 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15298
15299 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15300 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15301
15302 \(fn)" t nil)
15303
15304 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15305 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15306 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15307 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15308
15309 \(fn)" t nil)
15310
15311 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15312 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15313
15314 \(fn)" t nil)
15315
15316 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15317 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15318
15319 \(fn)" t nil)
15320
15321 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15322 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15323
15324 \(fn)" t nil)
15325
15326 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15327 Display current image file.
15328 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15329 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15330
15331 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15332
15333 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15334 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15335
15336 \(fn)" t nil)
15337
15338 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15339 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15340 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15341 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15342 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15343 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15344 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15345
15346 \(fn)" t nil)
15347
15348 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15349 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15350 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15351 easy-to-use form.
15352
15353 \(fn)" t nil)
15354
15355 ;;;***
15356 \f
15357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21670 32331 385639
15358 ;;;;;; 720000))
15359 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15360
15361 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15362 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15363 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15364 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15365
15366 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15367 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15368 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15369 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15370
15371 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15372
15373 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15374 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15375 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15376 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15377
15378 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15379 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15380 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15381 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15382
15383 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15384
15385 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15386 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15387
15388 \(fn)" nil nil)
15389
15390 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15391 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15392 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15393 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15394
15395 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15396
15397 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15398 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15399 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15400 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15401 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15402 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15403
15404 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15405
15406 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15407 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15408 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15409 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15410 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15411
15412 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15413 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15414 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15415
15416 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15417
15418 ;;;***
15419 \f
15420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21716 41663 456033
15421 ;;;;;; 27000))
15422 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15423
15424 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15425 Major mode for image files.
15426 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15427 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15428
15429 Key bindings:
15430 \\{image-mode-map}
15431
15432 \(fn)" t nil)
15433
15434 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15435 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15436 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15437 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15438 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15439
15440 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15441 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15442 actual image.
15443
15444 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15445
15446 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15447 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15448 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15449 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15450 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15451 to display an image file as the actual image.
15452
15453 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15454 to display an image file as text initially.
15455
15456 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15457 on these modes.
15458
15459 \(fn)" t nil)
15460
15461 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15462
15463
15464 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15465
15466 ;;;***
15467 \f
15468 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21986 55346 284512 613000))
15469 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15470
15471 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15472 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15473
15474 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15475
15476 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15477 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15478 in the buffer.
15479
15480 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15481
15482 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15483 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15484 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15485
15486 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15487
15488 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15489 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15490 Each element of this list should have the form
15491
15492 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15493
15494 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15495 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15496 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15497 matches are put).
15498 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15499 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15500 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15501 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15502 another element.
15503 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15504 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15505 the menu item.
15506 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15507 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15508 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15509 the ARGUMENTS.
15510
15511 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15512 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15513 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15514
15515 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15516 create a buffer index.
15517
15518 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15519 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15520 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15521 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15522 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15523
15524 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15525
15526 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15527 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15528
15529 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15530 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15531 called within a `save-excursion'.
15532
15533 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15534
15535 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15536
15537 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15538 Function for finding the next index position.
15539
15540 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15541 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15542 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15543 file.
15544
15545 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15546 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15547
15548 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15549
15550 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15551 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15552
15553 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15554 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15555 It should return the name for that index item.")
15556
15557 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15558
15559 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15560 Function to compare string with index item.
15561
15562 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15563 non-nil if they match.
15564
15565 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15566 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15567 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15568 arguments match\".")
15569
15570 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15571
15572 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15573 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15574 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15575
15576 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15577 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15578
15579 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15580
15581 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15582
15583 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15584 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15585 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15586 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15587
15588 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15589
15590 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15591 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15592
15593 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15594
15595 \(fn)" t nil)
15596
15597 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15598 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15599 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15600 for more information.
15601
15602 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15603
15604 ;;;***
15605 \f
15606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21670 32331
15607 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
15608 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15609
15610 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15611 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15612
15613 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15614
15615 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15616
15617
15618 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15619
15620 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15621
15622
15623 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15624
15625 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15626
15627
15628 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15629
15630 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15631 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15632
15633 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15634
15635 ;;;***
15636 \f
15637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21887 31404
15638 ;;;;;; 272735 656000))
15639 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15640
15641 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15642 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15643 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15644 to that buffer.
15645 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15646 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15647 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15648 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15649
15650 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15651
15652 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15653
15654 ;;;***
15655 \f
15656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21985 34484 234705 925000))
15657 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15658
15659 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15660 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15661 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15662 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15663 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15664 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15665 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15666 first in this list.
15667
15668 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15669 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15670 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15671 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15672 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15673
15674 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15675 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15676 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15677
15678 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15679 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15680
15681 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15682 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15683
15684 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15685 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15686 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15687 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15688 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15689 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15690 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15691 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15692 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15693 with the top-level Info directory.
15694
15695 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15696 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15697
15698 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15699
15700 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15701 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15702 in all the directories in that path.
15703
15704 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15705
15706 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15707
15708 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15709 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15710
15711 \(fn)" t nil)
15712
15713 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15714 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15715
15716 \(fn)" t nil)
15717
15718 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15719 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15720 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15721 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15722
15723 \(fn)" nil nil)
15724
15725 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15726 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15727 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15728 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15729
15730 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15731
15732 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15733 Go to the Info directory node.
15734
15735 \(fn)" t nil)
15736
15737 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15738 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15739 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15740 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15741 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15742 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15743
15744 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15745
15746 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15747 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15748 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15749
15750 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15751
15752 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15753 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15754 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15755 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15756 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15757
15758 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15759
15760 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15761 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15762 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15763 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15764 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15765
15766 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15767 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15768
15769 Selecting other nodes:
15770 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15771 Follow a node reference you click on.
15772 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15773 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15774 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15775 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15776 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15777 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15778 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15779 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15780 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15781 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15782 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15783 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15784 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15785 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15786 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15787 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15788 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15789 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15790 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15791 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15792
15793 Moving within a node:
15794 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15795 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15796 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15797 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15798 move up to the parent node.
15799 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15800 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15801 if there is none.
15802 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15803
15804 Advanced commands:
15805 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15806 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15807 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15808 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15809 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15810 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15811 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15812 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15813 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15814 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15815 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15816 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15817 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15818 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15819 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15820 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15821
15822 \(fn)" t nil)
15823 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15824
15825 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15826 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15827 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15828 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15829 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15830 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15831
15832 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15833 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15834
15835 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15836 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15837 KEY is a string.
15838 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15839 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15840 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15841 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15842
15843 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15844
15845 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15846 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15847 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15848
15849 \(fn)" t nil)
15850
15851 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15852 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15853 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15854
15855 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15856
15857 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15858 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15859 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15860 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
15861 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
15862 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
15863
15864 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15865
15866 ;;;***
15867 \f
15868 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21862 60209 738095
15869 ;;;;;; 873000))
15870 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15871
15872 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15873 Throw away all cached data.
15874 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15875 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15876 system.
15877
15878 \(fn)" t nil)
15879 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15880
15881 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15882 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15883 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15884 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15885 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15886 one found at point.
15887
15888 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15889
15890 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15891 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15892
15893 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15894 Display the documentation of a file.
15895 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15896 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15897 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15898 The default file name is the one found at point.
15899
15900 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15901
15902 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15903
15904 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15905 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15906
15907 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15908
15909 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15910 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15911
15912 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15913
15914 ;;;***
15915 \f
15916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21978 61237 550488
15917 ;;;;;; 269000))
15918 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15919 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15920
15921 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15922 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15923 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15924 current info file is the default.
15925
15926 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15927 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15928 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15929 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15930 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15931
15932 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15933 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15934 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15935 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15936 mistake in the reference.
15937
15938 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15939 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15940 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15941
15942 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15943 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15944 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15945 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15946
15947 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15948
15949 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15950 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15951 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15952 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15953 checked.
15954
15955 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15956 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15957 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15958 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15959 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15960 should be harmless.
15961
15962 \(fn)" t nil)
15963
15964 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15965 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15966 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15967 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15968
15969 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15970 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15971 and can take a long time.
15972
15973 \(fn)" t nil)
15974
15975 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15976 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15977 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15978
15979 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15980
15981 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15982 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15983
15984 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15985 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15986 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15987 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15988 all builtins).
15989
15990 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15991 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15992 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15993 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15994 the sources handy.
15995
15996 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15997
15998 ;;;***
15999 \f
16000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21670 32331 385639
16001 ;;;;;; 720000))
16002 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
16003
16004 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
16005 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
16006
16007 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16008
16009 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
16010 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
16011
16012 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
16013
16014 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
16015 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
16016 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
16017 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
16018
16019 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
16020 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
16021 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
16022
16023 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
16024 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
16025 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
16026 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
16027
16028 \(fn)" t nil)
16029
16030 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
16031 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
16032 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
16033
16034 \(fn)" t nil)
16035
16036 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
16037 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
16038 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
16039 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16040 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16041
16042 \(fn)" nil nil)
16043
16044 ;;;***
16045 \f
16046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (21670 32330
16047 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16048 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
16049
16050 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
16051
16052
16053 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
16054
16055 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
16056
16057 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
16058
16059 ;;;***
16060 \f
16061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21670 32330
16062 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16063 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
16064 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16065
16066 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
16067 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
16068 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16069
16070 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
16071
16072 ;;;***
16073 \f
16074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21670
16075 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16076 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16077
16078 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16079 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16080
16081 \(fn)" t nil)
16082
16083 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16084 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16085
16086 \(fn)" t nil)
16087
16088 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16089
16090
16091 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16092
16093 ;;;***
16094 \f
16095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21767 65327 504606
16096 ;;;;;; 256000))
16097 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16098 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16099
16100 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16101 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16102 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16103 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16104 accessed via isearchb.
16105
16106 \(fn)" t nil)
16107
16108 ;;;***
16109 \f
16110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21670
16111 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16112 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16113
16114 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16115 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16116 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16117 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16118 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16119
16120 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16121
16122 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16123 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16124 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16125 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16126 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16127
16128 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16129
16130 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16131 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16132 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16133 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16134 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16135
16136 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16137
16138 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16139 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16140 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16141 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16142 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16143
16144 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16145
16146 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16147 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16148 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16149 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16150 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16151
16152 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16153
16154 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16155 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16156 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16157 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16158 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16159
16160 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16161
16162 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16163 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16164 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16165 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16166 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16167
16168 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16169
16170 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16171 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16172 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16173 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16174
16175 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16176
16177 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16178 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16179 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16180 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16181
16182 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16183
16184 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16185 Warn that format is read-only.
16186
16187 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16188
16189 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16190 Warn that format is write-only.
16191
16192 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16193
16194 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16195 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16196
16197 \(fn)" t nil)
16198
16199 ;;;***
16200 \f
16201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16202 ;;;;;; (21840 19142 552627 956000))
16203 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16204 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16205 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16206
16207 ;;;***
16208 \f
16209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21988 10682
16210 ;;;;;; 97624 461000))
16211 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16212
16213 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16214
16215 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16216 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16217 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16218 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for Aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16219 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16220
16221 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16222
16223 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16224
16225 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16226 Key map for ispell menu.")
16227
16228 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16229 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16230 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16231 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16232
16233 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16234
16235 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16236
16237 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16238
16239 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16240
16241 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16242 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16243 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16244 Valid forms include:
16245 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16246 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16247 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16248 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16249
16250 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16251 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16252 First list is used raw.
16253 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16254
16255 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16256 for skipping in latex mode.")
16257
16258 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16259 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16260 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16261 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16262 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16263 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16264 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16265
16266 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16267 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16268 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16269 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16270
16271 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16272 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16273 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16274 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16275 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16276
16277 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16278 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16279
16280 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16281 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16282
16283 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16284 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16285
16286 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16287 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16288
16289 Return values:
16290 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16291 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16292 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16293 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16294 quit spell session exited.
16295
16296 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16297
16298 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16299 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16300 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16301
16302 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16303
16304 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16305 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16306
16307 Selections are:
16308
16309 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16310 SPC: Accept word this time.
16311 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16312 `a': Accept word for this session.
16313 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16314 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16315 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16316 `?': Show these commands.
16317 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16318 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16319 the aborted check to be completed later.
16320 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16321 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16322 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16323 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16324 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16325 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16326 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16327
16328 \(fn)" nil nil)
16329
16330 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16331 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16332 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16333 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16334
16335 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16336
16337 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16338 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16339 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16340 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16341
16342 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16343
16344 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16345
16346 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16347 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16348 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16349 amount for last line processed.
16350
16351 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16352
16353 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16354 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16355
16356 \(fn)" t nil)
16357
16358 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16359 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16360
16361 \(fn)" t nil)
16362
16363 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16364 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16365 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16366
16367 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16368
16369 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16370 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16371
16372 \(fn)" t nil)
16373
16374 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16375 Try to complete the word before or at point.
16376 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
16377 sequence inside of a word.
16378
16379 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16380
16381 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16382
16383 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16384 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16385
16386 \(fn)" t nil)
16387
16388 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16389 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16390 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16391 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16392
16393 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16394 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16395 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16396 available on the net.
16397
16398 \(fn)" t nil)
16399
16400 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16401 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16402 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16403 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16404 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16405
16406 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16407 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16408 spelled.
16409
16410 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16411 read them into the running Ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16412 SPC.
16413
16414 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16415 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16416
16417 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16418
16419 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16420 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16421 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16422 Don't check included messages.
16423
16424 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16425 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16426 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16427
16428 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16429 in your init file:
16430 (add-hook \\='message-send-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16431 (add-hook \\='news-inews-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16432 (add-hook \\='mail-send-hook \\='ispell-message)
16433 (add-hook \\='mh-before-send-letter-hook \\='ispell-message)
16434
16435 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16436 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16437 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" \\='ispell-message)))
16438
16439 \(fn)" t nil)
16440
16441 ;;;***
16442 \f
16443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21670
16444 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16445 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16446
16447 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16448
16449
16450 \(fn)" nil nil)
16451
16452 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16453 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16454 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16455 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16456 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16457 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16458 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16459 necessary to represent OBJ.
16460
16461 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16462
16463 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16464 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16465 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16466 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16467
16468 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16469
16470 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16471 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16472 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16473 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16474 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16475
16476 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16477
16478 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16479 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16480 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16481 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16482
16483 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16484
16485 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16486 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16487 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16488 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16489
16490 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16491
16492 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16493 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16494
16495 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16496
16497 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16498 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16499 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16500 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16501 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16502
16503 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16504
16505 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16506 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16507 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16508 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16509 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16510
16511 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16512
16513 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16514 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16515 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16516
16517 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16518
16519 ;;;***
16520 \f
16521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21670 32331 385639
16522 ;;;;;; 720000))
16523 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16524
16525 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16526 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16527 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16528 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16529
16530 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16531
16532
16533 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16534
16535 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16536 Uninstall jka-compr.
16537 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16538 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16539 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16540
16541 \(fn)" nil nil)
16542
16543 ;;;***
16544 \f
16545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21976 19510 104430
16546 ;;;;;; 241000))
16547 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16548 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16549
16550 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16551 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16552
16553 \(fn)" t nil)
16554 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16555
16556 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16557
16558 ;;;***
16559 \f
16560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21985 34484 234705 925000))
16561 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16562 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16563
16564 ;;;***
16565 \f
16566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21670 32330
16567 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
16568 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16569
16570 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16571 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16572 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16573 decimal key must be specified.")
16574
16575 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16576
16577 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16578 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16579 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16580 decimal key must be specified.")
16581
16582 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16583
16584 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16585 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16586 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16587 decimal key must be specified.")
16588
16589 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16590
16591 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16592 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16593 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16594 decimal key must be specified.")
16595
16596 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16597
16598 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16599 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16600 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16601 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16602 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16603 keys are bound.
16604
16605 Setup Binding
16606 -------------------------------------------------------------
16607 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16608 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16609 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16610 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16611 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16612 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16613 in the global and local keymaps.
16614
16615 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16616 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16617
16618 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16619
16620 ;;;***
16621 \f
16622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21670
16623 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16624 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16625
16626 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16627 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16628 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16629
16630 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16631 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16632 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16633 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16634 shorter.
16635
16636 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16637 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16638 the context of text formatting.
16639
16640 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16641
16642 ;;;***
16643 \f
16644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21978 61237 570488
16645 ;;;;;; 269000))
16646 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16647
16648 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16649 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16650 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16651 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16652 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16653 positions that contains the current selection.")
16654
16655 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16656 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16657 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16658 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16659 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16660 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16661 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16662
16663 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16664
16665 ;;;***
16666 \f
16667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21953 58033 303058 929000))
16668 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16669 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16670 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16671 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16672 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16673 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16674 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16675 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16676
16677 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16678 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16679 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16680
16681 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16682
16683 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16684 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16685 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16686 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16687 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16688
16689 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16690
16691 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16692 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16693 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16694
16695 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16696 defining the macro.
16697
16698 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16699 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16700 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16701
16702 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16703 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16704
16705 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16706
16707 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16708 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16709 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16710 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16711 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16712 under that name.
16713
16714 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16715 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16716 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16717
16718 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16719
16720 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16721 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16722 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16723 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16724
16725 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16726 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16727 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16728 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16729
16730 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16731 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16732
16733 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16734
16735 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16736 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16737 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16738
16739 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16740 macro.
16741
16742 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16743 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16744
16745 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16746 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16747 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16748
16749 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16750 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16751
16752 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16753
16754 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16755 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16756 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16757 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16758
16759 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16760
16761 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16762 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16763 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16764 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16765
16766 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16767 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16768
16769 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16770
16771 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16772 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16773 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16774
16775 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16776
16777 ;;;***
16778 \f
16779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21670
16780 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16781 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16782
16783 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16784 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16785 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16786
16787 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16788
16789
16790 \(fn)" nil nil)
16791
16792 ;;;***
16793 \f
16794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21670 32331
16795 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
16796 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16797
16798 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16799
16800
16801 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16802
16803 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16804 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16805 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16806 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16807 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16808 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16809
16810 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16811 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16812
16813 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16814
16815 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16816 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16817
16818 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16819
16820 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16821
16822
16823 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16824
16825 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16826
16827
16828 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16829
16830 ;;;***
16831 \f
16832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21670
16833 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16834 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16835
16836 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16837 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16838 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16839 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16840
16841 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16842
16843 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16844 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16845 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16846
16847 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16848
16849 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16850 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16851 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16852
16853 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16854
16855 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16856 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16857 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16858 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16859
16860 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16861
16862 ;;;***
16863 \f
16864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16865 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16866 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16867
16868 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16869 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16870 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16871 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16872 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16873 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16874 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16875 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16876
16877 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16878 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16879
16880 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16881 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16882
16883 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16884
16885 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16886 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16887 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16888 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16889 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16890 `latin1-display-setup'.
16891
16892 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16893
16894 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16895 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16896 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16897 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16898
16899 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16900 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16901
16902 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16903
16904 ;;;***
16905 \f
16906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21670
16907 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
16908 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16909
16910 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16911 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16912
16913 \(fn)" t nil)
16914
16915 ;;;***
16916 \f
16917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (21890
16918 ;;;;;; 39605 402073 663000))
16919 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
16920 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16921
16922 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
16923 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
16924 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
16925 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
16926
16927 For instance, the following code
16928
16929 (let-alist alist
16930 (if (and .title .body)
16931 .body
16932 .site
16933 .site.contents))
16934
16935 essentially expands to
16936
16937 (let ((.title (cdr (assq 'title alist)))
16938 (.body (cdr (assq 'body alist)))
16939 (.site (cdr (assq 'site alist)))
16940 (.site.contents (cdr (assq 'contents (cdr (assq 'site alist))))))
16941 (if (and .title .body)
16942 .body
16943 .site
16944 .site.contents))
16945
16946 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
16947 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
16948 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
16949 displayed in the example above.
16950
16951 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
16952
16953 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
16954
16955 ;;;***
16956 \f
16957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
16958 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16959
16960 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16961 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16962 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16963 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16964 generations (this defaults to 1).
16965
16966 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16967
16968 ;;;***
16969 \f
16970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21855 577 57945 485000))
16971 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16972 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16973
16974 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16975 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16976 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16977 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16978 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16979
16980 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16981
16982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16983
16984 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16985 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16986 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16987 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16988 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16989 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16990
16991 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16992
16993 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16994 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16995 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16996 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16997 ARG is omitted or nil.
16998
16999 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
17000 `linum-on' would do it.
17001 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
17002
17003 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17004
17005 ;;;***
17006 \f
17007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21964 28338 113695
17008 ;;;;;; 749000))
17009 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17010
17011 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17012 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17013 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17014 is nil, raise an error.
17015
17016 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17017 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17018 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17019 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17020 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17021 defined by the library.
17022
17023 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17024 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17025 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17026 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17027 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17028 proceeds.
17029
17030 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17031 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17032 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17033 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17034
17035 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17036
17037 ;;;***
17038 \f
17039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17040 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17041
17042 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17043 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17044 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17045
17046 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17047
17048 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17049 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17050 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17051 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17052
17053 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17054 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17055 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17056 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17057 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17058 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17059 the version.)
17060
17061 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17062 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17063
17064 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17065 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17066
17067 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17068 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17069
17070 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17071
17072 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17073 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17074 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17075 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17076 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17077 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17078 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17079 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17080 to constrain a big search.
17081
17082 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17083
17084 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17085 except that FILTER is not optional.
17086
17087 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17088
17089 ;;;***
17090 \f
17091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21942 1330 837986
17092 ;;;;;; 820000))
17093 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17094
17095 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17096 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17097 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17098 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17099 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17100 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17101 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17102 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17103 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17104 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17105
17106 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17107 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17108 associated values:
17109 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17110 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17111 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17112 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17113 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17114
17115 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17116 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17117 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17118
17119 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17120
17121 ;;;***
17122 \f
17123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21947 19252 637252
17124 ;;;;;; 749000))
17125 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17126
17127 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17128 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17129
17130 \(fn)" t nil)
17131
17132 ;;;***
17133 \f
17134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17135 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17136
17137 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17138 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17139
17140 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17141 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17142
17143 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17144 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17145 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17146
17147 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17148 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17149
17150 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17151 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17152 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17153 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17154 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17155 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17156 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17157
17158 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17159
17160 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17161 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17162 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17163 switch on this list.
17164 See `lpr-command'.")
17165
17166 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17167
17168 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17169 Name of program for printing a file.
17170
17171 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17172 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17173 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17174 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17175 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17176 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17177 argument.")
17178
17179 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17180
17181 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17182 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17183 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17184 for customization of the printer command.
17185
17186 \(fn)" t nil)
17187
17188 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17189 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17190
17191 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17192 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17193 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17194 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17195
17196 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17197 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17198
17199 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17200 for further customization of the printer command.
17201
17202 \(fn)" t nil)
17203
17204 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17205 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17206 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17207 for customization of the printer command.
17208
17209 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17210
17211 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17212 Paginate and print the region contents.
17213
17214 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17215 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17216 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17217 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17218
17219 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17220 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17221
17222 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17223 for further customization of the printer command.
17224
17225 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17226
17227 ;;;***
17228 \f
17229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21907 48688 729360
17230 ;;;;;; 195000))
17231 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17232
17233 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17234 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17235 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17236
17237 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17238
17239 ;;;***
17240 \f
17241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21670 32330 885624
17242 ;;;;;; 725000))
17243 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17244
17245 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17246 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17247 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17248 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17249
17250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17251
17252 ;;;***
17253 \f
17254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21670 32331
17255 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17256 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17257
17258 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17259 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17260
17261 \(fn)" t nil)
17262
17263 ;;;***
17264 \f
17265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21887 28847 979667 16000))
17266 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17267
17268 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17269 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17270 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17271 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17272 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17273
17274 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17275
17276 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17277 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17278 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17279 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17280 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17281
17282 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17283 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17284 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17285 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17286 bindings.
17287
17288 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17289 use this command, and then save the file.
17290
17291 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17292
17293 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17294 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17295 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17296 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17297 each time the macro executes.
17298 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17299 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17300 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17301 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17302 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17303 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17304 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17305
17306 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17307
17308 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17309 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17310 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17311 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17312
17313 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17314 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17315 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17316 execute.
17317
17318 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17319 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17320
17321 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17322 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17323 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17324 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17325 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17326
17327 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17328 looked like this:
17329
17330 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17331 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17332 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17333
17334 You could enter the names in this format:
17335
17336 foo
17337 bar
17338 baz
17339
17340 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17341
17342 \\C-x (
17343 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17344 \\C-x )
17345
17346 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17347 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17348
17349 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17350 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17351
17352 ;;;***
17353 \f
17354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21670 32331
17355 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17356 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17357
17358 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17359 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17360 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17361 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17362 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17363 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17364
17365 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17366 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17367 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17368 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17369 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17370
17371 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17372 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17373 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17374 consing a string.)
17375
17376 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17377
17378 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17379 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17380
17381 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17382
17383 ;;;***
17384 \f
17385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21670 32331
17386 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17387 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17388
17389 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17390 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17391
17392 \(fn)" nil nil)
17393
17394 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17395
17396
17397 \(fn)" nil nil)
17398
17399 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17400 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17401
17402 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17403
17404 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17405 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17406 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17407 message.
17408
17409 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17410
17411 \(fn)" nil nil)
17412
17413 ;;;***
17414 \f
17415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21964 28338
17416 ;;;;;; 125695 749000))
17417 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17418
17419 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17420 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17421 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17422 often correct parser.")
17423
17424 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17425
17426 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17427 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17428 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17429 a value which excludes your own email address.
17430
17431 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17432 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17433
17434 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17435
17436 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17437 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17438
17439 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17440
17441 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17442 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17443 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17444 we return it unconverted.
17445
17446 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17447 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17448
17449 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17450
17451 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17452 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17453 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17454 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17455
17456 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17457
17458 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17459 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17460 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17461 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17462
17463 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17464
17465 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17466 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17467 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17468 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17469 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17470 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17471 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17472 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17473 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17474 as Rmail does.
17475
17476 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17477
17478 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17479 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17480 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17481 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17482 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17483 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17484 matches may be returned from the message body.
17485
17486 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17487
17488 ;;;***
17489 \f
17490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21850 35149
17491 ;;;;;; 497265 880000))
17492 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17493
17494 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17495 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17496 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17497 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17498 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17499 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17500
17501 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17502
17503 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17504 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17505 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17506 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17507 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17508
17509 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17510 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17511 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17512 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17513
17514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17515
17516 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17517 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17518
17519 \(fn)" nil nil)
17520
17521 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17522 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17523 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17524
17525 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17526
17527 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17528 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17529 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17530
17531 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17532 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17533 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17534 double-quotes.
17535
17536 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17537
17538 ;;;***
17539 \f
17540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21855 577
17541 ;;;;;; 57945 485000))
17542 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17543
17544 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17545 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17546 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17547 king@grassland.com
17548 If `parens', they look like:
17549 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17550 If `angles', they look like:
17551 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17552
17553 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17554
17555 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17556 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17557 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17558 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17559 their `Resent-' variants.
17560
17561 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17562 removed from alias expansions.
17563
17564 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17565
17566 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17567 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17568 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17569
17570 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17571 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17572 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17573 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17574
17575 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17576
17577 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17578 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17579 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17580
17581 \(fn)" nil nil)
17582
17583 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17584 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17585 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17586 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17587
17588 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17589
17590 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17591
17592 ;;;***
17593 \f
17594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21670 32331
17595 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
17596 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17597
17598 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17599 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17600 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17601 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17602
17603 \(fn)" nil nil)
17604
17605 ;;;***
17606 \f
17607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21907
17608 ;;;;;; 48688 777360 195000))
17609 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17610
17611 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17612 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17613
17614 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17615 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17616 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17617 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17618 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17619 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17620
17621 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17622 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17623 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17624 dependency, despite the colon.
17625
17626 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17627
17628 In the browser, use the following keys:
17629
17630 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17631
17632 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17633
17634 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17635 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17636
17637 `makefile-target-colon':
17638 The string that gets appended to all target names
17639 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17640 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17641
17642 `makefile-macro-assign':
17643 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17644 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17645 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17646 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17647 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17648 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17649
17650 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17651 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17652 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17653
17654 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17655 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17656
17657 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17658 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17659 up or down in the browser.
17660
17661 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17662 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17663
17664 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17665 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17666
17667 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17668 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17669 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17670 has been selected in the browser.
17671
17672 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17673 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17674 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17675 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17676 filenames are omitted.
17677
17678 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17679 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17680 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17681 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17682 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17683 the backslash itself intact.
17684 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17685 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17686
17687 `makefile-browser-hook':
17688 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17689 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17690
17691 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17692 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17693 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17694 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17695
17696 \(fn)" t nil)
17697
17698 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17699 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17700
17701 \(fn)" t nil)
17702
17703 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17704 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17705
17706 \(fn)" t nil)
17707
17708 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17709 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17710
17711 \(fn)" t nil)
17712
17713 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17714 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17715
17716 \(fn)" t nil)
17717
17718 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17719 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17720
17721 \(fn)" t nil)
17722
17723 ;;;***
17724 \f
17725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21670 32331 385639
17726 ;;;;;; 720000))
17727 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17728
17729 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17730 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17731 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17732
17733 \(fn)" t nil)
17734
17735 ;;;***
17736 \f
17737 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21814 9129 320508 708000))
17738 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17739
17740 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17741
17742 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17743 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17744 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17745 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17746 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17747 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17748 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17749 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17750 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17751 without running the man command.
17752
17753 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17754 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17755 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17756
17757 cat(1)
17758 1 cat
17759
17760 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17761 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17762 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17763 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17764
17765 -a chmod
17766
17767 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17768 otherwise look like a page name.
17769
17770 /my/file/name.1.gz
17771 -l somefile.1
17772
17773 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17774 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17775 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17776
17777 -k pattern
17778
17779 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17780
17781 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17782 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17783
17784 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17785
17786 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17787 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17788
17789 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17790
17791 ;;;***
17792 \f
17793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (21919 39857 593327
17794 ;;;;;; 44000))
17795 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
17796 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17797
17798 ;;;***
17799 \f
17800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17801 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17802 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17803
17804 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17805 Toggle Master mode.
17806 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17807 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17808 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17809
17810 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17811 using the following commands:
17812
17813 \\{master-mode-map}
17814
17815 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17816 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17817 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17818
17819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17820
17821 ;;;***
17822 \f
17823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21670 32331 385639
17824 ;;;;;; 720000))
17825 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17826
17827 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17828 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17829 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17830 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17831 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17832 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17833
17834 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17835
17836 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17837 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17838 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17839 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17840 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17841
17842 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17843 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17844 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17845 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17846
17847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17848
17849 ;;;***
17850 \f
17851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
17852 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17853 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17854
17855 ;;;***
17856 \f
17857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21989 31537 871825
17858 ;;;;;; 721000))
17859 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17860
17861 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17862
17863 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17864 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17865 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17866 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17867 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17868 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17869 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17870 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17871 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17872 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17873 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17874 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17875 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17876 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17877 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17878 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17879 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17880 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17881 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17882 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17883 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17884 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17885 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17886 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17887 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17888 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17889 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17890 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17891 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17892 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17893 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17894 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17895 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17896 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17897 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17898 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17899 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17900 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17901
17902 \(fn)" t nil)
17903
17904 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17905 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17906 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17907 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17908 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17909
17910 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17911
17912 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17913 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17914
17915 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17916
17917 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17918 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17919
17920 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17921
17922 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17923 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17924
17925 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17926
17927 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17928 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17929 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17930
17931 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17932
17933 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17934 Cancel an article you posted.
17935 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17936
17937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17938
17939 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17940 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17941 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17942 header line with the old Message-ID.
17943
17944 \(fn)" t nil)
17945
17946 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17947 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17948
17949 \(fn)" t nil)
17950
17951 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17952 Forward the current message via mail.
17953 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17954 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17955
17956 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17957
17958 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17959
17960
17961 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17962
17963 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17964
17965
17966 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17967
17968 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17969 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17970
17971 \(fn)" t nil)
17972
17973 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17974 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17975
17976 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17977
17978 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17979 Re-mail the current message.
17980 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17981 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17982 you.
17983
17984 \(fn)" t nil)
17985
17986 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17987 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17988
17989 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17990
17991 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17992 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17993
17994 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17995
17996 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17997 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17998
17999 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18000
18001 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18002 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18003
18004 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18005
18006 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18007 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18008 Works by overstriking characters.
18009 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18010 which specify the range to operate on.
18011
18012 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18013
18014 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18015 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18016 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18017 which specify the range to operate on.
18018
18019 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18020
18021 ;;;***
18022 \f
18023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21670
18024 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18025 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18026 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18027
18028 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18029 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18030
18031 \(fn)" t nil)
18032
18033 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18034 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18035
18036 \(fn)" t nil)
18037
18038 ;;;***
18039 \f
18040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21980 16567
18041 ;;;;;; 769544 893000))
18042 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18043
18044 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18045 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18046 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18047
18048 \(fn)" t nil)
18049
18050 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18051 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18052 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18053 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18054 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18055 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18056 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18057
18058 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18059
18060 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18061 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18062 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18063 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18064 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18065 means current).
18066 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18067 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18068
18069 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18070
18071 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18072 Process current region through `metamail'.
18073 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18074 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18075 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18076 means current).
18077 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18078 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18079
18080 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18081
18082 ;;;***
18083 \f
18084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21895 57521 622301
18085 ;;;;;; 332000))
18086 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18087
18088 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18089 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18090 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18091
18092 \(fn)" t nil)
18093
18094 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18095 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18096 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18097
18098 \(fn)" t nil)
18099
18100 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18101 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18102
18103 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18104 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18105 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18106
18107 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18108 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18109
18110 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18111 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18112
18113 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18114
18115 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18116
18117 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18118 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18119 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18120 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18121 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18122 as `compose-mail'.
18123
18124 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18125 initial Subject field, respectively.
18126
18127 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18128 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18129 are strings.
18130
18131 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18132 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18133
18134 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18135
18136 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18137 Save draft and send message.
18138
18139 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18140 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18141 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18142 Mail Delivery*\".
18143
18144 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18145 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18146 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18147
18148 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18149 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18150 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18151 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18152 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18153 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18154
18155 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18156 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18157
18158 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18159 message and scan line.
18160
18161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18162
18163 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18164 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18165
18166 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18167 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18168 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18169 delete the draft message.
18170
18171 \(fn)" t nil)
18172
18173 ;;;***
18174 \f
18175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21989 31537 923825 721000))
18176 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18177 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18178
18179 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18180
18181 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18182
18183 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18184
18185 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18186 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18187
18188 \(fn)" t nil)
18189
18190 ;;;***
18191 \f
18192 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21670 32331
18193 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18194 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18195
18196 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18197 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18198 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18199
18200 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18201 the MH mail system.
18202
18203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18204
18205 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18206 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18207 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18208
18209 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18210 the MH mail system.
18211
18212 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18213
18214 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18215 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18216
18217 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18218 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18219 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18220 separate command.
18221
18222 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18223 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18224 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18225 format.
18226
18227 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18228
18229 Ranges
18230 ======
18231 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18232 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18233 can be used in several ways.
18234
18235 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18236 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18237 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18238 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18239 page):
18240
18241 <num1>-<num2>
18242 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18243 The range must be nonempty.
18244
18245 <num>:N
18246 <num>:+N
18247 <num>:-N
18248 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18249 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18250 last.
18251
18252 first:N
18253 prev:N
18254 next:N
18255 last:N
18256 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18257
18258 all
18259 All of the messages.
18260
18261 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18262 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18263
18264 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18265 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18266 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18267
18268 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18269
18270 \(fn)" t nil)
18271
18272 ;;;***
18273 \f
18274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21822 58098 20521
18275 ;;;;;; 61000))
18276 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18277
18278 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18279 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18280 See the command `midnight-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18281 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18282 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18283 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18284
18285 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18286
18287 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18288 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18289
18290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18291
18292 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18293 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18294 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18295 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18296 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18297 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18298 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18299 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18300 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18301 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18302 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18303
18304 \(fn)" t nil)
18305
18306 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18307 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18308 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18309 to its second argument TM.
18310
18311 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18312
18313 ;;;***
18314 \f
18315 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21670 32331
18316 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18317 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18318
18319 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18320 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18321 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18322 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18323 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18324 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18325
18326 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18327
18328 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18329 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18330 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18331 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18332 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18333
18334 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18335 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18336 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18337 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18338 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18339 is modified to remove the default indication.
18340
18341 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18342
18343 ;;;***
18344 \f
18345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18346 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18347
18348 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18349 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18350 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18351 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18352 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18353 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18354 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18355 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18356 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18357
18358 \(fn)" t nil)
18359
18360 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18361 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18362 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18363 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18364 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18365 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18366 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18367 The return value is always nil.
18368
18369 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18370
18371 ;;;***
18372 \f
18373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21797 36 720489 297000))
18374 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18375 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18376
18377 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18378 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18379
18380 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18381 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18382 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18383 next occurrence.
18384
18385 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18386 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18387 end of the search space).
18388
18389 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18390 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18391 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18392 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18393 should return the previous buffer to search.
18394
18395 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18396 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18397 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18398
18399 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18400 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18401 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18402 Isearch starts.")
18403
18404 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18405 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18406 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18407
18408 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18409 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18410 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18411
18412 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18413 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18414
18415 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18416 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18417 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18418
18419 \(fn)" nil nil)
18420
18421 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18422 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18423 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18424 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18425 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18426 whose names match the specified regexp.
18427
18428 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18429
18430 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18431 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18432 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18433 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18434 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18435 whose names match the specified regexp.
18436
18437 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18438
18439 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18440 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18441 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18442 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18443 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18444 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18445 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18446
18447 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18448
18449 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18450 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18451 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18452 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18453 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18454 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18455 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18456
18457 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18458
18459 ;;;***
18460 \f
18461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21670
18462 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
18463 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18464 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18465
18466 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18467 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18468
18469 \(fn)" t nil)
18470
18471 ;;;***
18472 \f
18473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21670 32331
18474 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18475 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18476
18477 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18478 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18479
18480 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18481
18482 ;;;***
18483 \f
18484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21670 32331
18485 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18486 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18487
18488 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18489 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18490
18491 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18492
18493 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18494 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18495 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18496 the entire message.
18497 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18498
18499 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18500
18501 ;;;***
18502 \f
18503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21670 32331
18504 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
18505 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18506
18507 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18508 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18509 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18510 the entire message.
18511 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18512
18513 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18514
18515 ;;;***
18516 \f
18517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21670 32331 385639
18518 ;;;;;; 720000))
18519 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18520
18521 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18522 Insert file contents of URL.
18523 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18524
18525 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18526
18527 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18528 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18529
18530 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18531
18532 ;;;***
18533 \f
18534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21989 31537 875825
18535 ;;;;;; 721000))
18536 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18537
18538 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18539 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18540 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18541 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18542 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18543
18544 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18545
18546 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18547 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18548 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18549
18550 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18551
18552 ;;;***
18553 \f
18554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21826 49866 790514 606000))
18555 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18556
18557 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18558 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18559
18560 \(fn)" nil nil)
18561
18562 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18563 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18564 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18565 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18566 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18567
18568 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18569 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18570 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18571 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18572 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18573 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18574
18575 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18576
18577 ;;;***
18578 \f
18579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21670 32331 385639
18580 ;;;;;; 720000))
18581 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18582
18583 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18584
18585
18586 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18587
18588 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18589
18590
18591 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18592
18593 ;;;***
18594 \f
18595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21670 32331 385639
18596 ;;;;;; 720000))
18597 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18598
18599 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18600
18601
18602 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18603
18604 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18605
18606
18607 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18608
18609 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18610
18611
18612 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18613
18614 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18615
18616
18617 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18618
18619 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18620
18621
18622 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18623
18624 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18625
18626
18627 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18628
18629 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18630
18631
18632 \(fn)" nil nil)
18633
18634 ;;;***
18635 \f
18636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21989 31537
18637 ;;;;;; 763825 721000))
18638 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18639
18640 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18641
18642 ;;;***
18643 \f
18644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21607 54478
18645 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
18646 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18647
18648 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18649
18650 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18651 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18652 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18653 followed by the first character of the construct.
18654 \\<m2-mode-map>
18655 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18656 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18657 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18658 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18659 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18660 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18661 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18662 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18663 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18664 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18665 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18666 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18667 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18668 \\[m2-link] link
18669
18670 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18671 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18672 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18673
18674 \(fn)" t nil)
18675
18676 ;;;***
18677 \f
18678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21980 16567 969544
18679 ;;;;;; 893000))
18680 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18681
18682 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18683 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18684
18685 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18686
18687 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18688 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18689
18690 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18691
18692 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18693 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18694
18695 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18696
18697 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18698 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18699
18700 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18701
18702 ;;;***
18703 \f
18704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21906 58825 986640
18705 ;;;;;; 200000))
18706 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18707
18708 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18709 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18710
18711 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18712 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18713 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18714
18715 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18716 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18717 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18718
18719 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18720 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18721
18722 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18723 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18724 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18725 hemisphere you're in.)
18726
18727 To test this function, evaluate:
18728 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18729
18730 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18731
18732 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18733 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18734
18735 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18736 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18737
18738 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18739 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18740 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18741
18742 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18743 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18744
18745 To test this function, evaluate:
18746 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18747
18748 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18749
18750 ;;;***
18751 \f
18752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21980 16567 797544 893000))
18753 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18754
18755 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18756 Main entry point for MPC.
18757
18758 \(fn)" t nil)
18759
18760 ;;;***
18761 \f
18762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
18763 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18764
18765 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18766 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18767
18768 \(fn)" t nil)
18769
18770 ;;;***
18771 \f
18772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21978 61237 622488 269000))
18773 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18774
18775 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18776 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18777 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18778 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18779 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18780 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18781
18782 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18783
18784 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18785 Toggle Msb mode.
18786 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18787 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18788 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18789
18790 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18791 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18792
18793 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18794
18795 ;;;***
18796 \f
18797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21978
18798 ;;;;;; 61237 582488 269000))
18799 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18800
18801 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18802 Display a list of all character sets.
18803
18804 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18805 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18806 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18807 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18808 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18809
18810 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18811 but still shows the full information.
18812
18813 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18814
18815 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18816 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18817 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18818
18819 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18820 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18821 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18822 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18823 meanings of these arguments.
18824
18825 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18826
18827 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18828 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18829
18830 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18831
18832 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18833 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18834
18835 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18836
18837 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18838 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18839
18840 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18841
18842 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18843 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18844
18845 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18846 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18847 in place of `..':
18848 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18849 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18850 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18851 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18852 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18853 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18854 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18855 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18856 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18857 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18858 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18859 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18860 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18861 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18862 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18863 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18864
18865 \(fn)" t nil)
18866
18867 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18868 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18869
18870 \(fn)" t nil)
18871
18872 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18873 Display a list of all coding systems.
18874 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18875
18876 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18877 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18878
18879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18880
18881 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18882 Display a list of all coding categories.
18883
18884 \(fn)" nil nil)
18885
18886 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18887 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18888 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18889
18890 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18891
18892 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18893 Display information about FONTSET.
18894 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18895
18896 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18897
18898 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18899 Display a list of all fontsets.
18900 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18901 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18902 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18903
18904 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18905
18906 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18907 Display information about all input methods.
18908
18909 \(fn)" t nil)
18910
18911 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18912 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18913
18914 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18915 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18916 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18917 system which uses fontsets).
18918
18919 \(fn)" t nil)
18920
18921 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18922 Show log of font listing and opening.
18923 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18924 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18925
18926 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18927
18928 ;;;***
18929 \f
18930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21931
18931 ;;;;;; 31023 753164 572000))
18932 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18933
18934 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18935 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18936
18937 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18938 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18939
18940 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18941 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18942
18943 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18944
18945 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18946 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18947 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18948 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18949 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18950 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18951 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18952
18953 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18954 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18955 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18956 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18957 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18958 middle of a character in STR.
18959
18960 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18961 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18962
18963 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18964 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18965 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18966 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18967 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
18968
18969 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18970
18971 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18972 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18973
18974 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18975 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18976 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18977
18978 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18979 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18980 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18981
18982 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18983 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18984 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18985 are considered.
18986 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18987 longer than KEYSEQ.
18988 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18989
18990 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18991
18992 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18993 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18994 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18995 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18996 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18997 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18998 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18999 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
19000 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
19001 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
19002 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
19003
19004 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
19005
19006 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
19007 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
19008
19009 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19010
19011 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
19012 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
19013
19014 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19015
19016 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19017 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
19018
19019 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19020
19021 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19022 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19023
19024 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19025
19026 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19027 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19028 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
19029 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
19030 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19031
19032 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
19033 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
19034
19035 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19036 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19037 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19038 coding systems ordered by priority.
19039
19040 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
19041
19042 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
19043
19044 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19045 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19046 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19047 language environment LANG-ENV.
19048
19049 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19050
19051 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19052 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19053 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19054 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
19055 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
19056 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19057
19058 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19059
19060 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
19061 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
19062 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
19063 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19064 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19065 QUALITY can be:
19066 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19067 excessive work.
19068 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19069 part of the file/buffer.
19070 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19071
19072 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19073
19074 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
19075 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
19076 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
19077 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19078 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19079 QUALITY can be:
19080 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19081 excessive work.
19082 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19083 part of the file/buffer.
19084 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19085
19086 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19087
19088 ;;;***
19089 \f
19090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21826 50071
19091 ;;;;;; 80489 638000))
19092 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19093
19094 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19095 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19096
19097 \(fn)" t nil)
19098
19099 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19100 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19101
19102 \(fn)" t nil)
19103
19104 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19105 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19106
19107 \(fn)" t nil)
19108
19109 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19110 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19111
19112 \(fn)" t nil)
19113
19114 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19115 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19116
19117 \(fn)" t nil)
19118
19119 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19120 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19121
19122 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19123
19124 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19125 Ping HOST.
19126 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19127 `ping-program-options'.
19128
19129 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19130
19131 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19132 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19133
19134 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19135
19136 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19137 Run nslookup program.
19138
19139 \(fn)" t nil)
19140
19141 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19142 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19143
19144 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19145
19146 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19147 Run dig program.
19148
19149 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19150
19151 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19152 Run ftp program.
19153
19154 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19155
19156 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19157 Finger USER on HOST.
19158
19159 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19160
19161 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19162 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19163 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19164 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19165
19166 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19167
19168 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19169
19170
19171 \(fn)" t nil)
19172
19173 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19174 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19175
19176 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19177
19178 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19179 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19180
19181 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19182
19183 ;;;***
19184 \f
19185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21670 32331 385639
19186 ;;;;;; 720000))
19187 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19188
19189 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19190 Return a user name/password pair.
19191 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19192 listed in the PORTS list.
19193
19194 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19195
19196 ;;;***
19197 \f
19198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21855
19199 ;;;;;; 577 147947 107000))
19200 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19201
19202 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19203 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19204 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19205 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19206 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19207 closes it.
19208
19209 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19210 make it unique.
19211 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19212 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19213 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19214 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19215 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19216 a port number to connect to.
19217
19218 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19219 values:
19220
19221 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19222 nil or `network'
19223 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19224 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19225 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19226 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19227 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19228 an unencrypted connection.
19229 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19230 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19231 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19232 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19233 returned object is a killed process.
19234 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19235 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19236 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19237
19238 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19239 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19240 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19241 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19242 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19243 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19244 or nil if none could be found.
19245 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19246 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19247
19248 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19249
19250 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19251 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19252 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19253
19254 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19255 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19256 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19257
19258 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19259 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19260 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19261
19262 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19263 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19264 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19265 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19266
19267 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19268 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19269
19270 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19271 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19272 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19273 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19274 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19275 or STARTTLS connections.
19276
19277 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19278 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19279
19280 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19281 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19282
19283 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19284 a greeting from the server.
19285
19286 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19287 asynchronously, if possible.
19288
19289 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19290
19291 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19292
19293 ;;;***
19294 \f
19295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21980
19296 ;;;;;; 16567 809544 893000))
19297 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19298
19299 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19300 Check whether newsticker is running.
19301 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19302 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19303
19304 \(fn)" nil nil)
19305
19306 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19307 Start the newsticker.
19308 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19309 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19310 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19311 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19312
19313 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19314
19315 ;;;***
19316 \f
19317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19318 ;;;;;; (21980 16567 809544 893000))
19319 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19320
19321 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19322 Start newsticker plainview.
19323
19324 \(fn)" t nil)
19325
19326 ;;;***
19327 \f
19328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21670
19329 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19330 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19331
19332 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19333 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19334
19335 \(fn)" t nil)
19336
19337 ;;;***
19338 \f
19339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21670
19340 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
19341 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19342
19343 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19344 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19345 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19346 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19347 empty.
19348
19349 \(fn)" nil nil)
19350
19351 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19352 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19353 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19354 running already.
19355
19356 \(fn)" t nil)
19357
19358 ;;;***
19359 \f
19360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21978
19361 ;;;;;; 61237 654488 269000))
19362 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19363
19364 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19365 Start newsticker treeview.
19366
19367 \(fn)" t nil)
19368
19369 ;;;***
19370 \f
19371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21948 40114 262686
19372 ;;;;;; 453000))
19373 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19374
19375 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19376 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19377
19378 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19379
19380 ;;;***
19381 \f
19382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21855 576 927958 586000))
19383 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19384
19385 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19386 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19387 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19388 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19389 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19390 symbol in the alist.
19391
19392 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19393
19394 ;;;***
19395 \f
19396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21670 32331
19397 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19398 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19399
19400 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19401 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19402 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19403
19404 \(fn)" t nil)
19405
19406 ;;;***
19407 \f
19408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21948 40114 266686 453000))
19409 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19410
19411 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19412 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19413
19414 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19415
19416 ;;;***
19417 \f
19418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21985 34484 234705 925000))
19419 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19420
19421 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19422
19423 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19424 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19425 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19426
19427 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19428
19429
19430 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19431
19432 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19433 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19434 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19435 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19436 to future sessions.
19437
19438 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19439
19440 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19441 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19442 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19443 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19444 future sessions.
19445
19446 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19447
19448 ;;;***
19449 \f
19450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21670
19451 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
19452 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19453
19454 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19455 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19456 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19457 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19458 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19459 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19460
19461 \(fn)" t nil)
19462
19463 ;;;***
19464 \f
19465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
19466 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19467 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19468
19469 ;;;***
19470 \f
19471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21670 32331
19472 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19473 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19474
19475 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19476 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19477 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19478 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19479
19480 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19481
19482 ;;;***
19483 \f
19484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21670 32331
19485 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19486 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19487
19488 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19489 Major mode for editing XML.
19490
19491 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19492 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19493 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19494 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19495 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19496 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19497 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19498
19499 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19500
19501 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19502 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19503
19504 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19505 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19506 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19507 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19508 instead of C-c.
19509
19510 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19511 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19512 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19513 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19514 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19515 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19516
19517 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19518 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19519 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19520
19521 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19522 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19523 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19524
19525 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19526 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19527 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19528 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19529 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19530 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19531 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19532 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19533 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19534
19535 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19536
19537 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19538 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19539
19540 \(fn)" t nil)
19541 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19542
19543 ;;;***
19544 \f
19545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21670 32331
19546 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
19547 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19548
19549 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19550 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19551 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19552 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19553
19554 \(fn)" t nil)
19555
19556 ;;;***
19557 \f
19558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21988 10682
19559 ;;;;;; 41624 461000))
19560 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19561
19562 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19563 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19564
19565 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19566 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19567 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19568 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19569
19570 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19571
19572 Key bindings:
19573 \\{octave-mode-map}
19574
19575 \(fn)" t nil)
19576
19577 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19578 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19579 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19580
19581 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19582
19583 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19584 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19585
19586 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19587 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19588 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19589
19590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19591
19592 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19593
19594 ;;;***
19595 \f
19596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21948 40114
19597 ;;;;;; 450686 453000))
19598 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19599
19600 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19601
19602 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19603 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19604 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19605 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19606 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19607
19608 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19609
19610 Customization:
19611
19612 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19613 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19614 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19615 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19616 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19617 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19618 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19619 Directories to search when finding external units.
19620 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19621 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19622
19623 Coloring:
19624
19625 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19626 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19627
19628 \(fn)" t nil)
19629
19630 ;;;***
19631 \f
19632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21988 10682 25624 461000))
19633 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19634
19635 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19636 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19637
19638 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19639
19640 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19641 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19642 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19643 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19644 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19645 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19646
19647 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19648
19649 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19650 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19651 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19652 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19653 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19654
19655 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19656
19657 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19658 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19659
19660 \(fn)" nil nil)
19661
19662 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19663 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19664
19665 \(fn)" nil nil)
19666
19667 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19668 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19669 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19670
19671 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19672 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19673 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19674 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19675 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19676 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19677 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19678 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19679 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19680 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19681
19682 The following commands are available:
19683
19684 \\{org-mode-map}
19685
19686 \(fn)" t nil)
19687
19688 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19689 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19690
19691 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19692 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19693 in special contexts.
19694
19695 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19696 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19697 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19698 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19699 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19700 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19701 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19702 properties in the buffer.
19703 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19704 including any drawers.
19705
19706 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19707
19708 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19709 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19710 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19711 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19712 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19713 and zoom in further.
19714 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19715 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19716
19717 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19718 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19719 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19720 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19721 times right after creating a new headline.
19722
19723 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19724 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19725 is negative, go up that many levels.
19726
19727 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19728 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19729 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19730
19731 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19732 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19733 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19734 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19735
19736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19737
19738 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19739 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19740 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19741 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19742
19743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19744 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19745
19746 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19747 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19748 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19749 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19750 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19751 defined by Org-mode).
19752
19753 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19754
19755 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19756 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19757
19758 \(fn)" nil nil)
19759
19760 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19761 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19762
19763 \(fn)" nil nil)
19764
19765 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19766 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19767 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19768 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19769 call CMD.
19770
19771 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19772
19773 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19774 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19775 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19776 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19777
19778 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19779 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19780 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19781
19782 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19783 part of Org's core.
19784
19785 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19786 active region.
19787
19788 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19789
19790 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19791 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19792 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19793
19794 \(fn)" t nil)
19795
19796 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19797 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19798 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19799 Org-mode syntax.
19800
19801 \(fn)" t nil)
19802
19803 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19804 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19805
19806 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19807
19808 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19809 Switch between Org buffers.
19810 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19811 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19812
19813 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19814 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19815
19816 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19817
19818 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19819
19820 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19821
19822 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19823 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19824 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19825 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19826
19827 \(fn)" t nil)
19828
19829 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19830 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19831
19832 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19833
19834 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19835 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19836 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19837
19838 \(fn)" t nil)
19839
19840 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19841 Reload all org lisp files.
19842 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19843
19844 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19845
19846 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19847 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19848
19849 \(fn)" t nil)
19850
19851 ;;;***
19852 \f
19853 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21988 10681
19854 ;;;;;; 989624 461000))
19855 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19856
19857 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19858 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19859
19860 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19861
19862 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19863 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19864 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19865 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19866
19867 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19868 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19869 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19870 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19871 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19872 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19873 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19874 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19875 e Export views to associated files.
19876 s Search entries for keywords.
19877 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19878 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19879 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19880 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19881 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19882 > Remove a previous restriction.
19883 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19884 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19885 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19886
19887 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19888 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19889 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19890
19891 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19892 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19893 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19894 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19895 \(if active).
19896
19897 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19898
19899 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19900 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19901 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19902 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19903 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19904 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19905 before running the agenda command.
19906
19907 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19908
19909 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19910 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19911 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19912 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19913 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19914 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19915 before running the agenda command.
19916
19917 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19918 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19919
19920 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19921
19922 category The category of the item
19923 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19924 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19925 todo selected in TODO match
19926 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19927 diary imported from diary
19928 deadline a deadline on given date
19929 scheduled scheduled on given date
19930 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19931 closed entry was closed on given date
19932 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19933 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19934 block entry has date block including g. date
19935 todo The todo keyword, if any
19936 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19937 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19938 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19939 extra Sting with extra planning info
19940 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19941 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19942 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19943
19944 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19945
19946 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19947 Store agenda views.
19948
19949 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19950
19951 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19952 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19953
19954 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19955
19956 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19957 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19958 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19959 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19960
19961 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19962 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19963 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19964
19965 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19966 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19967
19968 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19969 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19970
19971 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19972
19973 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19974 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19975
19976 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19977 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19978 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19979 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19980 EDIT-AT.
19981
19982 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19983 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19984 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19985 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19986 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19987 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19988
19989 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19990 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19991 including newlines.
19992
19993 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19994 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19995 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19996 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19997 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19998 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19999 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20000
20001 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20002 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20003 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20004 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20005
20006 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20007 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20008 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20009 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20010 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20011 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20012 Boolean search must match as full words.
20013
20014 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20015 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20016
20017 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20018
20019 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20020 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20021 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20022 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20023 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20024 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20025
20026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20027
20028 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20029 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20030 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20031
20032 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20033
20034 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20035 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20036 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20037 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20038 `org-stuck-projects'.
20039
20040 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20041
20042 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20043 Return diary information from org files.
20044 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20045 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20046 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20047 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20048 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20049
20050 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20051
20052 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20053
20054 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20055 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20056
20057 &%%(org-diary)
20058
20059 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
20060 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
20061 So the example above may also be written as
20062
20063 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20064
20065 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20066 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20067 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20068
20069 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20070
20071 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20072 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20073
20074 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20075
20076 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
20077 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
20078 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
20079 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
20080 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
20081
20082 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20083
20084 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20085 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20086 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20087
20088 \(fn)" t nil)
20089
20090 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20091 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20092 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20093 appointments.
20094
20095 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20096 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20097
20098 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20099 for filtering entries out.
20100
20101 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20102 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20103 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20104
20105 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20106 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20107
20108 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20109 (category \"Work\"))
20110
20111 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20112 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20113
20114 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20115 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20116 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20117 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20118 details and examples.
20119
20120 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20121 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20122
20123 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20124
20125 ;;;***
20126 \f
20127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21988 10681
20128 ;;;;;; 989624 461000))
20129 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20130
20131 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20132 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20133
20134 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20135
20136 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20137 Capture something.
20138 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20139 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20140 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20141 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20142 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20143 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20144
20145 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20146 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20147 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20148 stored.
20149
20150 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20151
20152 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20153 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20154 will be bypassed.
20155
20156 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20157 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20158 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20159 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20160
20161 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20162
20163 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20164 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20165
20166 \(fn)" t nil)
20167
20168 ;;;***
20169 \f
20170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21948 40114
20171 ;;;;;; 334686 453000))
20172 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20173
20174 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20175 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20176
20177 \(fn)" t nil)
20178
20179 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20180
20181
20182 \(fn)" nil nil)
20183
20184 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20185 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20186 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20187
20188 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20189
20190 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20191 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20192
20193 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20194
20195 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20196 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20197
20198 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20199
20200 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20201 Write the column view table.
20202 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20203
20204 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20205 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20206 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20207 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20208 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20209 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20210 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20211 using `org-id-find'.
20212 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20213 a hline before each level <= that number.
20214 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20215 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20216 :skip-empty-rows
20217 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20218 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20219
20220 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20221
20222 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20223 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20224
20225 \(fn)" t nil)
20226
20227 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20228 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20229
20230 \(fn)" t nil)
20231
20232 ;;;***
20233 \f
20234 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21988 10681
20235 ;;;;;; 989624 461000))
20236 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20237
20238 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20239 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20240
20241 \(fn)" nil t)
20242
20243 ;;;***
20244 \f
20245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21855 577 287944
20246 ;;;;;; 835000))
20247 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20248
20249 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20250 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20251
20252 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20253
20254 ;;;***
20255 \f
20256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21607 54478
20257 ;;;;;; 800121 42000))
20258 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20259
20260 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20261 The release version of org-mode.
20262 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20263
20264 \(fn)" nil nil)
20265
20266 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20267 The Git version of org-mode.
20268 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20269
20270 \(fn)" nil nil)
20271
20272 ;;;***
20273 \f
20274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21981 37426 663399
20275 ;;;;;; 97000))
20276 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20277 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20278 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20279
20280 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20281 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20282 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20283 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20284
20285 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20286 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20287 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20288 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20289
20290 \\{outline-mode-map}
20291 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20292 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20293 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20294 are used when point is on a heading line.
20295
20296 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20297 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20298 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20299
20300 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20301 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20302
20303 \(fn)" t nil)
20304
20305 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20306 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20307 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20308 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20309 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20310
20311 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20312
20313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20314 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20315
20316 ;;;***
20317 \f
20318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21978 61237
20319 ;;;;;; 494488 269000))
20320 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20321 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20322
20323 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20324 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20325 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20326 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20327 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20328
20329 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20330 activate the package system at any time.")
20331
20332 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20333
20334 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20335 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20336 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20337 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20338 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20339 it to the file.
20340
20341 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20342
20343 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20344 Import keys from FILE.
20345
20346 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20347
20348 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20349 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20350 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20351 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20352 and make them available for download.
20353 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20354 downloads in the background.
20355
20356 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20357
20358 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20359 Install the package PKG.
20360 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20361 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20362
20363 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20364 `package-selected-packages'.
20365
20366 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20367 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20368
20369 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20370
20371 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20372 Install a package from the current buffer.
20373 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20374 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20375 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20376
20377 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20378 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20379 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20380
20381 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20382
20383 \(fn)" t nil)
20384
20385 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20386 Install a package from a file.
20387 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
20388 directory.
20389
20390 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20391
20392 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20393 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20394 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20395
20396 \(fn)" t nil)
20397
20398 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20399 Reinstall package PKG.
20400 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20401 object.
20402
20403 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20404
20405 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20406 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20407
20408 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20409 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20410 will be deleted.
20411
20412 \(fn)" t nil)
20413
20414 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20415 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20416
20417 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20418
20419 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20420 Display a list of packages.
20421 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20422 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20423 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20424
20425 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20426
20427 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20428
20429 ;;;***
20430 \f
20431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
20432 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20433
20434 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20435 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20436 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20437 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20438 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20439 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20440
20441 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20442
20443 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20444 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20445 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20446 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20447 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20448
20449 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20450 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20451 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20452
20453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20454
20455 ;;;***
20456 \f
20457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21670
20458 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
20459 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20460 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20461
20462 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20463 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20464 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20465 unknown are returned as nil.
20466
20467 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20468
20469 ;;;***
20470 \f
20471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21974 64192
20472 ;;;;;; 644009 993000))
20473 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20474
20475 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20476 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20477 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20478
20479 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20480 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20481
20482 Other useful functions are:
20483
20484 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20485 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20486 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20487 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20488 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20489 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20490 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20491 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20492 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20493
20494 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20495
20496 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20497 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20498 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20499 Indentation for case statements.
20500 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20501 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20502 mark after an end.
20503 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20504 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20505 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20506 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20507 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20508 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20509 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20510 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20511 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20512 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20513
20514 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20515 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20516
20517 \(fn)" t nil)
20518
20519 ;;;***
20520 \f
20521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21670
20522 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
20523 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20524
20525 (defvar password-cache t "\
20526 Whether to cache passwords.")
20527
20528 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20529
20530 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20531 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20532 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20533
20534 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20535
20536 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20537 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20538
20539 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20540
20541 ;;;***
20542 \f
20543 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21980 16567
20544 ;;;;;; 509544 893000))
20545 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20546
20547 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20548 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20549 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20550
20551 Patterns can take the following forms:
20552 _ matches anything.
20553 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20554 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20555 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20556 \\='VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL
20557 ATOM is a shorthand for \\='ATOM.
20558 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
20559 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20560 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20561 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20562 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20563 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20564 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20565
20566 FUN can take the form
20567 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20568 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20569 which is the value being matched.
20570 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to one of the form (FUN).
20571 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20572 FUN is assumed to be pure, i.e. it can be dropped if its result is not used,
20573 and two identical calls can be merged into one.
20574 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20575 like \\=`(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20576 \\=`(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20577
20578 Additional patterns can be defined via `pcase-defmacro'.
20579 Currently, the following patterns are provided this way:
20580
20581 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20582
20583 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20584
20585 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20586 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20587
20588 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20589
20590 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20591
20592 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20593 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20594 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20595 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20596 variable name being but a special case of it).
20597
20598 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20599
20600 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20601
20602 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20603
20604 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20605 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20606 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20607 of the form (PAT EXP).
20608
20609 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20610
20611 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20612
20613 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20614 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20615 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20616 of the form (PAT EXP).
20617 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20618 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20619 any kind of error.
20620
20621 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20622
20623 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20624
20625 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20626
20627
20628 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20629
20630 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20631
20632 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20633 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20634 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20635 to this macro.
20636
20637 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20638
20639 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20640
20641 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20642
20643 ;;;***
20644 \f
20645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21980 16567 953544
20646 ;;;;;; 893000))
20647 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20648
20649 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20650 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20651
20652 \(fn)" nil nil)
20653
20654 ;;;***
20655 \f
20656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21670 32331 385639
20657 ;;;;;; 720000))
20658 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20659
20660 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20661 Completion for `gzip'.
20662
20663 \(fn)" nil nil)
20664
20665 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20666 Completion for `bzip2'.
20667
20668 \(fn)" nil nil)
20669
20670 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20671 Completion for GNU `make'.
20672
20673 \(fn)" nil nil)
20674
20675 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20676 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20677
20678 \(fn)" nil nil)
20679
20680 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20681
20682 ;;;***
20683 \f
20684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21670 32331
20685 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
20686 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20687
20688 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20689 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20690
20691 \(fn)" nil nil)
20692
20693 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20694 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20695
20696 \(fn)" nil nil)
20697
20698 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20699 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20700
20701 \(fn)" nil nil)
20702
20703 ;;;***
20704 \f
20705 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21670 32331 385639
20706 ;;;;;; 720000))
20707 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20708
20709 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20710 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20711
20712 \(fn)" nil nil)
20713
20714 ;;;***
20715 \f
20716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21791 47660 796747
20717 ;;;;;; 422000))
20718 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20719
20720 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20721 Completion for `cd'.
20722
20723 \(fn)" nil nil)
20724
20725 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20726
20727 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20728 Completion for `rmdir'.
20729
20730 \(fn)" nil nil)
20731
20732 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20733 Completion for `rm'.
20734
20735 \(fn)" nil nil)
20736
20737 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20738 Completion for `xargs'.
20739
20740 \(fn)" nil nil)
20741
20742 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20743
20744 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20745 Completion for `which'.
20746
20747 \(fn)" nil nil)
20748
20749 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20750 Completion for the `chown' command.
20751
20752 \(fn)" nil nil)
20753
20754 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20755 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20756
20757 \(fn)" nil nil)
20758
20759 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20760 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20761
20762 \(fn)" nil nil)
20763
20764 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20765 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20766 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20767
20768 \(fn)" nil nil)
20769
20770 ;;;***
20771 \f
20772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21980 16567 953544
20773 ;;;;;; 893000))
20774 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20775
20776 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20777 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20778
20779 \(fn)" nil nil)
20780
20781 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20782 Completion for the `ack' command.
20783 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
20784 long options.
20785
20786 \(fn)" nil nil)
20787
20788 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20789
20790 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20791 Completion for the `ag' command.
20792
20793 \(fn)" nil nil)
20794
20795 ;;;***
20796 \f
20797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21980 16567 953544
20798 ;;;;;; 893000))
20799 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20800
20801 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20802 Support extensible programmable completion.
20803 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20804 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20805
20806 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20807
20808 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20809 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20810
20811 \(fn)" t nil)
20812
20813 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20814 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20815 This will modify the current buffer.
20816
20817 \(fn)" t nil)
20818
20819 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20820 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20821
20822 \(fn)" t nil)
20823
20824 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20825 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20826 This will modify the current buffer.
20827
20828 \(fn)" t nil)
20829
20830 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20831 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20832
20833 \(fn)" t nil)
20834
20835 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20836 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20837
20838 \(fn)" t nil)
20839
20840 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20841 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20842 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20843 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20844 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20845
20846 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20847
20848 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20849 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20850
20851 \(fn)" nil nil)
20852
20853 ;;;***
20854 \f
20855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21985 34484 302705 925000))
20856 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20857
20858 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20859 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20860 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20861 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20862
20863 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20864
20865 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20866
20867 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20868 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20869 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20870 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20871 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20872 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20873 FLAGS is ignored.
20874
20875 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20876
20877 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20878 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20879 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20880 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20881 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20882 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20883 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20884 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20885
20886 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20887
20888 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20889 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20890 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20891 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20892 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20893 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20894 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20895 passed to cvs.
20896
20897 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20898
20899 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20900 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20901 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20902 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20903 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20904 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20905 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20906
20907 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20908
20909 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20910 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20911 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20912
20913 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20914
20915 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20916 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20917 A value of nil means never do it.
20918 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20919 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20920 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20921
20922 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20923
20924 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20925 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20926 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20927
20928 ;;;***
20929 \f
20930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21670 32331
20931 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
20932 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20933
20934 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20935 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20936
20937 ;;;***
20938 \f
20939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21887
20940 ;;;;;; 19055 813447 760000))
20941 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20942 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20943 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20944 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20945 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20946 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20947 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20948
20949 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20950 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20951 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20952 Tab indents for Perl code.
20953 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20954 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20955 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20956 \\{perl-mode-map}
20957 Variables controlling indentation style:
20958 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20959 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20960 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20961 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20962 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20963 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20964 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20965 `perl-nochange'
20966 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20967 `perl-indent-level'
20968 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20969 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20970 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20971 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20972 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20973 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20974 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20975 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20976 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20977 `perl-brace-offset'
20978 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20979 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20980 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20981 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20982 `perl-label-offset'
20983 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20984 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20985 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20986
20987 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20988 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20989 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20990 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20991 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20992 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20993 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20994
20995 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20996
20997 \(fn)" t nil)
20998
20999 ;;;***
21000 \f
21001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21670 32331
21002 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
21003 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21004
21005 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21006 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21007 \\<picture-mode-map>
21008 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21009 afterwards settable by these commands:
21010
21011 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21012 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21013 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21014 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21015
21016 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21017 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21018 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21019 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21020
21021 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21022 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21023 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21024 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21025
21026 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21027 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21028 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21029 with these commands:
21030
21031 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21032 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21033 Move to column following last
21034 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21035 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21036 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21037 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21038 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21039 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21040
21041 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21042
21043 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21044 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21045 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21046 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21047 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21048 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21049
21050 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21051 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21052 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
21053 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21054 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21055 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21056 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21057
21058 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21059 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21060 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21061 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21062 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21063 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21064 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21065 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21066
21067 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21068 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21069 by supplying an argument.
21070
21071 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21072
21073 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21074 they are not by default assigned to keys.
21075
21076 \(fn)" t nil)
21077
21078 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21079
21080 ;;;***
21081 \f
21082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (21972 22452 338264
21083 ;;;;;; 357000))
21084 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
21085 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21086
21087 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
21088 Start a Pinentry service.
21089
21090 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
21091 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
21092
21093 \(fn)" t nil)
21094
21095 ;;;***
21096 \f
21097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21786 29744 368212
21098 ;;;;;; 633000))
21099 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21100
21101 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21102 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21103
21104 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21105
21106 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21107 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21108
21109 \(fn)" t nil)
21110
21111 ;;;***
21112 \f
21113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21670 32331 885635
21114 ;;;;;; 586000))
21115 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21116
21117 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21118 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21119 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21120
21121 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21122
21123 ;;;***
21124 \f
21125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
21126 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21127
21128 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21129 Play pong and waste time.
21130 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21131 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21132
21133 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21134
21135 \\{pong-mode-map}
21136
21137 \(fn)" t nil)
21138
21139 ;;;***
21140 \f
21141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21974 64192 580009 993000))
21142 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21143
21144 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21145 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21146 Use streaming commands.
21147
21148 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21149
21150 ;;;***
21151 \f
21152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21670 32330 885624
21153 ;;;;;; 725000))
21154 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21155
21156 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21157 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21158 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21159 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21160
21161 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21162
21163 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21164 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21165
21166 \(fn)" nil nil)
21167
21168 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21169 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21170 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21171 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21172 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21173
21174 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21175
21176 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21177 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21178 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21179
21180 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21181
21182 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21183 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21184
21185 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21186
21187 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21188 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21189 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21190 Ignores leading comment characters.
21191
21192 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21193
21194 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21195 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21196 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21197 Ignores leading comment characters.
21198
21199 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21200
21201 ;;;***
21202 \f
21203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21981 37426 679399
21204 ;;;;;; 97000))
21205 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21206 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21207
21208 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21209 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21210
21211 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21212
21213 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21214
21215 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21216
21217 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21218 Preview directory using ghostview.
21219
21220 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21221 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21222 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21223 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21224
21225 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21226 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21227 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21228 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21229 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21230 file name.
21231
21232 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21233
21234 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21235
21236 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21237 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21238
21239 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21240 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21241 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21242 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21243
21244 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21245 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21246 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21247 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21248 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21249 file name.
21250
21251 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21252
21253 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21254
21255 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21256 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21257
21258 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21259 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21260 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21261 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21262
21263 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21264 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21265 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21266 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21267 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21268 file name.
21269
21270 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21271
21272 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21273
21274 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21275 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21276
21277 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21278
21279 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21280 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21281 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21282 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21283
21284 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21285 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21286 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21287 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21288 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21289 file name.
21290
21291 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21292
21293 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21294
21295 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21296 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21297
21298 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21299 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21300 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21301
21302 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21303 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21304 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21305 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21306
21307 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21308
21309 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21310 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21311
21312 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21313 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21314 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21315
21316 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21317 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21318 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21319 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21320
21321 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21322
21323 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21324 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21325
21326 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21327 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21328 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21329
21330 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21331 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21332 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21333 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21334
21335 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21336
21337 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21338 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21339
21340 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21341
21342 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21343 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21344 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21345
21346 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21347 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21348 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21349 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21350
21351 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21352
21353 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21354 Preview region using ghostview.
21355
21356 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21357
21358 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21359
21360 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21361 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21362
21363 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21364
21365 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21366
21367 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21368 Print region using PostScript printer.
21369
21370 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21371
21372 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21373
21374 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21375 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21376
21377 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21378
21379 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21380
21381 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21382 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21383
21384 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21385
21386 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21387
21388 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21389 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21390
21391 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21392
21393 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21394
21395 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21396 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21397
21398 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21399
21400 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21401
21402 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21403 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21404
21405 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21406
21407 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21408
21409 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21410 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21411 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21412 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21413
21414 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21415 matching.
21416
21417 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21418 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21419
21420 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21421
21422 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21423
21424 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21425 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21426 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21427 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21428
21429 \(fn)" t nil)
21430
21431 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21432 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21433 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21434 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21435
21436 \(fn)" t nil)
21437
21438 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21439 Print directory using text printer.
21440
21441 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21442 matching.
21443
21444 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21445 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21446
21447 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21448
21449 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21450
21451 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21452 Print buffer using text printer.
21453
21454 \(fn)" t nil)
21455
21456 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21457 Print region using text printer.
21458
21459 \(fn)" t nil)
21460
21461 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21462 Print major mode using text printer.
21463
21464 \(fn)" t nil)
21465
21466 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21467 Preview spooled PostScript.
21468
21469 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21470 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21471 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21472
21473 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21474 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21475 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21476
21477 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21478
21479 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21480 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21481
21482 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21483 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21484 instead of sending it to the printer.
21485
21486 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21487 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21488 image in a file with that name.
21489
21490 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21491
21492 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21493 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21494
21495 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21496 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21497 instead of sending it to the printer.
21498
21499 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21500 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21501 image in a file with that name.
21502
21503 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21504
21505 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21506 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21507
21508 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21509 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21510 instead of sending it to the printer.
21511
21512 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21513 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21514 image in a file with that name.
21515
21516 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21517
21518 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21519 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21520
21521 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21522
21523 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21524 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21525
21526 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21527
21528 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21529 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21530
21531 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21532
21533 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21534 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21535
21536 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21537
21538 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21539 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21540
21541 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21542
21543 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21544 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21545
21546 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21547 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21548 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21549 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21550
21551 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21552 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21553 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21554 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21555 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21556 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21557 file name.
21558
21559 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21560
21561 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21562 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21563
21564 \(fn)" t nil)
21565
21566 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21567 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21568
21569 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21570 right.
21571 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21572 bottom.
21573
21574 \(fn)" t nil)
21575
21576 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21577 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21578
21579 \(fn)" t nil)
21580
21581 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21582 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21583
21584 \(fn)" t nil)
21585
21586 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21587 Toggle printing with faces.
21588
21589 \(fn)" t nil)
21590
21591 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21592 Toggle spooling.
21593
21594 \(fn)" t nil)
21595
21596 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21597 Toggle duplex.
21598
21599 \(fn)" t nil)
21600
21601 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21602 Toggle tumble.
21603
21604 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21605 right.
21606 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21607 bottom.
21608
21609 \(fn)" t nil)
21610
21611 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21612 Toggle landscape.
21613
21614 \(fn)" t nil)
21615
21616 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21617 Toggle upside-down.
21618
21619 \(fn)" t nil)
21620
21621 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21622 Toggle line number.
21623
21624 \(fn)" t nil)
21625
21626 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21627 Toggle zebra stripes.
21628
21629 \(fn)" t nil)
21630
21631 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21632 Toggle printing header.
21633
21634 \(fn)" t nil)
21635
21636 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21637 Toggle printing header frame.
21638
21639 \(fn)" t nil)
21640
21641 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21642 Toggle menu lock.
21643
21644 \(fn)" t nil)
21645
21646 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21647 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21648
21649 \(fn)" t nil)
21650
21651 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21652 Toggle auto mode.
21653
21654 \(fn)" t nil)
21655
21656 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21657 Customization of the `printing' group.
21658
21659 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21660
21661 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21662 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21663
21664 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21665
21666 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21667 Help for the printing package.
21668
21669 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21670
21671 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21672 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21673
21674 \(fn)" t nil)
21675
21676 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21677 Interactively select a text printer.
21678
21679 \(fn)" t nil)
21680
21681 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21682 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21683
21684 \(fn)" t nil)
21685
21686 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21687 Show current ps-print settings.
21688
21689 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21690
21691 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21692 Show current printing settings.
21693
21694 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21695
21696 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21697 Show current lpr settings.
21698
21699 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21700
21701 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21702 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21703
21704 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21705 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21706 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21707 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21708
21709
21710 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21711
21712 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21713 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21714 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21715
21716 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21717 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21718 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21719 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21720 current active printer.
21721
21722 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21723 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21724 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21725 printer.
21726
21727 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21728 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21729 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21730 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21731 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21732
21733
21734 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21735 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21736
21737 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21738
21739 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21740 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21741 be done using the new current active printer.
21742
21743 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21744 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21745 printer.
21746
21747 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21748 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21749 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21750 instead of sending it to the printer.
21751
21752 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21753 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21754 printer.
21755
21756 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21757
21758
21759 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21760 are both set to t.
21761
21762 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21763
21764 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21765 Fast fire function for text printing.
21766
21767 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21768 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21769 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21770 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21771
21772 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21773 user for a new active text printer.
21774
21775 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21776
21777 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21778
21779 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21780 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21781 printer.
21782
21783 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21784
21785 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21786 are both set to t.
21787
21788 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21789
21790 ;;;***
21791 \f
21792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21981 37426 683399 97000))
21793 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21794
21795 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21796 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21797 \\<proced-mode-map>
21798 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21799 the process information.
21800
21801 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21802
21803 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21804 Proced buffers.
21805
21806 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21807
21808 ;;;***
21809 \f
21810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21948 40114 402686
21811 ;;;;;; 453000))
21812 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21813
21814 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21815 Start/restart profilers.
21816 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21817 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21818 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21819
21820 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21821
21822 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21823 Open profile FILENAME.
21824
21825 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21826
21827 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21828 Open profile FILENAME.
21829
21830 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21831
21832 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21833 Open profile FILENAME.
21834
21835 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21836
21837 ;;;***
21838 \f
21839 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (21960 31281
21840 ;;;;;; 344212 153000))
21841 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
21842
21843 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
21844 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
21845
21846 \(fn &optional DIR)" nil nil)
21847
21848 ;;;***
21849 \f
21850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21955 13362
21851 ;;;;;; 392569 401000))
21852 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21853
21854 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21855 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21856
21857 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21858 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21859
21860 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21861
21862 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21863 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21864
21865 Commands:
21866 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21867
21868 \(fn)" t nil)
21869
21870 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21871 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21872 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21873
21874 \(fn)" t nil)
21875
21876 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21877 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21878 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21879
21880 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21881
21882 ;;;***
21883 \f
21884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
21885 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21886
21887 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21888 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21889 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21890
21891 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21892
21893 ;;;***
21894 \f
21895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21670 32331
21896 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
21897 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21898 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21899
21900 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21901 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21902
21903 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21904
21905 The following variables hold user options, and can
21906 be set through the `customize' command:
21907
21908 `ps-mode-tab'
21909 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21910 `ps-mode-print-function'
21911 `ps-run-prompt'
21912 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21913 `ps-run-x'
21914 `ps-run-dumb'
21915 `ps-run-init'
21916 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21917 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21918
21919 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21920
21921
21922 \\{ps-mode-map}
21923
21924
21925 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21926 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21927 The keymap for this second window is:
21928
21929 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21930
21931
21932 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21933 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21934 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21935 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21936 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21937
21938 \(fn)" t nil)
21939
21940 ;;;***
21941 \f
21942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21981 37426 699399
21943 ;;;;;; 97000))
21944 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21945 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21946
21947 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21948 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21949 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21950
21951 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21952
21953 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21954 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21955 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21956 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21957
21958 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21959
21960 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21961 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21962
21963 Valid values are:
21964
21965 nil Do not print colors.
21966
21967 t Print colors.
21968
21969 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21970 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21971
21972 Any other value is treated as t.")
21973
21974 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21975
21976 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21977 Customization of ps-print group.
21978
21979 \(fn)" t nil)
21980
21981 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21982 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21983
21984 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21985 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21986 sending it to the printer.
21987
21988 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21989 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21990 image in a file with that name.
21991
21992 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21993
21994 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21995 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21996 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21997 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21998 so it has a way to determine color values.
21999
22000 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22001
22002 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22003 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22004 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22005
22006 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22007
22008 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22009 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22010 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22011 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22012 so it has a way to determine color values.
22013
22014 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22015
22016 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22017 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22018 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22019 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22020
22021 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22022
22023 \(fn)" t nil)
22024
22025 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22026 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22027 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
22028 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
22029 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
22030
22031 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22032
22033 \(fn)" t nil)
22034
22035 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22036 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22037 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22038
22039 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22040
22041 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22042
22043 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22044 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22045 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22046 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22047 so it has a way to determine color values.
22048
22049 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22050
22051 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22052
22053 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22054 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22055
22056 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22057 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22058 instead of sending it to the printer.
22059
22060 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22061 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22062 image in a file with that name.
22063
22064 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22065
22066 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22067 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22068 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22069 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
22070 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
22071
22072 \(fn)" t nil)
22073
22074 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22075 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22076 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22077
22078 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22079
22080 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22081 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22082 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22083
22084 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22085
22086 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22087 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22088
22089 \(fn)" nil nil)
22090
22091 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22092 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22093
22094 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22095 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22096
22097 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22098 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22099
22100 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22101
22102 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22103
22104 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22105
22106 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22107 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22108
22109 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22110 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22111
22112 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22113 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22114
22115 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22116
22117 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22118
22119 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22120
22121 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22122 foreground and background colors respectively.
22123
22124 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22125 bold - use bold font.
22126 italic - use italic font.
22127 underline - put a line under text.
22128 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22129 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22130 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22131 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22132 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22133
22134 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22135
22136 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22137
22138 ;;;***
22139 \f
22140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21968 25395 287570
22141 ;;;;;; 741000))
22142 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22143 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22144
22145 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
22146 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
22147 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22148
22149 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22150
22151 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
22152 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
22153 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22154
22155 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22156
22157 ;;;***
22158 \f
22159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21980 16568
22160 ;;;;;; 37544 893000))
22161 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22162 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
22163
22164 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
22165
22166 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22167
22168 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22169 Run an inferior Python process.
22170
22171 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22172 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22173 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22174 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22175 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22176
22177 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22178 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22179 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22180 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22181
22182 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22183 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22184 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22185
22186 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22187
22188 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22189 Major mode for editing Python files.
22190
22191 \\{python-mode-map}
22192
22193 \(fn)" t nil)
22194
22195 ;;;***
22196 \f
22197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
22198 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22199
22200 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22201 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22202 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22203 coding-system.
22204
22205 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22206 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22207
22208 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22209 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22210 them into characters should be done separately.
22211
22212 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22213
22214 ;;;***
22215 \f
22216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21988 10681
22217 ;;;;;; 981624 461000))
22218 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22219
22220 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22221 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22222
22223 \(fn)" nil nil)
22224
22225 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22226 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22227 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22228
22229 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22230 `quail-activate', which see.
22231
22232 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22233
22234 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22235 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22236 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22237 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22238 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22239 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22240 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22241
22242 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22243 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22244 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22245 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22246 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22247 shown.
22248 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22249
22250 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22251 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22252 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22253 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22254 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22255 list of candidates.
22256
22257 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22258 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22259 command to be called.
22260
22261 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22262 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22263 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22264 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22265
22266 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22267 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22268 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22269 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22270 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22271 to t.
22272
22273 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22274 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22275 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22276 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22277
22278 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22279 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22280 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22281 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22282 defines no translations for single character keys.
22283
22284 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22285 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22286 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22287 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22288 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22289 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22290
22291 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22292 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22293 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22294 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22295 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22296 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22297
22298 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22299 covers Quail translation region.
22300
22301 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22302 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22303 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22304 for it) is inserted.
22305
22306 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22307 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22308 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22309
22310 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22311 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22312 non-Quail commands.
22313
22314 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22315
22316 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22317 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22318
22319 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22320 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22321 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22322 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22323 you type is correctly handled.
22324
22325 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22326
22327 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22328 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22329
22330 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22331 keyboard type.
22332
22333 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22334
22335 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22336 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22337 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22338 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22339 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22340 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22341 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22342 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22343 for the translation.
22344 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22345
22346 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22347 it is used to handle KEY.
22348
22349 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22350 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22351 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22352 the following annotation types are supported.
22353
22354 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22355 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22356
22357 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22358 candidate list.
22359
22360 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22361 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22362 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22363 inserted.
22364
22365 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22366 generated for the following translations.
22367
22368 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22369
22370 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22371 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22372
22373 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22374 which to install MAP.
22375
22376 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22377
22378 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22379
22380 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22381 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22382
22383 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22384 which to install MAP.
22385
22386 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22387
22388 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22389
22390 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22391 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22392 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22393 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22394 a function, or a cons.
22395 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22396 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22397 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22398 for the translation.
22399 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22400 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22401 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22402 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22403 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22404
22405 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22406 it is used to handle KEY.
22407
22408 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22409 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22410 current Quail package.
22411
22412 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22413 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22414
22415 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22416
22417 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22418 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22419
22420 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22421 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22422
22423 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22424
22425 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22426 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22427
22428 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22429
22430 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22431 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22432 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22433 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22434 of the Emacs source tree.
22435
22436 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22437 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22438
22439 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22440 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22441 of each directory.
22442
22443 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22444
22445 ;;;***
22446 \f
22447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21953
22448 ;;;;;; 58033 331058 929000))
22449 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22450
22451 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22452 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22453 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22454 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22455
22456 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22457
22458 ;;;***
22459 \f
22460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22461 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
22462 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22463
22464 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22465 Activate UCS input method.
22466 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22467
22468 While this input method is active, the variable
22469 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22470
22471 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22472
22473 ;;;***
22474 \f
22475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21670 32331 385639
22476 ;;;;;; 720000))
22477 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22478
22479 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22480 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22481 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22482 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22483
22484 To make use of this do something like:
22485
22486 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22487
22488 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22489
22490 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22491 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22492
22493 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22494 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22495 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22496
22497 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22498
22499 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22500 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22501
22502 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22503
22504 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22505 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22506
22507 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22508 is decided.
22509
22510 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22511
22512 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22513 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22514
22515 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22516 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22517 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22518
22519 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22520
22521 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22522 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22523
22524 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22525
22526 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22527 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22528
22529 \(fn)" t nil)
22530
22531 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22532 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22533
22534 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22535
22536 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22537
22538 \(fn)" t nil)
22539
22540 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22541 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22542
22543 \(fn)" t nil)
22544
22545 ;;;***
22546 \f
22547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21980 16567 809544
22548 ;;;;;; 893000))
22549 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22550
22551 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22552 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22553
22554 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22555
22556 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22557
22558 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22559
22560 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22561
22562 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22563
22564
22565 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22566
22567 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22568 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22569 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22570 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22571 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22572 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22573
22574 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22575
22576 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22577 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22578 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22579 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22580 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22581
22582 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22583
22584 ;;;***
22585 \f
22586 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21976
22587 ;;;;;; 19509 900430 241000))
22588 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22589
22590 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22591
22592 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22593 Construct a regexp interactively.
22594 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22595 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22596 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22597
22598 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22599 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22600
22601 \(fn)" t nil)
22602
22603 ;;;***
22604 \f
22605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21981 37426 699399
22606 ;;;;;; 97000))
22607 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22608
22609 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22610 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22611 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22612 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22613 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22614 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22615
22616 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22617
22618 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22619 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22620 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22621 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22622 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22623
22624 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22625 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22626 were operated on recently.
22627
22628 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22629
22630 ;;;***
22631 \f
22632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21803 38823 44085 519000))
22633 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22634
22635 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22636 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22637 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22638 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22639 ends.
22640
22641 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22642 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22643 to be deleted.
22644
22645 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22646
22647 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22648 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22649 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22650
22651 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22652 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22653 deleted.
22654
22655 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22656
22657 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22658 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22659 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22660
22661 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22662
22663 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22664 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22665
22666 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22667 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22668
22669 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22670 deleted.
22671
22672 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22673 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22674 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22675 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22676 even beep.)
22677
22678 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22679
22680 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22681 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22682
22683 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22684
22685 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22686 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22687
22688 \(fn)" t nil)
22689
22690 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22691 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22692 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22693 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22694 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22695 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22696 and point is at the lower right corner.
22697
22698 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22699
22700 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22701 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22702
22703 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22704 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22705
22706 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22707 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22708 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22709
22710 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22711
22712 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22713
22714 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22715 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22716 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22717 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22718 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22719
22720 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22721 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22722
22723 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22724
22725 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22726 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22727 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22728
22729 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22730
22731 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22732
22733 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22734
22735 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22736 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22737
22738 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22739 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22740 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22741
22742 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22743
22744 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22745 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22746 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22747
22748 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22749 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22750 rectangle which were empty.
22751
22752 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22753
22754 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22755 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22756
22757 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22758 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22759 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22760 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22761
22762 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22763
22764 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22765 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22766 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22767
22768 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22769
22770 ;;;***
22771 \f
22772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21670 32331
22773 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
22774 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22775
22776 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22777 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22778 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22779 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22780 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22781
22782 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22783 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22784 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22785 auto-filling.
22786
22787 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22788
22789 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22790
22791 ;;;***
22792 \f
22793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21980 16640
22794 ;;;;;; 469544 893000))
22795 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22796 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
22797 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
22798 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
22799 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
22800
22801 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22802 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22803
22804 \(fn)" nil nil)
22805
22806 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22807 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22808
22809 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22810 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22811
22812 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22813 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22814 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22815 \\ref macro.
22816
22817 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22818 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22819 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22820
22821 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22822 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22823 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22824
22825 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22826 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22827
22828 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22829 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22830
22831 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22832 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22833 on the menu bar.
22834
22835 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22836
22837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22838
22839 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22840 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22841 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22842
22843 \(fn)" nil nil)
22844
22845 ;;;***
22846 \f
22847 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21887
22848 ;;;;;; 63409 948052 707000))
22849 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22850 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22851 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22852 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22853 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22854
22855 ;;;***
22856 \f
22857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21670
22858 ;;;;;; 32330 885624 725000))
22859 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22860
22861 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22862 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22863 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22864 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22865 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22866 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22867
22868 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22869 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22870
22871 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22872 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22873 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22874 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22875
22876 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22877
22878 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22879 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22880 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22881 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22882
22883 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22884
22885 ;;;***
22886 \f
22887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21670 32330 885624
22888 ;;;;;; 725000))
22889 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22890 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22891
22892 ;;;***
22893 \f
22894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21670 32331
22895 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
22896 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22897 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22898
22899 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22900 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22901 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22902 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22903
22904 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22905
22906 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22907
22908 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22909 Call `remember' in another frame.
22910
22911 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22912
22913 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22914 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22915 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22916
22917 \(fn)" t nil)
22918
22919 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22920 Extract diary entries from the region.
22921
22922 \(fn)" nil nil)
22923
22924 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22925 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22926 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22927 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22928
22929 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22930
22931 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22932 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22933 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22934 minor mode.
22935
22936 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22937
22938 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22939 Return the buffer.
22940
22941 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22942 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22943 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22944
22945 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22946
22947 ;;;***
22948 \f
22949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
22950 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22951 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22952
22953 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22954 Repeat most recently executed command.
22955 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22956 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22957 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22958
22959 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22960 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22961 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22962 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22963
22964 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22965 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22966 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22967
22968 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22969
22970 ;;;***
22971 \f
22972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21670 32331
22973 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
22974 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22975
22976 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22977 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22978
22979 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22980 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22981 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22982 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22983 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22984 and point is left after the salutation.
22985
22986 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22987 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22988 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22989 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22990 left after that text.
22991
22992 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22993 is non-nil.
22994
22995 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22996 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22997 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22998 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22999
23000 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23001
23002 ;;;***
23003 \f
23004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21670 32331 885635
23005 ;;;;;; 586000))
23006 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23007
23008 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23009 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23010 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23011 visibility of comments that precede it.
23012 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23013 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23014 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23015 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23016 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23017 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23018 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23019 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23020 the comment lines.
23021 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23022 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23023 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23024 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23025 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23026
23027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23028
23029 ;;;***
23030 \f
23031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
23032 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23033
23034 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23035 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
23036 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
23037 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23038 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23039
23040 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
23041 reveals invisible text around point.
23042
23043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23044
23045 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23046 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
23047 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23048 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23049 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23050 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23051
23052 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23053
23054 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23055 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
23056 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23057
23058 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
23059 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23060 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23061
23062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23063
23064 ;;;***
23065 \f
23066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21976 19509 900430
23067 ;;;;;; 241000))
23068 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23069
23070 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23071 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23072
23073 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23074
23075 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23076 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23077
23078 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23079
23080 ;;;***
23081 \f
23082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21978 61237 654488
23083 ;;;;;; 269000))
23084 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23085
23086 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23087 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23088 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23089 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23090
23091 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23092
23093 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23094 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23095 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23096 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23097
23098 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23099 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23100
23101 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23102 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23103
23104 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23105 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23106 INPUT-ARGS.
23107
23108 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23109 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23110 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23111 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23112 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23113
23114 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23115 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23116 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23117 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23118
23119 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23120 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23121 variable.
23122
23123 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23124
23125 ;;;***
23126 \f
23127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21989 31537 903825
23128 ;;;;;; 721000))
23129 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23130
23131 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23132 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23133
23134 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23135
23136 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23137
23138 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23139 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23140 Its name should end with a slash.")
23141
23142 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23143 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23144
23145 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23146 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23147 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
23148
23149 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23150
23151 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23152 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23153 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23154 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23155 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23156 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23157 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23158
23159 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23160 sent by you under different user names.
23161 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23162
23163 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23164
23165 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23166
23167 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23168
23169 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23170 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23171 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23172 explicitly.")
23173
23174 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23175
23176 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23177 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23178 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23179 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23180 which normally happens once for each message,
23181 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23182 To make a change in this variable take effect
23183 for a message that you have already viewed,
23184 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23185
23186 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23187
23188 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23189 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23190 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23191 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23192
23193 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23194
23195 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23196 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23197
23198 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23199
23200 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23201 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23202 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23203
23204 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23205
23206 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23207 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23208 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23209 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23210 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23211 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23212
23213 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23214
23215 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23216 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23217
23218 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23219
23220 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23221 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23222
23223 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23224
23225 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23226 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23227
23228 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23229 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23230
23231 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23232
23233 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23234 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23235
23236 This is set to nil by default.")
23237
23238 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23239 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23240 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23241 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23242 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23243 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23244 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23245
23246 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23247 Read and edit incoming mail.
23248 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23249 file in RMAIL Mode.
23250 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23251
23252 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23253 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23254 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23255 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23256
23257 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23258
23259 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23260
23261 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23262 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23263 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23264 Instead, these commands are available:
23265
23266 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23267 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23268 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23269 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23270 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23271 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23272 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23273 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23274 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23275 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23276 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23277 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23278 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23279 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23280 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23281 till a deleted message is found.
23282 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23283 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23284 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23285 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23286 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23287 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23288 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23289 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23290 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23291 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23292 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23293 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23294 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23295 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23296 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23297 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23298 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23299 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23300 (label defaults to last one specified).
23301 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23302 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23303 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23304 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23305 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23306 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23307 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23308 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23309 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23310
23311 \(fn)" t nil)
23312
23313 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23314 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23315
23316 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23317
23318 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23319 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23320
23321 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23322
23323 ;;;***
23324 \f
23325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21989 31537
23326 ;;;;;; 907825 721000))
23327 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23328 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23329
23330 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23331 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23332 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23333 case it writes Babyl.
23334
23335 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23336 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23337 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23338 `rmail-default-file'.
23339
23340 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23341 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23342 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23343
23344 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23345 the header display is currently pruned.
23346
23347 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23348 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23349 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23350 messages after output.
23351
23352 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23353 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23354 message (if writing a file directly).
23355
23356 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23357 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23358
23359 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23360
23361 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23362 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23363 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23364 i) the header is output as currently seen
23365 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23366 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23367
23368 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23369 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23370 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23371
23372 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23373
23374 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23375 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23376 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23377 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23378 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23379 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23380 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23381
23382 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23383 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23384 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23385
23386 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23387
23388 ;;;***
23389 \f
23390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21978 61237
23391 ;;;;;; 666488 269000))
23392 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23393
23394 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23395 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23396 Return a pattern.
23397
23398 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23399
23400 ;;;***
23401 \f
23402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21670 32331
23403 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23404 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23405
23406 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23407 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23408 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23409 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23410
23411 \(fn)" t nil)
23412
23413 ;;;***
23414 \f
23415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21948 40114
23416 ;;;;;; 322686 453000))
23417 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23418
23419 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23420 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23421
23422 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23423 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23424 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23425 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23426 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23427 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23428 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23429 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23430 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23431 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23432
23433 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23434 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23435 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23436 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23437 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23438 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23439 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23440 to use for finding the schema.
23441
23442 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23443
23444 ;;;***
23445 \f
23446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21670 32331 385639
23447 ;;;;;; 720000))
23448 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23449
23450 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23451
23452 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23453 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23454 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23455 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23456 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23457 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23458 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23459 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23460 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23461 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23462 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23463 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23464 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23465 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23466 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23467 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23468 must be equal.
23469
23470 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23471
23472 ;;;***
23473 \f
23474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (21953 58033
23475 ;;;;;; 303058 929000))
23476 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23477
23478 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23479 Define a robin package.
23480
23481 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23482 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23483 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23484 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23485
23486 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23487 one replaces the old one.
23488
23489 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23490
23491 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23492 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23493
23494 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23495 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23496 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23497
23498 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23499
23500 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23501 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23502
23503 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23504
23505 ;;;***
23506 \f
23507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
23508 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23509
23510 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23511 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23512
23513 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23514
23515 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23516 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23517
23518 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23519
23520 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23521 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23522
23523 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23524
23525 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23526 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23527 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23528
23529 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23530 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23531 in ROT13.
23532
23533 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23534
23535 \(fn)" t nil)
23536
23537 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23538 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23539
23540 \(fn)" t nil)
23541
23542 ;;;***
23543 \f
23544 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21955 13362 436569
23545 ;;;;;; 401000))
23546 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23547 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23548
23549 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23550 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23551 \\<rst-mode-map>
23552
23553 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23554 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23555 highlighting.
23556
23557 \\{rst-mode-map}
23558
23559 \(fn)" t nil)
23560
23561 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23562 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23563 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23564 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23565 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23566
23567 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23568 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23569 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23570
23571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23572
23573 ;;;***
23574 \f
23575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21955
23576 ;;;;;; 13362 400569 401000))
23577 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23578 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23579
23580 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23581 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23582
23583 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23584
23585 \(fn)" t nil)
23586
23587 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23588
23589 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23590
23591 ;;;***
23592 \f
23593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21906 58826 62640
23594 ;;;;;; 200000))
23595 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23596 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23597
23598 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23599 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23600 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23601
23602 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23603 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23604 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23605 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23606 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23607
23608 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23609
23610 ;;;***
23611 \f
23612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21980 16567 509544
23613 ;;;;;; 893000))
23614 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23615
23616 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23617 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23618 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23619 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23620
23621 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23622
23623 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23624 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23625 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23626
23627 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23628 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23629 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23630
23631 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23632 notation.
23633
23634 STRING
23635 matches string STRING literally.
23636
23637 CHAR
23638 matches character CHAR literally.
23639
23640 `not-newline', `nonl'
23641 matches any character except a newline.
23642
23643 `anything'
23644 matches any character
23645
23646 `(any SET ...)'
23647 `(in SET ...)'
23648 `(char SET ...)'
23649 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23650 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23651 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23652
23653 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23654 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23655 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23656 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23657
23658 `(not (any SET ...))'
23659 matches any character not in SET ...
23660
23661 `line-start', `bol'
23662 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23663 in the text being matched
23664
23665 `line-end', `eol'
23666 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23667
23668 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23669 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23670 string being matched against.
23671
23672 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23673 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23674 string being matched against.
23675
23676 `buffer-start'
23677 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23678 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23679
23680 `buffer-end'
23681 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23682 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23683
23684 `point'
23685 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23686
23687 `word-start', `bow'
23688 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23689
23690 `word-end', `eow'
23691 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23692
23693 `word-boundary'
23694 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23695 word.
23696
23697 `(not word-boundary)'
23698 `not-word-boundary'
23699 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23700 word.
23701
23702 `symbol-start'
23703 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23704
23705 `symbol-end'
23706 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23707
23708 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23709 matches 0 through 9.
23710
23711 `control', `cntrl'
23712 matches ASCII control characters.
23713
23714 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23715 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23716
23717 `blank'
23718 matches space and tab only.
23719
23720 `graphic', `graph'
23721 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23722 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23723 unassigned by Unicode.
23724
23725 `printing', `print'
23726 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23727
23728 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23729 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23730 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23731
23732 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23733 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23734 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23735
23736 `ascii'
23737 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23738
23739 `nonascii'
23740 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23741
23742 `lower', `lower-case'
23743 matches anything lower-case.
23744
23745 `upper', `upper-case'
23746 matches anything upper-case.
23747
23748 `punctuation', `punct'
23749 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23750 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23751
23752 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23753 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23754
23755 `word', `wordchar'
23756 matches anything that has word syntax.
23757
23758 `not-wordchar'
23759 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23760
23761 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23762 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23763 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23764 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23765
23766 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23767 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23768 `word' (\\sw)
23769 `symbol' (\\s_)
23770 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23771 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23772 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23773 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23774 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23775 `escape' (\\s\\)
23776 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23777 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23778 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23779 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23780 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23781
23782 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23783 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23784
23785 `(category CATEGORY)'
23786 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23787 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23788
23789 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23790 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23791 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23792 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23793 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23794 `symbol' (\\c5)
23795 `digit' (\\c6)
23796 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23797 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23798 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23799 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23800 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23801 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23802 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23803 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23804 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23805 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23806 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23807 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23808 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23809 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23810 `ascii' (\\ca)
23811 `arabic' (\\cb)
23812 `chinese' (\\cc)
23813 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23814 `greek' (\\cg)
23815 `korean' (\\ch)
23816 `indian' (\\ci)
23817 `japanese' (\\cj)
23818 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23819 `latin' (\\cl)
23820 `lao' (\\co)
23821 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23822 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23823 `thai' (\\ct)
23824 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23825 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23826 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23827 `can-break' (\\c|)
23828
23829 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23830 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23831
23832 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23833 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23834 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23835 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23836 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23837
23838 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23839 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23840 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23841 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23842
23843 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23844 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23845 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23846 group number N.
23847
23848 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23849 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23850 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23851 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23852 regular expression.
23853
23854 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23855 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23856 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23857 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23858 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23859
23860 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23861 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23862
23863 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23864 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23865
23866 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23867 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23868 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23869
23870 `(* SEXP ...)'
23871 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23872 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23873
23874 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23875 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23876 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23877
23878 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23879 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23880 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23881
23882 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23883 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23884
23885 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23886 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23887
23888 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23889 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23890 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23891 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23892
23893 `(? SEXP ...)'
23894 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23895
23896 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23897 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23898
23899 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23900 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23901 matches N occurrences.
23902
23903 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23904 matches N or more occurrences.
23905
23906 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23907 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23908 matches N to M occurrences.
23909
23910 `(backref N)'
23911 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23912
23913 `(eval FORM)'
23914 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23915 `regexp-quote' it.
23916
23917 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23918 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23919
23920 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23921
23922 ;;;***
23923 \f
23924 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21670 32331
23925 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23926 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23927 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23928
23929 ;;;***
23930 \f
23931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21981 37426 703399
23932 ;;;;;; 97000))
23933 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23934 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23935
23936 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23937 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23938 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23939 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23940 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23941 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23942
23943 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23944
23945 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23946 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23947 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23948 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23949 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23950
23951 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23952 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23953 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23954 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23955
23956 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23957 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23958 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23959
23960 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23961
23962 ;;;***
23963 \f
23964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (21822 58098 20521
23965 ;;;;;; 61000))
23966 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
23967
23968 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
23969 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
23970 See the command `save-place-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23971 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23972 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23973 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
23974
23975 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
23976
23977 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
23978 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
23979 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
23980 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
23981
23982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23983
23984 ;;;***
23985 \f
23986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21670 32331
23987 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
23988 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23989
23990 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23991 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23992 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23993
23994 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23995 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23996 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23997 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23998 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23999 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24000 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24001 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24002
24003 Commands:
24004 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24005 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24006 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24007
24008 \(fn)" t nil)
24009
24010 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24011 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24012 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24013
24014 Commands:
24015 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24016 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24017 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24018 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24019 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24020 that variable's value is a string.
24021
24022 \(fn)" t nil)
24023
24024 ;;;***
24025 \f
24026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21670 32331
24027 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24029
24030 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24031 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24032 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24033
24034 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24035
24036 \(fn)" t nil)
24037
24038 ;;;***
24039 \f
24040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21670 32331 885635
24041 ;;;;;; 586000))
24042 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24043
24044 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24045 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24046 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24047 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24048 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24049 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24050
24051 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24052
24053 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24054 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
24055 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
24056 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24057 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24058
24059 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
24060 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24061
24062 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24063
24064 ;;;***
24065 \f
24066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21670 32331
24067 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
24068 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24069
24070 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24071 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24072 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24073 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24074 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
24075 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
24076 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
24077 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
24078
24079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24080
24081 ;;;***
24082 \f
24083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21855 577 177946
24084 ;;;;;; 739000))
24085 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24086 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24087 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24088
24089 ;;;***
24090 \f
24091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21948 40114
24092 ;;;;;; 186686 453000))
24093 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24094 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24095
24096 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24097 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24098 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24099
24100 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24101 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24102 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24103 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24104 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24105 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24106 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24107 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24108 keybinding for tag names.
24109 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24110 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24111 of the symbol under point.
24112 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24113 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24114 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24115 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24116 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24117 syntax tokens.
24118 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24119
24120 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24121
24122 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24123 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24124 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24125 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24126 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24127 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24128
24129 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24130
24131 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24132 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24133 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24134 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24135 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24136
24137 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24138 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24139 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24140 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24141 Semantic mode.
24142
24143 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24144
24145 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24146
24147 ;;;***
24148 \f
24149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24150 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
24151 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24152
24153 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24154 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24155
24156 \(fn)" t nil)
24157
24158 ;;;***
24159 \f
24160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24161 ;;;;;; (21670 32330 885624 725000))
24162 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24163
24164 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24165 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24166
24167 \(fn)" t nil)
24168
24169 ;;;***
24170 \f
24171 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21964 28338
24172 ;;;;;; 141695 749000))
24173 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24174
24175 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24176 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24177
24178 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
24179 king@grassland.com
24180 If `parens', they look like:
24181 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24182 If `angles', they look like:
24183 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24184
24185 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24186 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24187
24188 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24189
24190 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24191 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24192 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24193 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24194
24195 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24196 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24197 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24198 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24199
24200 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24201
24202 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24203 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24204 This is done when the message is initialized,
24205 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24206
24207 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24208
24209 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24210 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24211 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24212
24213 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24214
24215 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24216 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24217 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24218 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24219 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24220 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24221 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24222
24223 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24224
24225 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24226 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24227
24228 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24229
24230 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24231 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24232 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24233 be a Babyl file.")
24234
24235 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24236
24237 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24238 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24239 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24240 when you first send mail.")
24241
24242 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24243
24244 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24245 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24246 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24247 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24248 This file need not actually exist.")
24249
24250 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24251
24252 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24253 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24254
24255 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24256
24257 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24258 Alist of mail address aliases,
24259 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24260 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24261 can specify a different file name.)
24262 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24263 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24264
24265 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24266 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24267 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24268
24269 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24270
24271 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24272 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24273 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24274
24275 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24276
24277 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24278 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24279 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24280 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24281 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24282 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24283 in the cited portion of the message.
24284
24285 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24286 instead of no action.")
24287
24288 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24289
24290 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24291 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24292 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24293 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24294 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24295
24296 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24297
24298 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24299 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24300 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24301 If a string, that string is inserted.
24302 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24303 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24304 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24305 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24306
24307 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24308
24309 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24310 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24311
24312 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24313
24314 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24315 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24316 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24317
24318 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24319 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24320
24321 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24322
24323 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24324 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24325 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24326 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24327
24328 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24329
24330 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24331 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24332 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24333
24334 \(fn)" nil nil)
24335
24336 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24337
24338 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24339
24340
24341 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24342
24343 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24344 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24345 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24346
24347 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24348 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24349
24350 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24351 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24352 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24353 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24354 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24355 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24356 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24357 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24358 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24359 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24360 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24361 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24362 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24363 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24364
24365 \(fn)" t nil)
24366
24367 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24368 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24369 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24370 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24371
24372 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24373
24374 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24375 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24376 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24377 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24378 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24379 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24380
24381 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24382 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24383 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24384
24385 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24386 User should not set this variable manually,
24387 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24388 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24389 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24390
24391 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24392 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24393 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24394 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24395
24396 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24397 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24398
24399 \\<mail-mode-map>
24400 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24401
24402 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24403 to move to message header fields:
24404 \\{mail-mode-map}
24405
24406 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24407 when the message is initialized.
24408
24409 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24410 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24411
24412 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24413 is inserted.
24414
24415 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24416 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24417
24418 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24419 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24420 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24421 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24422 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24423 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24424 buffer without erasing the contents.
24425
24426 The second through fifth arguments,
24427 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24428 the initial contents of those header fields.
24429 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24430 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24431 original message being replied to, or else an action
24432 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24433 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24434 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24435 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24436 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24437 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24438
24439 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24440
24441 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24442 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24443
24444 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24445
24446 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24447 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24448
24449 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24450
24451 ;;;***
24452 \f
24453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (21982 58292 436758
24454 ;;;;;; 717000))
24455 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24456 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24457
24458 ;;;***
24459 \f
24460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21981 37426 703399 97000))
24461 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24462
24463 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24464
24465 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24466
24467 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24468
24469 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24470 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24471 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24472 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24473 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24474 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24475
24476 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24477 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24478
24479 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24480 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24481 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24482
24483 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24484 \\[server-start].
24485
24486 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24487
24488 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24489 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24490 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24491 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24492
24493 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24494
24495 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24496 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24497 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24498 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24499 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24500 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24501
24502 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24503
24504 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24505 Toggle Server mode.
24506 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24507 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24508 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24509
24510 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24511 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24512 `server-start' for details.
24513
24514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24515
24516 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24517 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24518 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24519
24520 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24521 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24522
24523 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24524
24525 ;;;***
24526 \f
24527 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21981 37426 711399 97000))
24528 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24529
24530 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24531 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24532
24533 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24534 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24535 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24536 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24537 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24538
24539 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24540 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24541 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24542 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24543 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24544 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24545
24546 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24547 displayed.
24548
24549 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24550 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24551 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24552
24553 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24554 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24555
24556 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24557 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24558
24559 \\{ses-mode-map}
24560 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24561 part):
24562 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24563 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24564 formula:
24565 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24566
24567 \(fn)" t nil)
24568
24569 ;;;***
24570 \f
24571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21988
24572 ;;;;;; 10682 97624 461000))
24573 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24574
24575 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24576 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24577 Makes > match <.
24578 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and \\=' can be electric depending on
24579 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24580
24581 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24582 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24583 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24584
24585 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function \\='upcase)
24586 in your init file.
24587
24588 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24589
24590 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24591 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24592 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24593
24594 \(fn)" t nil)
24595
24596 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24597 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24598 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24599 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24600 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24601 which this is based.
24602
24603 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24604
24605 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24606 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24607 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24608 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24609
24610 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24611 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24612 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24613
24614 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24615 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24616 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24617 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24618
24619 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24620 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24621 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24622 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24623
24624 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24625
24626 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24627 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24628 To work around that, do:
24629 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?\\=' nil))
24630
24631 \\{html-mode-map}
24632
24633 \(fn)" t nil)
24634
24635 ;;;***
24636 \f
24637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21965
24638 ;;;;;; 49202 339586 285000))
24639 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24640 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24641 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24642
24643 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24644 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24645 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24646 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24647 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24648 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24649
24650 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24651 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24652 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24653 shell-specific features.
24654
24655 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24656 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24657 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24658 \\<sh-mode-map>
24659 \\[sh-case] case statement
24660 \\[sh-for] for loop
24661 \\[sh-function] function definition
24662 \\[sh-if] if statement
24663 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24664 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24665 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24666 \\[sh-select] select loop
24667 \\[sh-until] until loop
24668 \\[sh-while] while loop
24669
24670 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24671 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24672 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24673 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24674 would indent to the way it currently is.
24675 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24676 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24677
24678
24679 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24680 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24681 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24682 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24683 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24684
24685 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24686 unquoted < insert a here document.
24687
24688 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24689 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24690 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24691
24692 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24693 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24694
24695 \(fn)" t nil)
24696
24697 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24698
24699 ;;;***
24700 \f
24701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21980 16567
24702 ;;;;;; 509544 893000))
24703 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24704
24705 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24706 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24707
24708 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24709 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24710 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24711
24712 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24713 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24714 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24715 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24716 the earlier.
24717
24718 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24719
24720 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24721
24722 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24723 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24724 \(require \\='XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24725
24726 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24727 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24728
24729 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24730 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24731 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24732 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24733 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24734 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24735 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24736 Emacs version).
24737
24738 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24739 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24740 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24741 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24742 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24743
24744 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24745 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24746
24747 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24748
24749 ;;;***
24750 \f
24751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21670 32331 885635
24752 ;;;;;; 586000))
24753 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24754
24755 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24756 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24757 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24758 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24759 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24760 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24761 sites in the cluster.
24762
24763 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24764
24765 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24766 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24767 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24768 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24769 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24770
24771 \(fn)" t nil)
24772
24773 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24774 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24775 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24776 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24777 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24778 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24779 `shadow-define-cluster').
24780
24781 \(fn)" t nil)
24782
24783 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24784 Set up file shadowing.
24785
24786 \(fn)" t nil)
24787
24788 ;;;***
24789 \f
24790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21896 48221 754207 816000))
24791 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24792
24793 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24794 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24795 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24796 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24797 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24798 arguments.")
24799
24800 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24801
24802 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24803 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24804 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24805 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24806 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24807
24808 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24809 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24810 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24811 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24812 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24813 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24814 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24815 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24816 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24817 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24818 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24819
24820 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24821 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24822 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24823 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24824 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24825 `default-process-coding-system'.
24826
24827 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24828 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24829 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24830 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24831
24832 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24833
24834 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24835
24836 ;;;***
24837 \f
24838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21837 20530 521200 565000))
24839 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24840
24841 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24842 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24843
24844 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24845
24846 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24847 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24848 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24849 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24850
24851 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24852
24853 ;;;***
24854 \f
24855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21972 22452 270264
24856 ;;;;;; 357000))
24857 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24858
24859 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24860
24861
24862 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24863
24864 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24865
24866
24867 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24868
24869 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24870
24871
24872 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24873
24874 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24875
24876
24877 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24878
24879 ;;;***
24880 \f
24881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21931 31023
24882 ;;;;;; 733164 572000))
24883 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24884
24885 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24886 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24887 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24888 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24889 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24890
24891 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24892
24893 \(fn)" t nil)
24894
24895 ;;;***
24896 \f
24897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21670 32331
24898 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
24899 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24900
24901 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24902 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24903 \\{simula-mode-map}
24904 Variables controlling indentation style:
24905 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24906 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24907 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24908 `simula-indent-level'
24909 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24910 `simula-substatement-offset'
24911 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24912 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24913 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24914 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24915 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24916 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24917 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24918 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24919 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24920 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24921 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24922 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24923 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24924 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24925 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24926 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24927 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24928 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24929 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24930 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24931 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24932 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24933 or nil if they should not be changed.
24934 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24935 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24936 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24937 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24938
24939 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24940 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24941
24942 \(fn)" t nil)
24943
24944 ;;;***
24945 \f
24946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21980 16568 61544
24947 ;;;;;; 893000))
24948 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24949
24950 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24951 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24952
24953 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24954 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24955 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24956 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24957
24958 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24959
24960 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24961
24962 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24963 Insert SKELETON.
24964 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24965 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24966 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24967 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24968 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24969
24970 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24971 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24972
24973 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24974
24975 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24976 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24977
24978 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24979 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24980 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24981 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24982
24983 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24984 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24985 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24986 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24987
24988 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24989 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24990 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24991
24992 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24993 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24994
24995 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24996 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24997
24998 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
24999 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
25000 is at bol/eol
25001 _ interesting point, interregion here
25002 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25003 interesting point set by _
25004 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25005 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25006 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25007 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25008 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25009 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25010 nil skipped
25011
25012 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25013 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25014
25015 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
25016 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
25017 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
25018 as the first element when at bol.
25019
25020 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
25021 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
25022 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
25023 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25024 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
25025 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25026 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
25027 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25028
25029 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25030 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25031 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25032 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25033 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25034 available:
25035
25036 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25037 then: insert previously read string once more
25038 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25039 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25040 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25041
25042 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25043 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25044
25045 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25046
25047 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25048 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25049
25050 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25051 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25052 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25053 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25054 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25055 such as backslash.
25056
25057 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25058 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
25059 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
25060 twice for the others.
25061
25062 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25063
25064 ;;;***
25065 \f
25066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21670 32331
25067 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
25068 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25069
25070 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25071 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25072 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25073 buffer names.
25074
25075 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25076
25077 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25078 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25079 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25080 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25081 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25082 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25083
25084 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25085
25086 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25087 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25088 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25089
25090 \(fn)" t nil)
25091
25092 ;;;***
25093 \f
25094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21670 32331 385639
25095 ;;;;;; 720000))
25096 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25097
25098 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25099 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25100 A list of images is returned.
25101
25102 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25103
25104 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25105 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25106 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25107
25108 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25109
25110 ;;;***
25111 \f
25112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21670 32331
25113 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25114 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25115
25116 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25117
25118
25119 \(fn)" nil nil)
25120
25121 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25122 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25123
25124 \(fn)" t nil)
25125
25126 ;;;***
25127 \f
25128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21670 32331 385639
25129 ;;;;;; 720000))
25130 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25131
25132 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25133 Play the Snake game.
25134 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25135
25136 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25137
25138 Snake mode keybindings:
25139 \\<snake-mode-map>
25140 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25141 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25142 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25143 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25144 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25145 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25146 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25147
25148 \(fn)" t nil)
25149
25150 ;;;***
25151 \f
25152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21670 32331
25153 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25154 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25155
25156 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25157 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25158 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25159 Tab indents for C code.
25160 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25161 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25162 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25163 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25164 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25165
25166 \(fn)" t nil)
25167
25168 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25169 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25170 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25171 Tab indents for C code.
25172 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25173 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25174 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25175 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25176 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25177
25178 \(fn)" t nil)
25179
25180 ;;;***
25181 \f
25182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21849 48176 337264
25183 ;;;;;; 443000))
25184 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25185
25186 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25187 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25188 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25189 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25190 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25191
25192 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25193
25194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25195
25196 ;;;***
25197 \f
25198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21670 32331
25199 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
25200 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25201
25202 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25203 Play Solitaire.
25204
25205 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25206 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25207 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25208 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25209 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25210 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25211 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25212 check after each move or undo.)
25213
25214 What is Solitaire?
25215
25216 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25217 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25218 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25219
25220 Le Solitaire
25221 ============
25222
25223 o o o
25224
25225 o o o
25226
25227 o o o o o o o
25228
25229 o o o . o o o
25230
25231 o o o o o o o
25232
25233 o o o
25234
25235 o o o
25236
25237 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25238 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25239 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25240 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25241
25242 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25243 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25244 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25245 this: o o .
25246
25247 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25248 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25249
25250 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25251
25252 o o o
25253
25254 . o o
25255
25256 o o . o o o o
25257
25258 o . o o o o o
25259
25260 o o o o o o o
25261
25262 o o o
25263
25264 o o o
25265
25266 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25267
25268 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25269
25270 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25271
25272 ;;;***
25273 \f
25274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
25275 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25276 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25277
25278 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25279 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25280
25281 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25282 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25283 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25284 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25285 contiguous.
25286
25287 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25288 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25289 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25290 the sort order.
25291
25292 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25293 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25294
25295 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25296 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25297 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25298 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25299 is called.
25300
25301 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25302 It should move point to the end of the record.
25303
25304 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25305 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25306 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25307 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25308 starts at the beginning of the record.
25309
25310 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25311 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25312 same as ENDRECFUN.
25313
25314 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25315 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25316 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25317 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25318 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25319 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25320 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25321
25322 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25323
25324 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25325 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25326 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25327 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25328 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25329 the sort order.
25330
25331 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25332
25333 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25334 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25335 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25336 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25337 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25338 the sort order.
25339
25340 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25341
25342 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25343 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25344 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25345 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25346 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25347 the sort order.
25348
25349 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25350 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25351
25352 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25353 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25354 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25355 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25356 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25357 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25358 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25359 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25360 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25361
25362 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25363
25364 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25365 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25366 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25367 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25368 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25369 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25370 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25371 the sort order.
25372
25373 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25374
25375 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25376 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25377 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25378 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25379
25380 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25381 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25382
25383 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25384 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25385 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25386 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25387 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25388 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25389 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25390 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25391
25392 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25393
25394 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25395 the sort order.
25396
25397 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25398 starting with the letter \"f\",
25399 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25400
25401 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25402
25403 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25404 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25405 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25406 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25407 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25408 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25409 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25410 the sort order.
25411
25412 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25413 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25414 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25415 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25416 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25417
25418 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25419
25420 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25421 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25422 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25423
25424 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25425
25426 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25427 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25428 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25429 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25430 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25431 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25432 each repeated line.
25433
25434 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25435 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25436 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25437 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25438
25439 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25440 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25441
25442 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25443 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25444
25445 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25446
25447 ;;;***
25448 \f
25449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21981 37426 607399 97000))
25450 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25451
25452 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25453 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25454 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25455 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25456 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25457 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25458
25459 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25460
25461 ;;;***
25462 \f
25463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21989
25464 ;;;;;; 31537 879825 721000))
25465 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25466
25467 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25468 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25469
25470 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25471 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25472 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25473
25474 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25475
25476 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25477 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25478 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25479 server.
25480
25481 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25482
25483 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25484 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25485 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25486
25487 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25488
25489 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25490 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25491 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25492 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25493 Agent is plugged.
25494
25495 \(fn)" t nil)
25496
25497 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25498 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25499 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25500 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25501
25502 \(fn)" t nil)
25503
25504 ;;;***
25505 \f
25506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21670 32331 885635
25507 ;;;;;; 586000))
25508 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25509
25510 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25511
25512 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25513 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25514 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25515 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25516 supported at a time.
25517 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25518 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25519
25520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25521
25522 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25523 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25524 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25525 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25526
25527 \(fn)" t nil)
25528
25529 ;;;***
25530 \f
25531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21670 32331 385639
25532 ;;;;;; 720000))
25533 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25534
25535 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25536 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25537
25538 \(fn)" t nil)
25539
25540 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25541 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25542
25543 \(fn)" nil nil)
25544
25545 ;;;***
25546 \f
25547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21980 16568 41544
25548 ;;;;;; 893000))
25549 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25550 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25551
25552 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25553 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25554
25555 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25556 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25557 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25558 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25559 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25560 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25561 of the current highlighting list.
25562
25563 For example:
25564
25565 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25566 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25567
25568 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25569 `_t' as data types.
25570
25571 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25572
25573 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25574 Major mode to edit SQL.
25575
25576 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25577 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25578 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25579
25580 \\{sql-mode-map}
25581 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25582
25583 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25584 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25585 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25586 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25587 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25588 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25589
25590 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25591 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25592
25593 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25594 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25595 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25596
25597 \(add-hook \\='sql-mode-hook
25598 (lambda ()
25599 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25600
25601 \(fn)" t nil)
25602
25603 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25604 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25605
25606 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25607 their settings.
25608
25609 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25610 is specified in the connection settings.
25611
25612 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25613
25614 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25615 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25616
25617 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25618 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25619
25620 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25621 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25622 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25623 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25624
25625 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25626
25627 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25628
25629 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25630 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25631
25632 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25633 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25634 `*SQL*'.
25635
25636 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25637 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25638 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25639 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25640
25641 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25642 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25643
25644 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25645 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25646 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25647 buffer.
25648
25649 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25650 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25651 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25652 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25653 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25654 `default-process-coding-system'.
25655
25656 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25657
25658 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25659
25660 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25661 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25662
25663 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25664 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25665 `*SQL*'.
25666
25667 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25668 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25669 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25670 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25671
25672 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25673 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25674
25675 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25676 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25677 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25678 buffer.
25679
25680 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25681 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25682 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25683 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25684 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25685 `default-process-coding-system'.
25686
25687 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25688
25689 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25690
25691 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25692 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25693
25694 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25695 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25696 `*SQL*'.
25697
25698 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25699 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25700
25701 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25702 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25703
25704 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25705 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25706 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25707 buffer.
25708
25709 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25710 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25711 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25712 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25713 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25714 `default-process-coding-system'.
25715
25716 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25717
25718 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25719
25720 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25721 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25722
25723 SQLite is free software.
25724
25725 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25726 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25727 `*SQL*'.
25728
25729 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25730 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25731 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25732 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25733
25734 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25735 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25736
25737 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25738 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25739 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25740 buffer.
25741
25742 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25743 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25744 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25745 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25746 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25747 `default-process-coding-system'.
25748
25749 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25750
25751 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25752
25753 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25754 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25755
25756 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25757
25758 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25759 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25760 `*SQL*'.
25761
25762 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25763 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25764 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25765 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25766
25767 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25768 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25769
25770 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25771 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25772 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25773 buffer.
25774
25775 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25776 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25777 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25778 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25779 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25780 `default-process-coding-system'.
25781
25782 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25783
25784 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25785
25786 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25787 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25788
25789 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25790 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25791 `*SQL*'.
25792
25793 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25794 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25795 defaults, if set.
25796
25797 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25798 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25799
25800 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25801 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25802 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25803 buffer.
25804
25805 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25806 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25807 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25808 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25809 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25810 `default-process-coding-system'.
25811
25812 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25813
25814 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25815
25816 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25817 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25818
25819 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25820 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25821 `*SQL*'.
25822
25823 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25824 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25825
25826 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25827 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25828
25829 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25830 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25831 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25832 buffer.
25833
25834 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25835 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25836 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25837 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25838 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25839 `default-process-coding-system'.
25840
25841 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25842
25843 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25844
25845 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25846 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25847
25848 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25849 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25850 `*SQL*'.
25851
25852 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25853 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25854 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25855 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25856
25857 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25858 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25859
25860 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25861 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25862 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25863 buffer.
25864
25865 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25866 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25867 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25868 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25869 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25870 `default-process-coding-system'.
25871
25872 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25873
25874 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25875
25876 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25877 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25878
25879 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25880 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25881 `*SQL*'.
25882
25883 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25884 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25885 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25886 `sql-postgres-options'.
25887
25888 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25889 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25890
25891 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25892 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25893 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25894 buffer.
25895
25896 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25897 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25898 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25899 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25900 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25901 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25902 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25903 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25904
25905 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25906 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25907
25908 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25909
25910 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25911
25912 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25913 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25914
25915 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25916 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25917 `*SQL*'.
25918
25919 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25920 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25921 defaults, if set.
25922
25923 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25924 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25925
25926 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25927 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25928 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25929 buffer.
25930
25931 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25932 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25933 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25934 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25935 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25936 `default-process-coding-system'.
25937
25938 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25939
25940 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25941
25942 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25943 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25944
25945 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25946 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25947 `*SQL*'.
25948
25949 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25950 automatic login.
25951
25952 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25953 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25954
25955 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25956 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25957 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25958 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25959
25960 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25961 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25962 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25963 buffer.
25964
25965 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25966 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25967 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25968 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25969 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25970 `default-process-coding-system'.
25971
25972 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25973
25974 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25975
25976 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25977 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25978
25979 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25980 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25981 `*SQL*'.
25982
25983 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25984 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25985 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25986 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25987 parameters.
25988
25989 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25990 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25991 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25992 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25993 an empty password.
25994
25995 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25996 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25997
25998 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25999 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26000 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26001 buffer.
26002
26003 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26004
26005 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26006
26007 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
26008 Run vsql as an inferior process.
26009
26010 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26011
26012 ;;;***
26013 \f
26014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21670 32330 885624
26015 ;;;;;; 725000))
26016 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
26017 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
26018
26019 ;;;***
26020 \f
26021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26022 ;;;;;; (21978 61237 382488 269000))
26023 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26024
26025 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26026 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26027
26028 \(fn)" t nil)
26029
26030 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26031
26032 ;;;***
26033 \f
26034 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21670 32331
26035 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
26036 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26037
26038 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26039 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26040 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26041 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26042 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26043 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26044 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26045 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26046 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26047 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26048 with any buffer
26049 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26050 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26051 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26052 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26053
26054 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26055
26056 ;;;***
26057 \f
26058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21981 37426 735399
26059 ;;;;;; 97000))
26060 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26061
26062 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26063 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26064 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
26065 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
26066 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26067 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26068
26069 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26070
26071 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26072
26073 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26074 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26075 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26076 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26077 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26078 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26079 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26080
26081 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26082
26083 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26084 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26085 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26086 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26087 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26088 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26089 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26090
26091 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26092
26093 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26094 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26095 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26096
26097 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26098
26099 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26100 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26101 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26102
26103 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26104
26105 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26106 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26107
26108 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26109
26110 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26111 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26112
26113 \(fn)" t nil)
26114
26115 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26116 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26117
26118 \(fn)" t nil)
26119
26120 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26121 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26122 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26123 by command name.
26124 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26125
26126 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26127
26128 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26129 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26130 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26131 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26132 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26133 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26134
26135 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26136
26137 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26138 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26139 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26140 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26141 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26142
26143 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26144 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26145 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26146 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26147 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26148
26149 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26150 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26151 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26152 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26153
26154 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26155
26156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26157
26158 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26159 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26160 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26161 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26162
26163 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26164
26165 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26166 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26167
26168 \(fn)" t nil)
26169
26170 ;;;***
26171 \f
26172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21607 54478 800121
26173 ;;;;;; 42000))
26174 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26175
26176 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26177 Studlify-case the region.
26178
26179 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26180
26181 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26182 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26183
26184 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26185
26186 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26187 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26188
26189 \(fn)" t nil)
26190
26191 ;;;***
26192 \f
26193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21670 32331
26194 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
26195 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26196
26197 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26198
26199 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26200 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26201 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26202 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26203 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26204
26205 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26206 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26207 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26208 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26209
26210 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26211 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26212 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26213
26214 Nomenclature Subwords
26215 ===========================================================
26216 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26217 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26218 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26219
26220 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26221 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26222
26223 \\{subword-mode-map}
26224
26225 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26226
26227 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26228 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
26229 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26230 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26231 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26232 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26233
26234 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26235
26236 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26237 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26238 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26239 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26240 ARG is omitted or nil.
26241
26242 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26243 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26244 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26245
26246 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26247
26248 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26249 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26250 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26251 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26252 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26253
26254 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26255 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26256 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26257 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26258
26259 \\{superword-mode-map}
26260
26261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26262
26263 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26264 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26265 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26266 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26267 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26268 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26269
26270 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26271
26272 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26273 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26274 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26275 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26276 ARG is omitted or nil.
26277
26278 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26279 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26280 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26281
26282 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26283
26284 ;;;***
26285 \f
26286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21852 24381
26287 ;;;;;; 697240 10000))
26288 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26289
26290 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26291 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26292 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26293 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26294 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26295 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26296 original message but it does require a few things:
26297
26298 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26299
26300 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26301 reply buffer.
26302
26303 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26304 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26305 original message.
26306
26307 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26308
26309 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26310
26311 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26312 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26313 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26314
26315 \(fn)" nil nil)
26316
26317 ;;;***
26318 \f
26319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21670 32331 885635
26320 ;;;;;; 586000))
26321 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26322
26323 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26324
26325 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26326 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26327 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26328 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26329 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26330 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26331
26332 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26333
26334 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26335 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26336 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26337 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26338 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26339
26340 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26341 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26342 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26343
26344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26345
26346 ;;;***
26347 \f
26348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
26349 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26350
26351 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26352 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26353 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26354 buffer.
26355
26356 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26357 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26358 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26359
26360 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26361
26362 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26363 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26364 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26365 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26366 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26367 buffer.
26368
26369 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26370 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26371 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26372
26373 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26374
26375 ;;;***
26376 \f
26377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21974 64192 704009
26378 ;;;;;; 993000))
26379 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26380
26381 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26382 Insert an editable text table.
26383 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26384 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26385 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26386 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26387 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26388 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26389 delimiting them.
26390
26391 Examples:
26392
26393 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26394
26395 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26396 location of point.
26397
26398 -!-
26399
26400 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26401 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26402 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26403 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26404 first cell.
26405
26406 +-----+-----+-----+
26407 |-!- | | |
26408 +-----+-----+-----+
26409
26410 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26411
26412 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26413 width, which results as
26414
26415 +--------------+-----+-----+
26416 |-!- | | |
26417 +--------------+-----+-----+
26418
26419 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26420 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26421
26422 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26423 | | |-!- |
26424 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26425
26426 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26427 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26428 width information to `table-insert'.
26429
26430 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26431
26432 instead of
26433
26434 Cell width(s): 5
26435
26436 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26437 work all together.
26438
26439 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26440 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26441
26442 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26443 |-!- | | |
26444 | | | |
26445 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26446
26447 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26448
26449 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26450 |-!- | | |
26451 | | | |
26452 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26453 | | | |
26454 | | | |
26455 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26456
26457 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26458
26459 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26460 | | | |
26461 | | | |
26462 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26463 | | | |
26464 | | | |
26465 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26466 -!-
26467
26468 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26469 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26470 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26471
26472 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26473 | | | |
26474 | | | |
26475 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26476 | | | |
26477 | | | |
26478 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26479 |-!- | | |
26480 | | | |
26481 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26482
26483 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26484 results.
26485
26486 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26487 | | | |
26488 | | | |
26489 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26490 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26491 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26492 | | |expected results.-!- |
26493 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26494 | | | |
26495 | | | |
26496 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26497
26498 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26499
26500 \\{table-cell-map}
26501
26502 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26503
26504 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26505 Insert N table row(s).
26506 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26507 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26508 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26509 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26510
26511 \(fn N)" t nil)
26512
26513 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26514 Insert N table column(s).
26515 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26516 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26517 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26518 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26519
26520 \(fn N)" t nil)
26521
26522 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26523 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26524 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26525
26526 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26527
26528 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26529 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26530 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26531 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26532 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26533 all the table specific features.
26534
26535 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26536
26537 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26538
26539
26540 \(fn)" t nil)
26541
26542 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26543 Recognize all tables within region.
26544 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26545 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26546 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26547 specific features.
26548
26549 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26550
26551 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26552
26553
26554 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26555
26556 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26557 Recognize a table at point.
26558 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26559 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26560 the table specific features.
26561
26562 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26563
26564 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26565
26566
26567 \(fn)" t nil)
26568
26569 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26570 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26571 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26572 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26573 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26574 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26575 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26576
26577 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26578
26579 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26580
26581
26582 \(fn)" t nil)
26583
26584 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26585 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26586 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26587 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26588 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26589 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26590 specified.
26591
26592 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26593
26594 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26595 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26596 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26597 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26598 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26599 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26600 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26601 table structure.
26602
26603 \(fn N)" t nil)
26604
26605 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26606 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26607 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26608 table's rectangle structure.
26609
26610 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26611
26612 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26613 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26614 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26615 table's rectangle structure.
26616
26617 \(fn N)" t nil)
26618
26619 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26620 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26621 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26622 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26623 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26624
26625 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26626
26627 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26628 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26629 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26630
26631 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26632 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26633 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26634 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26635 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26636 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26637 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26638
26639 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26640 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26641 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26642 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26643 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26644 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26645 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26646
26647 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26648 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26649 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26650 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26651 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26652 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26653 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26654 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26655
26656 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26657
26658 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26659 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26660 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26661 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26662
26663 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26664
26665 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26666 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26667 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26668
26669 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26670
26671 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26672 Split current cell vertically.
26673 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26674
26675 \(fn)" t nil)
26676
26677 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26678 Split current cell horizontally.
26679 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26680
26681 \(fn)" t nil)
26682
26683 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26684 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26685 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26686
26687 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26688
26689 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26690 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26691 WHAT is a symbol ‘cell’, ‘row’ or ‘column’. JUSTIFY is a symbol
26692 ‘left’, ‘center’, ‘right’, ‘top’, ‘middle’, ‘bottom’ or ‘none’.
26693
26694 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26695
26696 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26697 Justify cell contents.
26698 JUSTIFY is a symbol ‘left’, ‘center’ or ‘right’ for horizontal, or ‘top’,
26699 ‘middle’, ‘bottom’ or ‘none’ for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26700 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26701 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26702
26703 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26704
26705 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26706 Justify cells of a row.
26707 JUSTIFY is a symbol ‘left’, ‘center’ or ‘right’ for horizontal,
26708 or ‘top’, ‘middle’, ‘bottom’ or ‘none’ for vertical.
26709
26710 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26711
26712 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26713 Justify cells of a column.
26714 JUSTIFY is a symbol ‘left’, ‘center’ or ‘right’ for horizontal,
26715 or ‘top’, ‘middle’, ‘bottom’ or ‘none’ for vertical.
26716
26717 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26718
26719 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26720 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26721 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26722 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26723 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26724 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26725 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26726 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26727 run-time.
26728
26729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26730
26731 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26732 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26733 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26734 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26735 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26736 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26737 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26738 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26739 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26740 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26741 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26742
26743 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26744
26745 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26746 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26747 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26748 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26749 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26750 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26751 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26752 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26753 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26754 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26755 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26756 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26757 untouched.
26758
26759 References used for this implementation:
26760
26761 HTML:
26762 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26763
26764 LaTeX:
26765 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26766
26767 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26768 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26769 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26770
26771 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26772
26773 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26774 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26775 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26776 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26777 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26778 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26779 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26780 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26781 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26782 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26783 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26784 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26785 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26786 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26787 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26788 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol ‘left’, ‘center’ or
26789 ‘right’ that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26790
26791 Example:
26792
26793 (progn
26794 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26795 (table-forward-cell 15)
26796 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26797 (table-forward-cell 16)
26798 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26799 (table-forward-cell 1)
26800 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26801
26802 (progn
26803 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26804 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26805 (table-forward-cell 1)
26806 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26807
26808 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26809
26810 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26811 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26812 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26813 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26814 consists from cells of same height.
26815
26816 \(fn N)" t nil)
26817
26818 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26819 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26820 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26821 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26822 column must consists from cells of same width.
26823
26824 \(fn N)" t nil)
26825
26826 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26827 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26828 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26829 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26830 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26831 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26832 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26833 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26834 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26835 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26836 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26837 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26838 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26839 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26840 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26841
26842
26843 Example 1:
26844
26845 1, 2, 3, 4
26846 5, 6, 7, 8
26847 , 9, 10
26848
26849 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26850 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26851 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26852 specified as 5.
26853
26854 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26855 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26856 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26857 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26858 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26859 | | 9 | 10 | |
26860 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26861
26862 Note:
26863
26864 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26865 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26866 of each row is optional.
26867
26868
26869 Example 2:
26870
26871 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26872 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26873 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26874 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26875 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26876
26877 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26878 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26879
26880 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26881 expression and raw delimiter regular
26882 expression, it parses the specified text
26883 area and extracts cell items from
26884 non-table text and then forms a table out
26885 of them.
26886
26887 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26888 creates a single cell table. The text in
26889 the specified region is placed in that
26890 cell.-*-
26891
26892 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26893 like this.
26894
26895 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26896 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26897 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26898 | |
26899 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26900 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26901 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26902 | area and extracts cell items from |
26903 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26904 | of them. |
26905 | |
26906 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26907 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26908 | the specified region is placed in that |
26909 | cell. |
26910 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26911
26912 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26913 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26914 independently.
26915
26916 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26917 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26918 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26919 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26920 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26921 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26922 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26923 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26924 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26925 | |of them. |
26926 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26927 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26928 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26929 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26930 | |cell. |
26931 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26932
26933 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26934 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26935 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26936
26937 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26938
26939 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26940 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26941 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26942 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26943 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26944
26945 \(fn)" t nil)
26946
26947 ;;;***
26948 \f
26949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
26950 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26951
26952 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26953 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26954
26955 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26956
26957 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26958 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26959
26960 \(fn)" t nil)
26961
26962 ;;;***
26963 \f
26964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21704 50495 455324
26965 ;;;;;; 752000))
26966 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26967
26968 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26969 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26970 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26971 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26972 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26973 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26974 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26975
26976 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26977 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26978 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26979 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26980
26981 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26982 \\{tar-mode-map}
26983
26984 \(fn)" t nil)
26985
26986 ;;;***
26987 \f
26988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21842 42581 539414
26989 ;;;;;; 570000))
26990 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26991
26992 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26993 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26994 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26995 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26996 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26997 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26998
26999 Variables controlling indentation style:
27000 `tcl-indent-level'
27001 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27002 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27003 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27004
27005 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27006 documentation for details):
27007 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27008 Controls action of TAB key.
27009 `tcl-auto-newline'
27010 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27011 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27012 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27013 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27014 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27015
27016 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27017 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27018 already exist.
27019
27020 \(fn)" t nil)
27021
27022 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27023 Run inferior Tcl process.
27024 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27025 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27026
27027 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27028
27029 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27030 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27031 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27032
27033 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27034
27035 ;;;***
27036 \f
27037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21852 24381 767239
27038 ;;;;;; 782000))
27039 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27040
27041 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27042 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27043 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27044 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27045
27046 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27047 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27048 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27049 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27050 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27051
27052 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27053
27054 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27055 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27056 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27057 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27058
27059 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27060
27061 ;;;***
27062 \f
27063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21953 58033 491058 929000))
27064 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27065
27066 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27067 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27068 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27069 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27070 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27071 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27072
27073 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27074
27075 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27076 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27077 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27078 commands to use in that buffer.
27079
27080 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27081
27082 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27083
27084 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27085 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27086
27087 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27088
27089 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27090 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27091 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27092 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27093 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27094 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27095 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27096 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27097 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27098 use in that buffer.
27099 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27100
27101 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27102
27103 ;;;***
27104 \f
27105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21976
27106 ;;;;;; 19509 908430 241000))
27107 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27108
27109 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27110 Start coverage on function under point.
27111
27112 \(fn)" t nil)
27113
27114 ;;;***
27115 \f
27116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21670 32331 385639
27117 ;;;;;; 720000))
27118 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27119 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27120
27121 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27122 Play the Tetris game.
27123 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27124 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27125 as to form complete rows.
27126
27127 tetris-mode keybindings:
27128 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27129 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27130 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27131 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27132 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27133 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27134 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27135 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27136 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27137
27138 \(fn)" t nil)
27139
27140 ;;;***
27141 \f
27142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21980 16568
27143 ;;;;;; 85544 893000))
27144 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27145
27146 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27147 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27148
27149 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27150
27151 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27152 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27153 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27154 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27155 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27156
27157 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27158
27159 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27160 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27161 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27162 if it matches the first line of the file,
27163 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27164
27165 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27166
27167 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27168 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27169 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27170 if the variable is non-nil.")
27171
27172 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27173
27174 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27175 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27176
27177 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27178
27179 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27180 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27181 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27182 See the documentation of that variable.")
27183
27184 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27185
27186 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27187 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27188 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27189 See the documentation of that variable.")
27190
27191 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27192
27193 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27194 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27195 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27196 See the documentation of that variable.")
27197
27198 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27199
27200 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27201 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27202 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27203 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27204 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27205
27206 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27207
27208 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27209 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27210 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27211 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27212
27213 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27214
27215 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27216 User defined LaTeX block names.
27217 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27218
27219 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27220
27221 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27222 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27223 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27224 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27225
27226 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27227
27228 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27229 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27230 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27231 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27232
27233 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27234
27235 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27236 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27237 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27238 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27239
27240 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27241 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27242 for example,
27243
27244 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27245 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27246
27247 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27248 use.")
27249
27250 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27251
27252 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27253 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27254 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27255 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27256 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27257
27258 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27259
27260 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27261
27262 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27263 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27264 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27265
27266 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27267
27268 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27269 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27270 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27271 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27272 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27273
27274 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27275
27276 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27277 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27278
27279 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27280
27281 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27282 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27283
27284 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27285
27286 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27287 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27288 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27289 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27290 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27291 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27292 says which mode to use.
27293
27294 \(fn)" t nil)
27295
27296 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27297
27298 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27299
27300 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27301
27302 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27303 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27304 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27305 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27306 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27307
27308 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27309 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27310 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27311 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27312 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27313 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27314 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27315
27316 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27317 mismatched $'s or braces.
27318
27319 Special commands:
27320 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27321
27322 Mode variables:
27323 tex-run-command
27324 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27325 tex-directory
27326 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27327 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27328 tex-dvi-print-command
27329 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27330 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27331 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27332 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27333 tex-dvi-view-command
27334 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27335 tex-show-queue-command
27336 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27337 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27338
27339 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27340 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27341 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27342
27343 \(fn)" t nil)
27344
27345 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27346 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27347 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27348 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27349 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27350
27351 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27352 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27353 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27354 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27355 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27356 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27357 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27358
27359 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27360 mismatched $'s or braces.
27361
27362 Special commands:
27363 \\{latex-mode-map}
27364
27365 Mode variables:
27366 latex-run-command
27367 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27368 tex-directory
27369 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27370 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27371 tex-dvi-print-command
27372 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27373 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27374 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27375 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27376 tex-dvi-view-command
27377 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27378 tex-show-queue-command
27379 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27380 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27381
27382 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27383 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27384 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27385
27386 \(fn)" t nil)
27387
27388 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27389 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27390 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27391 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27392 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27393
27394 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27395 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27396 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27397 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27398 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27399 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27400 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27401
27402 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27403 mismatched $'s or braces.
27404
27405 Special commands:
27406 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27407
27408 Mode variables:
27409 slitex-run-command
27410 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27411 tex-directory
27412 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27413 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27414 tex-dvi-print-command
27415 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27416 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27417 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27418 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27419 tex-dvi-view-command
27420 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27421 tex-show-queue-command
27422 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27423 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27424
27425 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27426 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27427 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27428 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27429
27430 \(fn)" t nil)
27431
27432 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27433
27434
27435 \(fn)" nil nil)
27436
27437 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27438 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27439
27440 \(fn)" t nil)
27441
27442 ;;;***
27443 \f
27444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21988 10682
27445 ;;;;;; 101624 461000))
27446 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27447
27448 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27449 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27450 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27451 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27452
27453 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27454 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27455 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27456
27457 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27458
27459 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27460 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27461 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27462 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27463 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27464
27465 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27466
27467 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27468 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27469 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27470 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27471
27472 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27473 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27474 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27475 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27476
27477 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27478 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27479
27480 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27481
27482 ;;;***
27483 \f
27484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21980 16568
27485 ;;;;;; 89544 893000))
27486 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27487
27488 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27489 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27490
27491 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27492
27493 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27494 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27495
27496 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27497
27498 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27499 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27500
27501 It has these extra commands:
27502 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27503
27504 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27505 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27506 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27507 modified version of TeX input format.
27508
27509 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27510 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27511 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27512 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27513
27514 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27515 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27516 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27517 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27518 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27519 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27520 in the Texinfo file.
27521
27522 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27523 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27524 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27525 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27526 move forward past the closing brace.
27527
27528 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27529 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27530
27531 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27532 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27533 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27534
27535 Here are the functions:
27536
27537 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27538 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27539 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27540
27541 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27542 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27543 texinfo-master-menu
27544
27545 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27546
27547 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27548 which menu descriptions are indented.
27549
27550 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27551 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27552 in the region.
27553
27554 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27555 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27556 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27557 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27558
27559 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27560 be the first node in the file.
27561
27562 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27563 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27564
27565 \(fn)" t nil)
27566
27567 ;;;***
27568 \f
27569 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21670
27570 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
27571 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27572
27573 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27574 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27575 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27576 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27577
27578 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27579
27580 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27581 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27582
27583 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27584
27585 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27586 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27587
27588 \(fn)" t nil)
27589
27590 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27591
27592
27593 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27594
27595 ;;;***
27596 \f
27597 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21918 18992 829579
27598 ;;;;;; 660000))
27599 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27600
27601 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27602 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27603 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27604 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27605 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27606 `line', and `page'.
27607
27608 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27609
27610 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27611 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27612 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27613 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27614 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27615 `line', and `page'.
27616
27617 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27618 valid THING.
27619
27620 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27621 positions of the thing found.
27622
27623 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27624
27625 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27626 Return the THING at point.
27627 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27628 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27629 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27630 `line', `number', and `page'.
27631
27632 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27633 strip text properties from the return value.
27634
27635 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27636 a symbol as a valid THING.
27637
27638 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27639
27640 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27641 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27642
27643 \(fn)" nil nil)
27644
27645 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27646 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27647
27648 \(fn)" nil nil)
27649
27650 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27651 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27652
27653 \(fn)" nil nil)
27654
27655 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27656 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27657
27658 \(fn)" nil nil)
27659
27660 ;;;***
27661 \f
27662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21974 64192 708009 993000))
27663 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27664
27665 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27666 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27667
27668 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27669
27670 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27671 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27672 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27673 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27674
27675 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27676
27677 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27678 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27679
27680 \(fn)" t nil)
27681
27682 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27683 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27684
27685 \(fn)" t nil)
27686
27687 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27688
27689 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27690 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27691
27692 \(fn)" t nil)
27693
27694 ;;;***
27695 \f
27696 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21670
27697 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
27698 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27699
27700 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27701 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27702 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27703
27704 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27705
27706 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27707 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27708
27709 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27710
27711 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27712 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27713 The returned string has no composition information.
27714
27715 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27716
27717 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27718 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27719
27720 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27721
27722 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27723 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27724
27725 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27726
27727 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27728 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27729 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27730 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27731
27732 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27733
27734 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27735 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27736 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27737 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27738
27739 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27740
27741 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27742 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27743 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27744
27745 \(fn)" t nil)
27746
27747 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27748 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27749 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27750
27751 \(fn)" t nil)
27752
27753 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27754
27755
27756 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27757
27758 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27759
27760
27761 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27762
27763 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27764
27765
27766 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27767
27768 ;;;***
27769 \f
27770 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21852 24382
27771 ;;;;;; 87256 328000))
27772 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27773 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27774
27775 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27776 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27777 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27778 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27779 parameters.
27780 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27781 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27782 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27783
27784 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27785
27786 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27787 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27788 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
27789 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27790 parameters.
27791 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27792 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
27793 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
27794
27795 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
27796
27797 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
27798 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
27799
27800 If
27801 * character before point is a space character,
27802 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
27803 constituent),
27804 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
27805 characters) from before the space character, and
27806 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
27807 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
27808 return t.
27809
27810 Otherwise, if
27811 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
27812 * character before point is a space character, and
27813 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
27814 `tildify-space-string' variable,
27815 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
27816
27817 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
27818
27819 \(fn)" t nil)
27820
27821 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
27822 Adds electric behaviour to space character.
27823
27824 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
27825 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
27826 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
27827 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
27828
27829 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
27830 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
27831 variable will be set to the representation.
27832
27833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27834
27835 ;;;***
27836 \f
27837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21942 1330 821986 820000))
27838 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27839
27840 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27841 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27842
27843 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27844 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27845
27846 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27847 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27848 This display updates automatically every minute.
27849 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27850 are displayed as well.
27851 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27852
27853 \(fn)" t nil)
27854
27855 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27856 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27857 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27858 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27859 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27860 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27861
27862 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27863
27864 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27865 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27866 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27867 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27868 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27869
27870 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27871 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27872 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27873 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27874 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27875
27876 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27877
27878 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27879 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27880 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27881 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27882
27883 \(fn)" t nil)
27884
27885 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27886 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27887 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27888 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27889
27890 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27891
27892 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27893 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27894
27895 \(fn)" t nil)
27896
27897 ;;;***
27898 \f
27899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21976
27900 ;;;;;; 19509 736430 241000))
27901 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27902
27903 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27904 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27905 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27906
27907 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27908 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27909 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27910 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27911 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27912 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27913
27914 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27915 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
27916
27917 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27918
27919 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27920 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27921
27922 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27923
27924 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27925 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27926 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27927
27928 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27929
27930 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27931 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
27932 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
27933 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
27934
27935 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27936 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27937 DATE should be a date-time string.
27938
27939 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27940
27941 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27942 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27943 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27944
27945 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27946
27947 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27948 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27949
27950 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27951
27952 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27953 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27954
27955 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27956
27957 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27958 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27959 TIME should be a time value.
27960 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27961
27962 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27963
27964 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27965 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27966 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27967
27968 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27969
27970 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27971 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27972 The valid format specifiers are:
27973 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27974 %d is the number of days.
27975 %h is the number of hours.
27976 %m is the number of minutes.
27977 %s is the number of seconds.
27978 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27979 %% is a literal \"%\".
27980
27981 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27982 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27983
27984 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27985 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27986 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27987
27988 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27989 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27990 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27991
27992 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27993
27994 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27995
27996 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
27997 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
27998
27999 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
28000
28001 ;;;***
28002 \f
28003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21980 16568 89544
28004 ;;;;;; 893000))
28005 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28006 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28007 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28008 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28009 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28010 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28011 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28012 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28013 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28014
28015 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28016 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28017 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28018 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
28019 (add-hook \\='before-save-hook \\='time-stamp)
28020 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28021 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28022 look like one of the following:
28023 Time-stamp: <>
28024 Time-stamp: \" \"
28025 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28026 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28027 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28028 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28029 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28030 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28031 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28032 the template.
28033
28034 \(fn)" t nil)
28035
28036 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28037 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28038 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28039
28040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28041
28042 ;;;***
28043 \f
28044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21980
28045 ;;;;;; 16567 425544 893000))
28046 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28047 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28048
28049 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
28050 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
28051 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
28052 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28053 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28054 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
28055
28056 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
28057
28058 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
28059 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
28060 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28061 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
28062 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28063 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28064 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
28065 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
28066 display (non-nil means on).
28067
28068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28069
28070 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28071 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28072 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28073 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28074 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28075 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28076 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28077 this function is called within a day.
28078
28079 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28080 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28081 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28082 discover the name of the project.
28083
28084 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28085
28086 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28087 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28088 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28089 begun during the last time segment.
28090
28091 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28092 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28093 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28094 discover the reason.
28095
28096 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28097
28098 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28099 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28100 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28101 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28102 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28103
28104 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28105
28106 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28107 Change to working on a different project.
28108 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28109 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28110 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28111 working on.
28112
28113 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28114
28115 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28116 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28117 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28118
28119 \(fn)" nil nil)
28120
28121 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28122 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28123 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28124
28125 \(fn)" t nil)
28126
28127 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28128 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28129 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28130 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28131 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28132 \"relative to today\".
28133
28134 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28135
28136 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28137 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28138 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28139 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28140
28141 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28142
28143 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28144 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28145 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28146 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28147 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28148 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28149
28150 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28151
28152 ;;;***
28153 \f
28154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28155 ;;;;;; (21988 10681 981624 461000))
28156 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28157
28158 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28159 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28160 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28161 the generated Quail package is saved.
28162
28163 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28164
28165 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28166 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28167 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28168 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28169 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28170 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28171 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28172
28173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28174
28175 ;;;***
28176 \f
28177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21907 48688 873360 195000))
28178 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28179 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28180 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28181
28182 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28183 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28184 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28185 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28186 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28187
28188 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28189 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28190 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28191
28192 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28193
28194 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28195 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28196 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28197 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28198 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28199
28200 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28201
28202 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28203 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28204 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28205 in the menu in two ways:
28206 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28207 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28208 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28209
28210 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28211 keymap or an alist of alists.
28212 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28213 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28214
28215 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28216
28217 ;;;***
28218 \f
28219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21985
28220 ;;;;;; 34484 214705 925000))
28221 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28222
28223 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28224 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28225
28226 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
28227 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
28228 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
28229 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
28230 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28231 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28232 file was last visited.
28233
28234 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28235 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28236 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28237 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28238 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28239 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28240 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28241 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28242 for the first item.
28243
28244 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28245 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28246 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28247 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28248 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28249 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28250 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28251 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28252
28253 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28254 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28255 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28256 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28257 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28258
28259 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
28260 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
28261
28262 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28263
28264 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28265 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28266
28267 \\{todo-mode-map}
28268
28269 \(fn)" t nil)
28270
28271 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28272 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28273
28274 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28275
28276 \(fn)" t nil)
28277
28278 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28279 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28280
28281 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28282
28283 \(fn)" t nil)
28284
28285 ;;;***
28286 \f
28287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21670 32331 885635
28288 ;;;;;; 586000))
28289 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28290
28291 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28292 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28293 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28294
28295 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28296
28297 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28298 Add an item to the tool bar.
28299 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28300 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28301 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28302 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28303
28304 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28305 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28306 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28307 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28308
28309 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28310 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28311
28312 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28313
28314 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28315 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28316 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28317 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28318 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28319 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28320
28321 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28322 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28323 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28324 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28325
28326 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28327
28328 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28329 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28330 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28331 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28332 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28333 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28334 properties to add to the binding.
28335
28336 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28337
28338 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28339 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28340
28341 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28342
28343 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28344 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28345 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28346 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28347 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28348 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28349 properties to add to the binding.
28350
28351 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28352 holds a keymap.
28353
28354 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28355
28356 ;;;***
28357 \f
28358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21670 32330 885624
28359 ;;;;;; 725000))
28360 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28361
28362 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28363 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28364 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28365 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28366 to a tcp server on another machine.
28367
28368 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28369
28370 ;;;***
28371 \f
28372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21670 32330
28373 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
28374 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28375
28376 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28377 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28378
28379 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28380
28381 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28382 Helper function to get internal values.
28383 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28384
28385 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28386
28387 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28388 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28389 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28390 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28391
28392 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28393 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28394 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28395 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28396 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28397
28398 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28399 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28400 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28401 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28402
28403 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28404
28405 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28406
28407 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28408 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28409 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28410 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28411
28412 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28413
28414 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28415
28416 ;;;***
28417 \f
28418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21981 37426 655399
28419 ;;;;;; 97000))
28420 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28421
28422 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28423 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28424 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28425
28426 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28427
28428 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28429 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28430
28431 It can have the following values:
28432
28433 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28434 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28435
28436 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28437
28438 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28439 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28440 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28441 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28442
28443 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28444
28445 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28446 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28447 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28448 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28449
28450 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28451 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28452 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28453 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28454 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28455 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28456 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28457 files which are not really Tramp files.
28458
28459 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28460 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28461 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28462 updated after changing this variable.
28463
28464 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28465
28466 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28467 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28468 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28469 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28470
28471 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28472
28473 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28474 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28475 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28476 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28477
28478 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28479 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28480 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28481
28482 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28483 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28484 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28485 updated after changing this variable.
28486
28487 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28488
28489 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28490 Alist of completion handler functions.
28491 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28492 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28493 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28494
28495 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28496 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28497 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28498 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28499
28500 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28501 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28502 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28503
28504 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28505 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory "/")) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28506
28507 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28508 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28509
28510 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28511
28512 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28513
28514
28515 \(fn)" nil nil)
28516
28517 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28518 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28519
28520 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28521
28522 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28523 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28524
28525 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28526
28527 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28528 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28529
28530 \(fn)" t nil)
28531
28532 ;;;***
28533 \f
28534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21670 32331
28535 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
28536 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28537
28538 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28539
28540
28541 \(fn)" nil nil)
28542
28543 ;;;***
28544 \f
28545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21978 61237 774488
28546 ;;;;;; 269000))
28547 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28548
28549 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28550 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28551 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28552 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28553 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28554 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28555 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28556 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28557
28558 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28559 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28560 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28561
28562 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28563 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28564 resumed later.
28565
28566 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28567
28568 ;;;***
28569 \f
28570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (21855 577
28571 ;;;;;; 57945 485000))
28572 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28573
28574 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28575
28576
28577 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28578
28579 ;;;***
28580 \f
28581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21988
28582 ;;;;;; 10682 101624 461000))
28583 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28584 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28585 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28586 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28587
28588 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28589 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28590 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28591 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28592 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28593 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28594 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28595
28596 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28597
28598 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28599 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28600 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28601 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28602
28603 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28604
28605 \(fn)" t nil)
28606
28607 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28608 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28609 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28610 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28611 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28612 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28613 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28614
28615 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28616 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28617
28618 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28619 \\___/\\
28620 / \\
28621 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28622
28623 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28624
28625 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28626
28627 ;;;***
28628 \f
28629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21976 19510 152430
28630 ;;;;;; 241000))
28631 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28632
28633 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28634 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28635 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28636 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28637 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28638 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28639
28640 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28641
28642 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28643 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28644 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28645
28646 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28647 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28648 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28649 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28650 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28651 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28652 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28653
28654 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28655 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28656
28657 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28658 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28659 reset the keystroke counter.
28660
28661 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28662 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28663 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28664 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28665
28666 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28667 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28668 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28669 `type-break-schedule' command.
28670
28671 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28672 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28673 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28674 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28675 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28676 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28677 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28678 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28679 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28680
28681 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28682 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28683 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28684 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28685 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28686
28687 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28688 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28689 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28690 approximate good values for this.
28691
28692 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28693 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28694
28695 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28696 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28697 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28698 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28699 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28700 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28701
28702 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28703 a typing break occur. They include:
28704
28705 `type-break-query-mode'
28706 `type-break-query-function'
28707 `type-break-query-interval'
28708
28709 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28710
28711 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28712 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28713 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28714 problems.
28715
28716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28717
28718 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28719 Take a typing break.
28720
28721 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28722 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28723
28724 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28725 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28726
28727 \(fn)" t nil)
28728
28729 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28730 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28731 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28732 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28733
28734 \(fn)" t nil)
28735
28736 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28737 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28738
28739 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28740 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28741 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28742 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28743 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28744 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28745 average typing speed.)
28746
28747 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28748 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28749 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28750 the computed maximum threshold.
28751
28752 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28753 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28754 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28755 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28756 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28757
28758 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28759
28760 ;;;***
28761 \f
28762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
28763 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28764
28765 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28766 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28767 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28768 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28769 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28770
28771 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28772
28773 ;;;***
28774 \f
28775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28776 ;;;;;; (21670 32331 385639 720000))
28777 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28778
28779 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28780 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28781
28782 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28783
28784 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28785 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28786
28787 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28788
28789 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28790 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28791
28792 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28793
28794 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28795 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28796
28797 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28798
28799 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28800 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28801
28802 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28803
28804 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28805 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28806
28807 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28808
28809 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28810 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28811
28812 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28813
28814 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28815 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28816
28817 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28818
28819 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28820 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28821
28822 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28823
28824 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28825 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28826
28827 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28828
28829 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28830 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28831
28832 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28833
28834 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28835 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28836
28837 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28838
28839 ;;;***
28840 \f
28841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21670
28842 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
28843 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28844
28845 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28846 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28847 Works by overstriking underscores.
28848 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28849 which specify the range to operate on.
28850
28851 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28852
28853 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28854 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28855 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28856 which specify the range to operate on.
28857
28858 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28859
28860 ;;;***
28861 \f
28862 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21670 32331 385639
28863 ;;;;;; 720000))
28864 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28865
28866 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28867 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28868 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28869 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28870 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28871 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28872
28873 \(fn)" nil nil)
28874
28875 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28876 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28877 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28878
28879 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28880
28881 ;;;***
28882 \f
28883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21670 32330
28884 ;;;;;; 885624 725000))
28885 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28886
28887 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28888 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28889 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28890 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28891
28892 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28893
28894 ;;;***
28895 \f
28896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
28897 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28898
28899 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28900 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28901 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28902 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28903 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28904
28905 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28906 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28907 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28908 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28909 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28910 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28911
28912 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28913 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28914 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28915
28916 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28917 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28918 the callback is not called).
28919
28920 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28921 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28922 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28923 take effect.
28924
28925 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28926 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28927 the server.
28928 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28929 URL-encoded before it's used.
28930
28931 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28932
28933 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28934 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28935 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28936 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28937 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28938
28939 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28940
28941 ;;;***
28942 \f
28943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21989 31537 943825
28944 ;;;;;; 721000))
28945 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28946
28947 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28948 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28949 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28950
28951 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28952 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28953 `url-generic-parse-url'
28954 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28955 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
28956 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28957 realm
28958 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28959 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
28960 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
28961 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28962 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28963 what type of auth to use
28964 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28965 if one cannot be found in the cache
28966
28967 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28968
28969 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28970 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28971
28972 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28973 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28974 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28975 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28976 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28977 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28978 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28979 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28980
28981 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28982
28983 ;;;***
28984 \f
28985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21670 32331
28986 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
28987 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28988
28989 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28990 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28991
28992 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28993
28994 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28995 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28996 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28997
28998 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28999
29000 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29001 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29002
29003 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29004
29005 ;;;***
29006 \f
29007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21670 32331 885635
29008 ;;;;;; 586000))
29009 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29010
29011 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29012
29013
29014 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29015
29016 ;;;***
29017 \f
29018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21696 56380 925320
29019 ;;;;;; 624000))
29020 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29021
29022 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29023 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
29024 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
29025
29026 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29027
29028 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
29029 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
29030 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
29031 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
29032
29033 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
29034 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
29035 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
29036 though.
29037
29038 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
29039
29040 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
29041 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
29042 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
29043
29044 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
29045
29046 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29047
29048
29049 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29050
29051 ;;;***
29052 \f
29053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21670 32331 885635
29054 ;;;;;; 586000))
29055 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29056
29057 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29058 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29059
29060 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29061
29062 ;;;***
29063 \f
29064 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21670 32331 885635
29065 ;;;;;; 586000))
29066 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29067
29068 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29069 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29070
29071 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29072
29073 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29074 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29075 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29076 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29077 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29078
29079 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
29080 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
29081
29082 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
29083
29084 ;;;***
29085 \f
29086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21841
29087 ;;;;;; 54062 172628 227000))
29088 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29089
29090 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29091 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29092 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29093 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29094 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29095 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29096
29097 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29098
29099 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29100 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29101 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29102 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29103 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29104
29105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29106
29107 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29108 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29109 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29110 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29111
29112 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29113
29114 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29115 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29116 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29117 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29118 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29119 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29120 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29121 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29122 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29123 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29124
29125 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29126
29127 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29128 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29129 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29130 accessible.
29131
29132 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29133
29134 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29135
29136
29137 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29138
29139 ;;;***
29140 \f
29141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21837 20526 641128
29142 ;;;;;; 711000))
29143 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29144 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29145
29146 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29147 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29148 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29149 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29150 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29151
29152 ;;;***
29153 \f
29154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21670 32331 885635
29155 ;;;;;; 586000))
29156 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29157
29158 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29159
29160
29161 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29162
29163 ;;;***
29164 \f
29165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21670 32331 885635
29166 ;;;;;; 586000))
29167 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29168
29169 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29170 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29171 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29172 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29173 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29174
29175 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29176
29177 ;;;***
29178 \f
29179 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21670 32331
29180 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29181 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29182
29183 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29184
29185
29186 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29187
29188 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29189 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29190
29191 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29192
29193 ;;;***
29194 \f
29195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21670 32331 885635
29196 ;;;;;; 586000))
29197 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29198
29199 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29200 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29201
29202 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29203
29204 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29205 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29206
29207 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29208
29209 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29210
29211
29212 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29213
29214 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29215
29216 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29217
29218 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29219
29220 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29221 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29222
29223 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29224
29225 ;;;***
29226 \f
29227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21670 32331 885635
29228 ;;;;;; 586000))
29229 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29230
29231 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29232
29233
29234 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29235
29236 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29237
29238
29239 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29240
29241 ;;;***
29242 \f
29243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21670 32331 885635
29244 ;;;;;; 586000))
29245 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29246
29247 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29248
29249
29250 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29251
29252 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29253
29254
29255 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29256
29257 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29258
29259
29260 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29261
29262 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29263
29264
29265 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29266
29267 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29268
29269
29270 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29271
29272 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29273
29274
29275 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29276
29277 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29278
29279
29280 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29281
29282 ;;;***
29283 \f
29284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21670 32331
29285 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29286 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29287
29288 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29289 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29290
29291 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29292
29293 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29294 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29295 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29296
29297 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29298 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29299 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29300 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29301 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29302 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29303 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29304 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29305 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29306 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29307 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29308 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29309 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29310 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29311
29312 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29313 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29314 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29315
29316 Here is an example. The URL
29317
29318 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29319
29320 parses to
29321
29322 TYPE = \"foo\"
29323 USER = \"bob\"
29324 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29325 HOST = \"example.com\"
29326 PORTSPEC = 42
29327 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29328 TARGET = \"nose\"
29329 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29330 FULLNESS = t
29331
29332 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29333
29334 ;;;***
29335 \f
29336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21670 32331
29337 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29338 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29339
29340 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29341 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29342
29343 \(fn)" t nil)
29344
29345 ;;;***
29346 \f
29347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21670 32331
29348 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29349 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29350
29351 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29352 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29353 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29354 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29355 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29356 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29357
29358 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29359
29360 ;;;***
29361 \f
29362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (21670 32331
29363 ;;;;;; 885635 586000))
29364 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29365
29366 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29367 List of URL protocols the work is handled by Tramp.
29368 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29369
29370 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29371
29372 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29373 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29374 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29375 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29376
29377 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29378
29379 ;;;***
29380 \f
29381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21670 32331 885635
29382 ;;;;;; 586000))
29383 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29384
29385 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29386 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29387 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29388
29389 If t, all messages will be logged.
29390 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29391 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29392
29393 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29394
29395 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29396
29397
29398 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29399
29400 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29401
29402
29403 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29404
29405 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29406 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29407 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29408 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29409 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29410 & ==> &amp;
29411 < ==> &lt;
29412 > ==> &gt;
29413 \" ==> &quot;
29414
29415 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29416
29417 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29418 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29419 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29420
29421 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29422
29423 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29424 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29425 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29426
29427 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29428
29429 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29430 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29431
29432 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29433
29434 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29435 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29436
29437 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29438
29439 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29440 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29441
29442 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29443
29444 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29445
29446
29447 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29448
29449 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29450
29451
29452 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29453
29454 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29455
29456 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29457 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29458
29459 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29460
29461 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29462 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29463
29464 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29465
29466 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29467
29468
29469 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29470
29471 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29472 Build a query-string.
29473
29474 Given a QUERY in the form:
29475 '((key1 val1)
29476 (key2 val2)
29477 (key3 val1 val2)
29478 (key4)
29479 (key5 \"\"))
29480
29481 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29482
29483 This will return a string
29484 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29485 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29486 be used.
29487
29488 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29489
29490 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29491 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29492
29493 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29494
29495 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29496 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29497 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29498 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29499 forbidden in URL encoding.
29500
29501 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29502
29503 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29504 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29505 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29506 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29507 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29508 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29509
29510 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29511 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29512 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29513 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29514
29515 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29516
29517 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29518 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29519 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29520 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29521 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29522 should return it unchanged.
29523
29524 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29525
29526 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29527 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29528 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29529 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29530
29531 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29532
29533 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29534 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29535 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29536
29537 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29538
29539 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29540 View the current document's URL.
29541 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29542 the minibuffer.
29543
29544 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29545
29546 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29547
29548 ;;;***
29549 \f
29550 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21976 19510 152430
29551 ;;;;;; 241000))
29552 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29553
29554 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29555 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29556 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29557 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29558 to refrain from editing the file
29559 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29560 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29561 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29562 in any way you like.
29563
29564 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29565
29566 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29567 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29568 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29569 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29570 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29571
29572 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29573 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29574
29575 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29576
29577 ;;;***
29578 \f
29579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21670 32331
29580 ;;;;;; 385639 720000))
29581 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29582
29583 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29584
29585
29586 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29587
29588 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29589
29590
29591 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29592
29593 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29594
29595
29596 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29597
29598 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29599
29600
29601 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29602
29603 ;;;***
29604 \f
29605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
29606 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29607
29608 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29609 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29610
29611 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29612
29613 ;;;***
29614 \f
29615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21855 577 67944
29616 ;;;;;; 554000))
29617 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29618
29619 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29620 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29621 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29622 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29623
29624 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29625
29626 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29627 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29628 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29629
29630 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29631
29632 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29633 Uudecode region between START and END.
29634 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29635
29636 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29637
29638 ;;;***
29639 \f
29640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21923 36911 845418 539000))
29641 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29642
29643 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29644 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29645 See `run-hooks'.")
29646
29647 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29648
29649 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29650 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29651 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29652
29653 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29654
29655 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29656 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29657 See `run-hooks'.")
29658
29659 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29660
29661 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29662 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29663
29664 If FILE is already registered, return the
29665 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29666 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29667 responsible for FILE is returned.
29668
29669 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29670
29671 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29672 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29673 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29674 same state. If not, signal an error.
29675
29676 For merging-based version control systems:
29677 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29678 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29679 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29680 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29681 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29682 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29683
29684 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29685 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29686 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29687 the file(s) for editing.
29688 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29689 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29690 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29691 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29692 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29693
29694 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29695
29696 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29697 Register into a version control system.
29698 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29699 Otherwise register the current file.
29700 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29701
29702 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29703 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29704 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29705 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29706 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29707 first backend that could register the file is used.
29708
29709 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29710
29711 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29712 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29713
29714 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29715
29716 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29717 Display diffs between file revisions.
29718 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29719 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29720 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29721
29722 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29723 saving the buffer.
29724
29725 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29726
29727 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29728 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29729 repository history using ediff.
29730
29731 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29732
29733 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29734 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29735 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29736 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29737 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29738
29739 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29740 saving the buffer.
29741
29742 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29743
29744 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29745 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29746 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29747 fileset with the working revision.
29748 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29749 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29750
29751 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29752 saving the buffer.
29753
29754 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29755
29756 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
29757 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
29758 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
29759
29760 \(fn)" nil nil)
29761
29762 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29763 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29764 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29765 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29766
29767 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29768
29769 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29770 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29771 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29772 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29773
29774 \(fn)" t nil)
29775
29776 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29777 Perform a version control merge operation.
29778 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29779 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29780 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29781 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29782
29783 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29784 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29785 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29786 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29787 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29788 changes from the current branch.
29789
29790 \(fn)" t nil)
29791
29792 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29793
29794 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29795 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29796 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29797 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29798 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29799 checked out in that new branch.
29800
29801 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29802
29803 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29804 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
29805 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
29806 named branch in the directory DIR.
29807 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
29808 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
29809 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
29810 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29811 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29812 allowed and simply skipped).
29813
29814 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29815
29816 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29817 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29818 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29819 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29820 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29821
29822 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29823 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29824
29825 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29826
29827 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29828 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29829 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29830 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29831 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29832
29833 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29834
29835 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29836 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29837 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29838
29839 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29840
29841 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29842 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29843 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29844
29845 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29846
29847 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
29848 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
29849
29850 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29851
29852 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29853 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29854 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29855 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29856
29857 \(fn)" t nil)
29858
29859 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29860
29861 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29862 Update the current fileset or branch.
29863 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29864 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29865 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29866 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29867
29868 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29869 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29870 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29871 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29872 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29873
29874 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29875
29876 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29877
29878 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
29879 Push the current branch.
29880 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29881 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
29882 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
29883 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt.
29884 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
29885
29886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29887
29888 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29889 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29890 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29891 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29892 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29893 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29894 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29895
29896 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29897
29898 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29899 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29900 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29901 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29902 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29903 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29904 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29905 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29906 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29907
29908 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29909
29910 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29911 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29912 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29913 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29914
29915 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29916
29917 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29918 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29919 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29920 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29921
29922 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29923
29924 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29925 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29926 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29927 directory.
29928
29929 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29930
29931 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29932 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29933 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29934
29935 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29936 log entries should be gathered.
29937
29938 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29939
29940 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29941 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29942
29943 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29944
29945 ;;;***
29946 \f
29947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21850 34915
29948 ;;;;;; 127238 802000))
29949 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29950
29951 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29952 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29953
29954 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29955 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29956 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29957 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29958 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29959 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29960
29961 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29962 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29963 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29964 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29965 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29966 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29967 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29968 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29969
29970 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29971
29972 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29973
29974 Customization variables:
29975
29976 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29977 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29978 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29979 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29980 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
29981 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
29982
29983 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29984
29985 ;;;***
29986 \f
29987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21852 24382 97237
29988 ;;;;;; 703000))
29989 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29990
29991 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29992 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29993
29994 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29995 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29996 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29997 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29998 (progn
29999 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
30000 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30001
30002 ;;;***
30003 \f
30004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21985 34484 302705
30005 ;;;;;; 925000))
30006 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30007 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30008 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
30009 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30010 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30011 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
30012 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30013
30014 ;;;***
30015 \f
30016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21842 40083 319216
30017 ;;;;;; 272000))
30018 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30019
30020 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30021 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30022 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30023 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30024 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30025
30026 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30027 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30028 The file lines appear later.
30029
30030 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30031 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30032
30033 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30034
30035 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30036
30037 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30038
30039 ;;;***
30040 \f
30041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21862
30042 ;;;;;; 60209 928657 362000))
30043 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30044
30045 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30046 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30047 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30048 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30049 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30050 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30051 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30052 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30053 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30054 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30055 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30056 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30057 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30058 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30059 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30060
30061 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30062
30063 ;;;***
30064 \f
30065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21888 48854 948181
30066 ;;;;;; 796000))
30067 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30068 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30069 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30070 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30071 (progn
30072 (load "vc-git" nil t)
30073 (vc-git-registered file))))
30074
30075 ;;;***
30076 \f
30077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21932 51888 960440 344000))
30078 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30079 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30080 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30081 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30082 (progn
30083 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
30084 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30085
30086 ;;;***
30087 \f
30088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21945 63921 477174
30089 ;;;;;; 555000))
30090 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30091
30092 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
30093 Name of the monotone directory.")
30094
30095 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30096 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30097 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30098 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30099 (progn
30100 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30101 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30102
30103 ;;;***
30104 \f
30105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21896 48221 810207
30106 ;;;;;; 816000))
30107 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30108
30109 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30110 Where to look for RCS master files.
30111 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30112
30113 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30114
30115 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30116
30117 ;;;***
30118 \f
30119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21748 18111 534605
30120 ;;;;;; 274000))
30121 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30122
30123 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30124 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30125 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30126
30127 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30128
30129 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30130
30131 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30132 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30133 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30134 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30135
30136 ;;;***
30137 \f
30138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (21748 18111 534605
30139 ;;;;;; 274000))
30140 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30141
30142 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30143 Where to look for SRC master files.
30144 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30145
30146 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30147
30148 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30149
30150 ;;;***
30151 \f
30152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21980 16568 97544
30153 ;;;;;; 893000))
30154 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30155 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30156 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30157 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30158 "_svn")
30159 (t ".svn"))))
30160 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30161 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30162 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30163
30164 ;;;***
30165 \f
30166 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21670
30167 ;;;;;; 32331 885635 586000))
30168 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30169 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30170 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30171
30172 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30173 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30174
30175 Usage:
30176 ------
30177
30178 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30179 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30180 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30181 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30182
30183 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30184 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30185 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30186 completions.
30187
30188 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30189 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30190
30191 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30192 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30193
30194 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30195 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30196 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30197
30198 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30199
30200
30201 Maintenance:
30202 ------------
30203
30204 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30205 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30206
30207 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30208
30209 Official distribution is at
30210 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30211
30212
30213 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30214 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30215
30216 Key bindings:
30217 -------------
30218
30219 \\{vera-mode-map}
30220
30221 \(fn)" t nil)
30222
30223 ;;;***
30224 \f
30225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30226 ;;;;;; (21988 10682 49624 461000))
30227 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30228
30229 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30230 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30231 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30232 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30233 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30234
30235 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30236
30237 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30238 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30239
30240 Supports highlighting.
30241
30242 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30243 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30244
30245 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30246
30247 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30248 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30249 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30250 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30251 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30252 on the left side of your screen.
30253 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30254 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30255 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30256 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30257 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30258 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30259 function keyword.
30260 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30261 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30262 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30263 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30264 if (a)
30265 begin
30266 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30267 Indentation for case statements.
30268 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30269 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30270 mark after an end.
30271 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30272 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30273 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30274 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30275 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30276 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30277 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30278 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30279 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30280 if (a)
30281 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30282 otherwise you get:
30283 if (a)
30284 begin
30285 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30286 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30287 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30288 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30289 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30290 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30291 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30292 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30293 comments in tight quarters.
30294 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30295 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30296
30297 Variables controlling other actions:
30298
30299 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30300 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30301 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30302
30303 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30304
30305 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30306
30307 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30308 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30309 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30310
30311 Some other functions are:
30312
30313 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30314 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30315 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30316 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30317 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30318
30319 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30320 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30321 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30322 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30323
30324 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30325 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30326 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30327 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30328 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30329 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30330 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30331 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30332 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30333 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30334 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30335 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30336 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30337 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30338 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30339 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30340 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30341 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30342 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30343 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30344 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30345 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30346 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30347 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30348 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30349 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30350 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30351 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30352 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30353 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30354 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30355
30356 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30357 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30358
30359 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30360
30361 \(fn)" t nil)
30362
30363 ;;;***
30364 \f
30365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21988
30366 ;;;;;; 10682 57624 461000))
30367 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30368
30369 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30370 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30371
30372 Usage:
30373 ------
30374
30375 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30376 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30377 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30378 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30379 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30380 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30381 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30382 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30383 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30384
30385 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30386 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30387 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30388 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30389
30390 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30391 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30392 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30393 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30394 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30395
30396 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30397 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30398
30399
30400 HEADER INSERTION:
30401 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30402 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30403 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30404
30405
30406 STUTTERING:
30407 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30408 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30409 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30410 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30411
30412 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30413 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30414 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30415 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30416 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30417
30418
30419 WORD COMPLETION:
30420 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30421 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30422 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30423 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30424
30425 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30426 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30427 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30428 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30429 beginning with \"std\").
30430
30431 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30432 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30433 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30434 stop.
30435
30436
30437 COMMENTS:
30438 `--' puts a single comment.
30439 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30440 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30441 with a comment in between.
30442 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30443 out following lines.
30444 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30445 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30446 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30447 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30448
30449 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30450 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30451 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30452 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30453 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30454 non-nil.
30455
30456 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30457 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30458 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30459 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30460 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30461 multi-line comments.
30462
30463
30464 INDENTATION:
30465 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30466 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30467 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30468 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30469 the entire region.
30470
30471 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30472 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30473 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30474 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30475
30476 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30477 tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30478 and vice versa.
30479
30480 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30481 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30482
30483 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30484 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30485 line.
30486
30487
30488 ALIGNMENT:
30489 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30490 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30491 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30492 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30493 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30494 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30495 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30496 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30497
30498 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30499 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30500 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30501 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30502 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30503 is non-nil.
30504
30505 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30506 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30507 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30508
30509 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30510 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30511
30512
30513 CODE FILLING:
30514 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30515 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30516 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30517 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30518 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30519 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30520
30521
30522 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30523 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30524 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30525 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30526 command:
30527
30528 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30529
30530
30531 PORT TRANSLATION:
30532 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30533 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30534 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30535 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30536 internal signal initializations (menu).
30537
30538 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30539 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30540 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30541
30542 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30543 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30544 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30545 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30546 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30547 in subsequent paste operations.)
30548
30549 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30550 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30551 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30552
30553
30554 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30555 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30556 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30557 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30558 association list with formals).
30559
30560
30561 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30562 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30563 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30564 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30565 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30566 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30567 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30568 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30569 `vhdl-testbench'.
30570
30571
30572 KEY BINDINGS:
30573 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30574
30575
30576 VHDL MENU:
30577 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30578
30579
30580 FILE BROWSER:
30581 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30582 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30583 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30584
30585 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30586 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30587
30588
30589 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30590 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30591 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30592 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30593
30594 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30595 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30596 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30597
30598 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30599 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30600 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30601 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30602
30603 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30604 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30605 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30606 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30607 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30608
30609 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30610 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30611 required by secondary units.
30612
30613
30614 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30615 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30616 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30617 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30618 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30619 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30620 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30621 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30622 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30623 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30624 inputs to this component -> input port created
30625 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30626 outputs from this component -> output port created
30627 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30628 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30629
30630 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30631 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30632 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30633 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30634 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30635
30636 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30637 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30638
30639 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30640 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30641 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30642 component instantiation is also supported (option
30643 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30644
30645 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30646 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30647 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30648 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30649 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30650 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30651 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30652 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30653 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30654 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30655 generating the configuration.
30656
30657 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30658 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30659 configurations in speedbar.
30660
30661 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30662
30663
30664 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30665 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30666 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30667 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30668 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30669 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30670 information. New compilers can be added.
30671
30672 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30673 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30674
30675
30676 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30677 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30678 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30679 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30680 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30681
30682 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30683 command:
30684
30685 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30686 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30687 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30688
30689 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30690 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30691 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30692 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30693 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30694 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30695 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30696 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30697 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30698
30699 Limitations:
30700 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30701 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30702 not (yet) supported.
30703 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30704 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30705 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30706
30707
30708 PROJECTS:
30709 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30710 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30711 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30712 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30713 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30714 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30715 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30716 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30717
30718 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30719 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30720 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30721 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30722 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30723 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30724 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30725 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30726 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30727 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30728 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30729
30730
30731 SPECIAL MENUES:
30732 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30733 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30734 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30735 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30736 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30737 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30738 current directory for VHDL source files.
30739
30740
30741 VHDL STANDARDS:
30742 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30743 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30744
30745
30746 KEYWORD CASE:
30747 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30748 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30749 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30750 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30751 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30752 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30753 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30754 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30755
30756
30757 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30758 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30759 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30760 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30761 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30762 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30763 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30764
30765 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30766 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30767 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30768 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30769 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30770 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30771
30772 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30773 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30774 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
30775 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30776 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30777 visually.
30778
30779 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30780 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30781 highlighted if written in lower case.
30782
30783 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30784 highlighted using a different background color if option
30785 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30786
30787 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30788 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`\\[customize-group]'). For
30789 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30790 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30791 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30792
30793
30794 USER MODELS:
30795 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30796 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30797 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30798
30799
30800 HIDE/SHOW:
30801 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30802 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30803 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30804 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30805 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30806
30807
30808 CODE UPDATING:
30809 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30810 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30811 Limitations:
30812 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30813 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30814 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30815 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30816 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30817 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30818 (used to obtain the port names).
30819 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30820 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30821 sensitivity lists.
30822
30823
30824 CODE FIXING:
30825 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30826 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30827
30828
30829 PRINTING:
30830 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30831 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30832 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30833 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30834 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30835 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30836 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30837 printers.
30838
30839
30840 OPTIONS:
30841 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30842 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30843 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30844 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30845 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30846
30847 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30848 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `\\[customize-option]'
30849 (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30850 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30851 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30852 INSTALL file).
30853
30854 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30855 what other useful user options there are (`\\[vhdl-customize]' or menu)!
30856
30857
30858 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30859 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30860 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30861 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30862
30863 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30864
30865
30866 HINTS:
30867 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30868 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30869
30870 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30871
30872 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30873
30874 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30875
30876
30877 RELEASE NOTES:
30878 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30879
30880
30881 Maintenance:
30882 ------------
30883
30884 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
30885 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30886
30887 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30888
30889 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30890 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30891 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30892 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30893
30894 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30895 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30896 where the latest version can be found.
30897
30898
30899 Known problems:
30900 ---------------
30901
30902 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30903 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30904 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30905 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30906
30907
30908 The VHDL Mode Authors
30909 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30910
30911 Key bindings:
30912 -------------
30913
30914 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30915
30916 \(fn)" t nil)
30917
30918 ;;;***
30919 \f
30920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21670
30921 ;;;;;; 32331 385639 720000))
30922 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30923
30924 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30925 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30926
30927 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30928
30929 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30930 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30931 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30932 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30933
30934 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30935
30936 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30937 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30938
30939 \(fn)" t nil)
30940
30941 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30942 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30943 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30944 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30945
30946 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30947
30948 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30949 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30950
30951 \(fn)" t nil)
30952
30953 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30954
30955
30956 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30957
30958 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30959
30960
30961 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30962
30963 ;;;***
30964 \f
30965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21670 32331 885635 586000))
30966 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30967
30968 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30969 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30970 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30971
30972 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30973
30974 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30975 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30976 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30977 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30978
30979 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30980
30981 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30982 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30983
30984 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30985
30986 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30987 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30988 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30989 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30990 moving around in the buffer.
30991 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30992 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30993
30994 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30995
30996 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30997
30998 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30999 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31000 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31001 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31002
31003 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31004 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31005 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31006 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31007 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31008
31009 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31010
31011 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31012
31013 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31014 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31015 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31016 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31017 buffer.
31018
31019 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31020 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31021 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31022 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31023 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31024
31025 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31026
31027 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31028
31029 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31030 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31031 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31032 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31033 moving around in the buffer.
31034 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31035 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31036
31037 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31038
31039 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31040 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31041 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31042
31043 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31044 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31045 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31046 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31047
31048 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31049 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31050 own View-like bindings.
31051
31052 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31053
31054 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31055 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31056 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31057 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31058 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31059 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31060 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31061
31062 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31063
31064 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31065
31066 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31067 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31068 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31069
31070 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31071 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31072 own View-like bindings.
31073
31074 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31075
31076 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31077 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31078 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31079 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31080 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31081 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31082 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31083
31084 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31085
31086 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31087
31088 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31089 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31090 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31091
31092 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31093 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31094 own View-like bindings.
31095
31096 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31097
31098 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31099 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31100 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31101 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31102 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31103
31104 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31105 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31106 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31107 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31108
31109 \\<view-mode-map>
31110
31111 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31112 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31113 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31114 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31115 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31116 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31117 to a repeat count of one.
31118
31119 H, h, ? This message.
31120 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31121 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31122 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31123 > move to the end of buffer.
31124 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31125 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31126 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31127 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31128 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31129 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31130 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31131 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31132 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31133 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31134 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31135 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31136 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31137 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31138 Use this to view a changing file.
31139 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31140 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31141 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31142 . set the mark.
31143 x exchanges point and mark.
31144 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31145 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31146 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31147 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31148 ' go to position saved in character register.
31149 s do forward incremental search.
31150 r do reverse incremental search.
31151 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31152 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31153 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31154 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31155 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31156 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31157 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31158 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31159 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31160 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31161 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31162 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31163 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31164 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31165 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31166 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31167 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31168
31169 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31170 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31171 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31172 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31173 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31174 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31175 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31176 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31177 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31178
31179 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31180
31181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31182
31183 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31184 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31185 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31186 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31187 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31188 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31189 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31190 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31191 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31192
31193 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31194
31195 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31196
31197 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31198 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31199 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31200 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31201 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31202 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31203
31204 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31205 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31206 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31207
31208 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31209
31210 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31211
31212 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31213
31214 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31215 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31216
31217 \(fn)" t nil)
31218
31219 ;;;***
31220 \f
31221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21670 32330 885624
31222 ;;;;;; 725000))
31223 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31224 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31225
31226 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31227 Toggle Viper on/off.
31228 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31229
31230 \(fn)" t nil)
31231
31232 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31233 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31234
31235 \(fn)" t nil)
31236
31237 ;;;***
31238 \f
31239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21986
31240 ;;;;;; 55346 260512 613000))
31241 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31242
31243 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31244 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31245 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31246 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31247 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31248 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31249 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31250 the beginning of the warning.")
31251
31252 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31253 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31254 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31255 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31256 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31257 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31258 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31259 also call that function before the next warning.")
31260
31261 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31262 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31263
31264 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31265 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31266 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31267 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31268
31269 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31270 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31271 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31272 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31273 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31274 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31275
31276 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31277 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31278 Default is :warning.
31279
31280 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31281 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31282 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31283 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31284 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31285 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31286
31287 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31288 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31289 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31290
31291 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31292
31293 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31294 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31295
31296 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31297
31298 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31299 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31300 \\<special-mode-map>
31301 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31302 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31303
31304 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31305 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31306 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31307 can be whatever you like.)
31308
31309 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31310 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31311
31312 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31313 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31314 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31315 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31316 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31317
31318 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31319
31320 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31321 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31322 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31323 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31324 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31325
31326 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31327
31328 ;;;***
31329 \f
31330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21981 37426 739399 97000))
31331 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31332 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31333
31334 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31335 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31336 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31337 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31338 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31339 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31340 directories to reflect your edits.
31341
31342 See `wdired-mode'.
31343
31344 \(fn)" t nil)
31345
31346 ;;;***
31347 \f
31348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21670 32331 385639
31349 ;;;;;; 720000))
31350 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31351
31352 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31353 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31354
31355 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31356 hotlist.
31357
31358 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31359 <nwv@acm.org>.
31360
31361 \(fn)" t nil)
31362
31363 ;;;***
31364 \f
31365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21986
31366 ;;;;;; 55346 292512 613000))
31367 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31368 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31369 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31370
31371 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31372
31373 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31374 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31375 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31376 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31377 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31378 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31379
31380 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31381
31382 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31383 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31384 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31385 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31386 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31387
31388 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31389 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31390 in certain major modes.
31391
31392 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31393
31394 ;;;***
31395 \f
31396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21985 34484 306705
31397 ;;;;;; 925000))
31398 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31399 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31400
31401 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31402 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31403 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31404 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31405 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31406
31407 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31408 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31409
31410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31411
31412 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31413 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31414 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31415 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31416 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31417
31418 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31419 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31420 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31421 use `whitespace-mode'.
31422
31423 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31424
31425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31426
31427 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31428 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31429 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31430 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31431 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31432 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31433
31434 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31435
31436 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31437 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31438 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31439 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31440 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31441
31442 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31443 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31444
31445 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31446
31447 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31448 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31449 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31450 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31451 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31452 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31453
31454 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31455
31456 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31457 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31458 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31459 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31460 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31461
31462 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31463 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31464 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31465 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31466
31467 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31468
31469 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31470
31471 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31472 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31473
31474 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31475 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31476
31477 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31478 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31479
31480 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31481
31482 CHAR MEANING
31483 (VIA FACES)
31484 f toggle face visualization
31485 t toggle TAB visualization
31486 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31487 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31488 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31489 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31490 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31491 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31492 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31493 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31494 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31495 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31496 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31497 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31498 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31499 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31500 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31501 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31502
31503 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31504 T toggle TAB visualization
31505 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31506 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31507
31508 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31509 ? display brief help
31510
31511 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31512 The valid symbols are:
31513
31514 face toggle face visualization
31515 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31516 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31517 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31518 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31519 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31520 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31521 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31522 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31523 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31524 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31525 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31526 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31527 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31528 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31529 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31530 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31531 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31532
31533 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31534 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31535 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31536
31537 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31538
31539 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31540
31541 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31542
31543 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31544 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31545
31546 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31547 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31548
31549 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31550 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31551
31552 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31553
31554 CHAR MEANING
31555 (VIA FACES)
31556 f toggle face visualization
31557 t toggle TAB visualization
31558 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31559 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31560 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31561 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31562 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31563 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31564 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31565 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31566 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31567 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31568 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31569 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31570 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31571 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31572 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31573 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31574
31575 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31576 T toggle TAB visualization
31577 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31578 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31579
31580 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31581 ? display brief help
31582
31583 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31584 The valid symbols are:
31585
31586 face toggle face visualization
31587 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31588 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31589 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31590 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31591 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31592 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31593 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31594 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31595 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31596 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31597 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31598 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31599 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31600 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31601 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31602 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31603 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31604
31605 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31606 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31607 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31608
31609 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31610
31611 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31612
31613 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31614
31615 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31616 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31617
31618 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31619 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31620 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31621 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31622 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31623
31624 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31625
31626 The problems cleaned up are:
31627
31628 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31629 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31630 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31631 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31632
31633 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31634 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31635 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31636 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31637 SPACEs.
31638 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31639 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31640 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31641 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31642
31643 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31644 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31645 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31646 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31647 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31648 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31649 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31650 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31651
31652 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31653 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31654 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31655
31656 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31657 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31658 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31659 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31660 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31661 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31662 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31663 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31664
31665 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31666 documentation.
31667
31668 \(fn)" t nil)
31669
31670 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31671 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31672
31673 The problems cleaned up are:
31674
31675 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31676 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31677 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31678 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31679 SPACEs.
31680 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31681 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31682 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31683 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31684
31685 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31686 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31687 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31688 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31689 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31690 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31691 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31692 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31693
31694 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31695 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31696 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31697
31698 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31699 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31700 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31701 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31702 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31703 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31704 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31705 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31706
31707 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31708 documentation.
31709
31710 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31711
31712 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31713 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31714
31715 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
31716
31717 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31718
31719 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31720 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31721
31722 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31723 non-nil.
31724
31725 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31726 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31727 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31728
31729 empty
31730 trailing
31731 indentation
31732 space-before-tab
31733 space-after-tab
31734
31735 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
31736 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
31737 report problems.
31738
31739 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31740
31741 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31742 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31743 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31744 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31745 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31746 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31747 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31748
31749 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31750 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31751 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31752 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31753 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31754 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31755 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31756
31757 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31758 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31759 cleaning up these problems.
31760
31761 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31762
31763 ;;;***
31764 \f
31765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21670 32331 885635
31766 ;;;;;; 586000))
31767 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31768
31769 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31770 Browse the widget under point.
31771
31772 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31773
31774 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31775 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31776
31777 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31778
31779 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31780 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31781
31782 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31783
31784 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31785 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31786 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31787 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31788 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31789
31790 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31791
31792 ;;;***
31793 \f
31794 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21981 37426 739399
31795 ;;;;;; 97000))
31796 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31797
31798 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31799 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31800
31801 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31802
31803 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31804 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31805 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31806
31807 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31808
31809 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31810 Create widget of TYPE.
31811 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31812
31813 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31814
31815 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31816 Delete WIDGET.
31817
31818 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31819
31820 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31821 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31822
31823 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31824
31825 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31826 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31827 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31828 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31829
31830 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31831 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31832
31833 \(fn)" nil nil)
31834
31835 ;;;***
31836 \f
31837 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21852 24382 97237
31838 ;;;;;; 703000))
31839 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31840
31841 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31842 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31843 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31844 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31845 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31846 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31847 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31848
31849 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31850
31851 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31852 Select the window above the current one.
31853 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31854 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31855 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31856 negative ARG) of the current window.
31857 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31858
31859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31860
31861 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31862 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31863 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31864 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31865 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31866 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31867 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31868
31869 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31870
31871 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31872 Select the window below the current one.
31873 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31874 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31875 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31876 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31877 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31878
31879 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31880
31881 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31882 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31883 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31884 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31885
31886 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31887
31888 ;;;***
31889 \f
31890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21733 50750 334730 5000))
31891 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31892
31893 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31894 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31895 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31896 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31897 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31898 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31899
31900 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31901
31902 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31903 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31904 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31905 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31906 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31907 \\{winner-mode-map}
31908
31909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31910
31911 ;;;***
31912 \f
31913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21985 34484 338705 925000))
31914 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31915 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31916
31917 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31918 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31919 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31920 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31921 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31922
31923 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31924
31925 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31926 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31927 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31928 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31929 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31930 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31931 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31932 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31933
31934 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31935 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31936
31937 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31938
31939 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31940 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31941
31942 \(fn)" t nil)
31943
31944 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31945 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31946 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31947 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31948 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31949 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31950 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31951 `woman' command for further details.
31952
31953 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31954
31955 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31956 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31957
31958 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31959
31960 ;;;***
31961 \f
31962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21974 64192 720009 993000))
31963 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31964
31965 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31966 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31967 Return the top node with all its children.
31968 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31969
31970 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31971 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31972 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31973
31974 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31975
31976 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31977 namespace to URIs instead.
31978
31979 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
31980 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
31981
31982 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31983
31984 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31985
31986 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31987
31988 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31989 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31990 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31991 not contain well-formed XML.
31992
31993 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31994 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31995 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31996 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31997 element of the list.
31998 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31999 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32000 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32001
32002 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32003
32004 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32005 namespace to URIs instead.
32006
32007 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32008 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32009
32010 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32011
32012 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32013
32014 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32015
32016 ;;;***
32017 \f
32018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21670 32331 385639
32019 ;;;;;; 720000))
32020 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32021
32022 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32023 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32024 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32025 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32026 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32027 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32028 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32029 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32030 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32031 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32032
32033 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32034
32035 ;;;***
32036 \f
32037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (21963 7479 570964
32038 ;;;;;; 861000))
32039 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
32040
32041 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
32042 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
32043
32044 \(fn)" t nil)
32045
32046 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
32047 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
32048
32049 \(fn)" nil nil)
32050
32051 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
32052 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
32053 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
32054 prompt for it.
32055
32056 If the backend has sufficient information to determine a unique
32057 definition for IDENTIFIER, it returns only that definition. If
32058 there are multiple possible definitions, it returns all of them.
32059
32060 If the backend returns one definition, jump to it; otherwise,
32061 display the list in a buffer.
32062
32063 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32064
32065 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
32066 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
32067
32068 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32069
32070 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
32071 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
32072
32073 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32074
32075 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
32076 Find references to the identifier at point.
32077 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
32078
32079 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32080
32081 (autoload 'xref-find-regexp "xref" "\
32082 Find all matches for REGEXP.
32083 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the directory
32084 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
32085
32086 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32087
32088 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
32089 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
32090 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
32091
32092 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
32093 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
32094 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
32095 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
32096 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
32097 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
32098 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
32099
32100 ;;;***
32101 \f
32102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21852 24382 117243
32103 ;;;;;; 951000))
32104 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32105
32106 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32107 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32108 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32109 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32110 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32111 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32112
32113 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32114
32115 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32116 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32117 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32118 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32119 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32120
32121 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32122 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32123 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32124 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32125 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32126 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32127
32128 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32129
32130 ;;;***
32131 \f
32132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
32133 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32134
32135 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32136 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32137
32138 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32139
32140 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32141 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32142
32143 \(fn)" nil nil)
32144
32145 ;;;***
32146 \f
32147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21670 32331 385639 720000))
32148 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32149
32150 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32151 Zone out, completely.
32152
32153 \(fn)" t nil)
32154
32155 ;;;***
32156 \f
32157 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32158 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32159 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32160 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32161 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32162 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32163 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32164 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32165 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32166 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32167 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32168 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32169 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32170 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32171 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32172 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32173 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32174 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32175 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32176 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32177 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32178 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
32179 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32180 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
32181 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
32182 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
32183 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el"
32184 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el"
32185 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el"
32186 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el"
32187 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el"
32188 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el"
32189 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el"
32190 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32191 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32192 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32193 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32194 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32195 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32196 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32197 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32198 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32199 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32200 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32201 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32202 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32203 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32204 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32205 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32206 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32207 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32208 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32209 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32210 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32211 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32212 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32213 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32214 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32215 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32216 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32217 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32218 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
32219 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/args.el" "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el"
32220 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32221 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32222 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32223 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32224 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32225 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32226 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32227 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el"
32228 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
32229 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
32230 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
32231 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el"
32232 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32233 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
32234 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/generator.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32235 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32236 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el"
32237 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el"
32238 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32239 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32240 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32241 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32242 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32243 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32244 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32245 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32246 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32247 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32248 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
32249 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el"
32250 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el"
32251 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
32252 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el"
32253 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el"
32254 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el"
32255 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32256 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el"
32257 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
32258 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
32259 ;;;;;; "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el"
32260 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el"
32261 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
32262 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el"
32263 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
32264 ;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
32265 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el"
32266 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el"
32267 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
32268 ;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el"
32269 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
32270 ;;;;;; "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32271 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32272 ;;;;;; "international/charscript.el" "international/fontset.el"
32273 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32274 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32275 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32276 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32277 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32278 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32279 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32280 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32281 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32282 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
32283 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el"
32284 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el"
32285 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el"
32286 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el"
32287 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el"
32288 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa.el" "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el"
32289 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el"
32290 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el"
32291 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
32292 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el"
32293 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el"
32294 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el"
32295 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
32296 ;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32297 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32298 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32299 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32300 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32301 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32302 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32303 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32304 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32305 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32306 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32307 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32308 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el"
32309 ;;;;;; "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el"
32310 ;;;;;; "net/nsm.el" "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32311 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32312 ;;;;;; "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el"
32313 ;;;;;; "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el"
32314 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el"
32315 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el"
32316 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el" "notifications.el"
32317 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" "nxml/nxml-ns.el"
32318 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" "nxml/nxml-rap.el"
32319 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el" "nxml/rng-maint.el"
32320 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el"
32321 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el"
32322 ;;;;;; "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el"
32323 ;;;;;; "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el"
32324 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32325 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32326 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32327 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32328 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32329 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32330 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32331 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32332 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32333 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32334 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32335 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32336 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32337 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32338 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32339 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32340 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32341 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32342 ;;;;;; "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
32343 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el"
32344 ;;;;;; "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el"
32345 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el"
32346 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el"
32347 ;;;;;; "org/ox-odt.el" "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
32348 ;;;;;; "org/ox.el" "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32349 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32350 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32351 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32352 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32353 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32354 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32355 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32356 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32357 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32358 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32359 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
32360 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32361 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32362 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el"
32363 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32364 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32365 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32366 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32367 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32368 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32369 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el"
32370 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32371 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (21989 31602 291825 721000))
32372
32373 ;;;***
32374 \f
32375 (provide 'loaddefs)
32376 ;; Local Variables:
32377 ;; version-control: never
32378 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32379 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32380 ;; coding: utf-8
32381 ;; End:
32382 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here